r. UU„
УЧЕБН
АНГЛИЙСКОГО
ЯЗЫКА
ДЛЯ Х“Х1 КЛАССОВ
ВЕЧЕРНИХ
(СМЕННЫХ)
ШКОЛ
А. А. СЛОБОДЧИКОВ
ENGLISH
УЧЕБНИК АНГЛИЙСКОГО ЯЗЫКА
ДЛЯ X—XI КЛАССОВ
ВЕЧЕРНЕЙ (СМЕННОЙ) ШКОЛЫ
ИЗДАТЕЛЬСТВО «ПРОСВЕЩЕНИЕ»
МОСКВА 1967
6—6
ПРЕДИСЛОВИЕ
Учебник английского языка для X—XI классов вечерних (сменных)
школ составлен согласно требованиям программы для IX—XI классов
школ этого типа, утвержденной Министерством просвещения РСФСР
в 1965 году, и является продолжением серии учебников для V—VIII
и IX классов *.
Учебник для X—XI классов рассчитан на учащихся, усвоивших
материал, данный в учебниках для предыдущих классов.
Учебник делится на три части:
1)	учебник для X класса (уроки 1—14),
2)	учебник для XI класса (уроки 15—22),
3)	справочный материал (Приложения № 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 и словари).
Четвертой, органической частью учебника являются граммофон-
ные пластинки.
Основной целью обучения иностранному языку на старшем этапе
в школах рабочей молодежи является развитие у учащихся уме-
ний и навыков беспереводного чтения и самостоятельной работы с
текстом, а также дальнейшее совершенствование навыков устной речи,
заложенных в V—IX классах, повторение и закрепление всего ранее
пройденного материала.
Первые три урока учебника для X класса являются уроками
повторения по трем основным темам: глагольным временам, предло-
гам и аффиксации. После уроков повторения дан контрольный урок,
который должен определить умения и навыки учащихся в пределах
материала за V—XI классы.
Чтобы способствовать выработке у учащихся навыков чтения
и устной речи, часть новых речевых образцов и лексики, легко пони-
маемых из контекста, даны беспереводно. С каждым параграфом
учебника все больше внимания уделяется упражнениям на развитие
лексической и грамматической догадки, а также самостоятельной
работе со словарем. Тексты в свою очередь делятся на тексты, тре-
бующие для своего понимания специальной работы, и тексты, предна-
значенные для тренировки в беспереводном чтении. Большое внима-
ние обращается на выработку у учащихся умений и навыков чтения
с помощью словаря статей на научные, технические и обществен-
ные темы.
1 См: А. А. С л о б о д ч и к о в, М. Г. Л и л и е н ф е л ь д, О. К. Б р о-
с а лов a, English. Учебник английского языка для V—VIII классов
вечерних (сменных) школ, М., 1966.
См:А. А. Слободчиков, О. К. Бросалова,English. Учебник
английского языка для IX класса вечерних (сменных) школ, М., 1966.
3
После усвоения учащимися каждой новой грамматической темы
проводится контрольный урок. Контрольные уроки имеют целью про-
верку усвоения учащимися изученного материала и степени приобрете-
ния ими требуемых навыков, а также дают возможность проводить заче-
ты по темам. Большинство упражнений контрольных уроков дано в двух
вариантах. Это должно способствовать более глубокой проверке сте-
пени усвоения учащимися учебного материала, так как позво-
лит учителю дать одним учащимся первый вариант, а другим —
второй.
Учебник для XI класса имеет меньшее количество параграфов (8),
для того чтобы учитель имел возможность привлекать газетный мате-
риал и шире использовать разговорные темы. Каждый параграф учеб-
ника для XI класса делится на четыре части: A. Repetition, В. Reading,
С. Conversation, D. Reading Technical Texts.
В первой части каждого параграфа повторяются в сравнении друг
с другом различные языковые явления, употребление которых пред-
ставляет для учащихся определенные трудности. Во второй части
основной упор делается на совершенствование навыков бесперевод-
ного чтения. В третьей — учащиеся тренируются в беседе по разговор-
ным темам, предусмотренным программой. Темы, которые были более
или менее обстоятельно даны в учебниках для предыдущих классов,
повторяются лишь вкратце. В четвертой — учащиеся приучаются с
помощью словаря, а также лексической и грамматической догадки,
читать технические тексты.
В учебнике для X—XI классов вечерних (сменных) школ большое
внимание уделяется дальнейшему развитию навыков устной речи.
На старшем этапе обучения языку помимо речи, построенной в боль-
шинстве случаев на материале заданных образцов, много места уде-
ляется развитию свободной диалогической и монологической речи
учащихся, их самостоятельным высказываниям. Этой цели служат
вопросы, требующие развернутого ответа, вопросы, требующие для
ответа знания других дисциплин (физики, географии, химии и т. д.),.
вопросы самих учащихся по прочитанному или по заданной ситуации,
а также задания, требующие самостоятельного высказывания по ряду
пройденных тем.
Кроме серий картинок с развивающимся действием, в учебник
включены также картинки, изображающие определенную ситуацию.
Учащимся предлагается домыслить, кем являются изображенные лица,
что предшествовало данной ситуации и как она развивается. Нагляд-
ность способствует запоминанию лексики и развитию у учащихся уме-
ния вести разговор в реальной ситуации, не прибегая к переводу.
Сюжетные картинки, вопросы к которым даны в грамзаписи, должны
быть предварительно использованы для тренировки в постановке
вопросов самими учащимися.
В целях дальнейшего совершенствования навыков понимания на слух
правильной английской речи в учебник в качестве органической его
части включены граммофонные пластинки. На пластинках даны образ-
цы чтения отрывков из приводимых в учебнике текстов, а также
вопросы к помещенным в учебнике рассказам и сюжетным картин-
кам, рассказы, вопросы к которым даны в учебнике, рассказы
для понимания на слух и вопросы к ним. В целях дальнейшего
совершенствования навыков чтения и понимания на слух в учебнике
даны рассказы, записанные на грампластинку, причем в учебнике неко-
торые места рассказов опущены. Учащимся предлагается читать текст
вместе с диктором, а опущенные в учебнике места понимать на слух.
4
Материал, записанный на грампластинки, обозначен в учебнике
знаком •. Тексты упражнений, записанные на грампластинки, но не
вошедшие в учебник, даны в Приложении № 1.
Последние уроки каждой части, состоящие из рассказов, могут
быть использованы в качестве материала для дополнительного чтения.
В качестве приложений к учебнику даны:
1)	Тексты грампластинок, не вошедшие в учебник.
2)	Сводная таблица основных речевых образцов (материал V—
XI классов), по которой учащиеся в случае необходимости смогут
восстановить в памяти речевой образец.
3)	Сводная грамматическая таблица, в которой собран весь мате-
риал V—XI классов по грамматическому признаку.
4)	Список нестандартных глаголов, встречающихся в учебнике.
5)	Таблица чтения букв и буквосочетаний.
К учебнику также приложены англо-русский и русско-английский
словари, в которые включены слова не только лексического мини-
мума, но и текстов, предназначенных для перевода со словарем.
Эти слова отмечены звездочкой (*). Англо-русскому словарю пред-
шествует краткая инструкция о том, как работать с общим англо-
русским словарем.
При систематических и последовательных занятиях учебник дол-
жен научить учащихся читать, понимать и самостоятельно прорабаты-
вать с помощью словаря тексты и газетные статьи средней трудности,
а также дальше развивать навыки устной речи (говорение и слуша-
ние), заложенные на предыдущих этапах обучения.
Отзывы и замечания по поводу данного учебника редакция про-
сит посылать по адресу: Москва И-18, 3-й проезд Марьиной рощи,
41, издательство «Просвещение», редакция литературы на английском
языке.
THE ALPHABET
(Written form)
В Jr
C c
D d,
В л
К Л
TR-rrv
PART ONE
Lesson One
Repetition: Tenses
Exercises
I.	Answer the following questions.
1)	Is it morning now?
2)	Are the trees green now?
3)	Is your classroom large?
4)	Are the pictures in your classroom beautiful?
5)	Is your teacher strict?
6)	Is your father (mother, brother, sister, friend) a worker?
7)	Are you a pupil of the 10th form?
8)	Are you good at English?
II.	Ask your classmate:
if he (she) is a pupil of the 9th or of the 10th form;
if he (she) is a worker or a collective farmer;
if his (her) English is good or bad;
if his (her) pen is new or old.
III.	Make up questions using the following table and ask your class-
mates to answer them:
Is
Are -|- подлежащее -|- именная часть сказуемого 4» ?
7
IV.	Look at the pictures and answer the following questions.
Are the girls walking or
riding on bicycles?
What are they doing?
Is the woman skating
skiing?
What is she doing?
Is the boy eating or drink-
ing?
What is he doing?
Are the boys reading
or writing?
What are they doing?
8
V.	Look at the following pictures. Make up as many questions as
you can and ask your classmates to answer them. (See Exercise IV.)
9
VI.	Ask your classmates what they are doing now.
Example: Are you reading a Russian book now?
What are you doing?
VII.	Repeat the three forms of irregular verbs given on p. 228.
VIII.	Ask your classmates to answer the questions and to do the fol-
lowing.
1)	Have you brought your English textbook with you?
Show it to the class!
2)	Have you read “Martin Eden” by Jack London?
Can you tell us what it is about?
3)	Has Popova come to school?
Where is she?
4)	Has the teacher written something on the blackboard?
What has he (she) written?
IX.	Finish the following sentences. The first one is done for you.
1)	Sokolov is translating the text. When he finishes, he
will say, “I have translated the text У
2)	Kotov is doing his homework. When he finishes, he
will say, “I ...”
3)	Popova is making a new dress for herself. When she
finishes, you will say, “She ...”
4)	My brother is writing a letter to his friend. When
he finishes, I shall say, “He ...”
5)	We are eating our lunch. When we finish, we shall
say, “We ...”
6)	A cat is catching a rat. When it catches it, I shall
say, “It ...”
X.	Ask your classmate:
if he (she) has ever played tennis;
if he (she) has ever been in Kaluga;
if he (she) has brought the English textbook; where it is;
if he (she) has seen any film a^out our cosmonauts; about
which one.
XI.	Look at the following pictures. Make up as many questions as
you can and ask your classmates to answer them. (See Exercises
VII—X.)
Has the boy written something on the blackboard?
What has he done?
What has he written?
Where has he written the word a pencil?
10

XII.	Tell your classmates to perform a few actions 1 and then ask them
what they have done.
Example: Take your pen, Sokolov! What have you done?
XIII.	a) Read the following story. Check your reading according to the
record.
•If
Sparta was the capital of a country called Laconia
[lae'kounja]. The people of Laconia thought it was very
bad for a man to spend much time on talking. Their
1 to perform a few actions — выполнить несколько действий
11
answers were always short and clear. They were so fa-
mous for their short answers, that even today when we
want to show that somebody’s answer was short and
clear, we say that he gave a laconic answer.
One day Xerxes (['zo:ksi:z] Ксеркс), the king of Per-
sia (['pa:jo] Персия), decided to conquer1 Sparta. So
he gathered a great army and went to the walls of Spar-
ta. He sent one of his soldiers1 2 with a letter to the
Spartans. In the letter it was written:
“I know how brave the Spartans are; but you are
few and my army is large. It is useless for you to fight
against me. There are ten soldiers in my army to every
Spartan. If you fight, you will all be killed. If I win,3
I shall not leave stone upon stone in your cities and
towns. If I win, I shall kill all the men, young and
old. If I win, I shall make every woman my slave.”4
The answer of the Spartans consisted of only one
word. It was: “If.”*
1 to conquer ['кэдкэ] — завоевать
2 soldier ['souldsa] — солдат
3 to win (won, won) — побеждать
4 slave — раб
12
b)	Answer the following questions based on the story.
1)	What did the Spartans think it was bad for a man
to do?
2)	What did Xerxes, the king of Persia, do?
3)	What did he write to the Spartans?
4)	What did the Spartans answer him?
c)	Ask your classmates five more questions based on the story.
XIV.	Ask your classmates if they are doing now or usually do the fol-
lowing, and then answer the question yourself. The first one is
done for you.
1)	Is Sokolov working at the plant now?
POPOV:	Are you working at the plant now?
SOKOLOV: No, I am not. / am not working at the plant now.
I am at an English lesson.
POPOV:	No, he is not. He is not working at the plant
now. He is at an English lesson now.
Does Sokolov work at the plant every day?
POPOV:	Do you work at the plant every day, Sokolov?
SOKOLOV: Yes, I do. / work at the plant every day except
Sunday.
POPOV:	Yes, he does. He works at the plant every day
except Sunday.
2)	Is M. writing a letter to her friend?
Does she often write letters to her friends?
3)	Is N. answering your question now?
Does he (she) answer your questions every day?
4)	Is P. taking a bus (a tram, a trolley-bus) now?
Does P. take a bus (a tram, a trolley-bus) every day
when he (she) goes to work?
5)	Is Q. speaking English now?
Does Q. speak English all the time?
6)	Is R. reading a book now?
Does R. often read books?
XV.	Answer the questions given on the record. (A contrast drill.)
New Words
to travel
to travel — to move from one place to another, from one
country to another
When I was a boy, I wanted to travel,to see the world, to
go to Siberia or even to the Far East.
Travelling is useful, for you see much and learn much.
13
fresh
This fish is old
and it smells bad.
That fish is fresh
and it is fine.
I like autumn, because we can get plenty of fresh fruit
in autumn.
We must hurry home. The wind has become quite fresh, and
it may start raining soon.
to choose [tju:z] (chose, chosen [tjouz, 'tjouzn])
He does not know which fish to choose,
this one or that one.
It is not easy to choose a book at the
library.
There are so many that you want to
read, that it’s really difficult to
choose which one to begin with.
The work was difficult and they chose
Smirnov to do it.
a camp
This is our camp in the wood.
Nice, isn’t it?
Every summer thousands of So-
viet children in every city
and town go to pioneer camps.
Here is a nice place near the
river. Let us camp here.
14
weather ['wedb]
When the sky is cloudy
and it is raining, we say
that the weather is bad.
When there are no clouds in
the sky and the sun is shining
brightly, we say that the
weather is fine.
pleasure ['p leja] — удовольствие
The book must be very interesting, for the man is reading
it with pleasure.
It gives me great pleasure to help you.
Gorky knew no better pleasure than reading books.
to do one good
If you feel bad, go out into the open air. Fresh air will do
you good.
During your holidays you must go to some camp and spend
much time in the open air. It will do you a lot of good.
a few
few = not many, a few = some
I don’t have many English books, but still I can give you
a few to read.
My holidays will begin in a few days and then I shall go to
the sea.
fresh	to do one good	a trip — путешествие,
a camp	a few	прогулка
weather	pleasure	to travel — nymetuecm-
to choose (chose, chosen)		воватъ
15
BACK AT SCHOOL
SASHA: Hullo, Kolya! How glad I am to see you again!
KOLYA: So am I. You look strong and fresh, not the way
you looked when I saw you last.
SASHA: Well, I had my holidays in August, and I’m just
back from a tourist camp.
KOLYA: How long did you stay there?
SASHA: Two weeks. And the weather was fine all the time,
so we could go on different excursions. I never thought
that I would enjoy it so much! And what about you?
KOLYA; I didn’t go anywhere. This year I have my holidays
in winter, so I had to stay in town and work during
the summer. Let’s speak about you. What did you
do at the camp? I’ve never been to one.
SASHA: The first few days we did not go far from the camp.
We got up at seven, did our morning exercises, had break-
fast and then some of us went for a swim in the
river, others went fishing or boating and those who
wanted went for a walk in the woods. At one we
had dinner and then we had our afternoon sleep until
four o’clock when we had tea. And in the evenings
either a film was shown to us or we danced. And
then, after a few days of rest, some of us went on
a long excursion — we made a trip down the river in
a boat — and returned to the camp on foot.1 Those
who wanted could choose a trip on bicycles. For those
who didn’t want to go far, one day trips on foot
were organized. These excursions did us all a lot of
good and gave us much pleasure. Why don’t you go
to a tourist camp during your holidays?
KOLYA; I thought of going to a rest-home; but maybe you
are right. Maybe a tourist camp is better — you get
more exercise, and that’s very good.
SASHA: So it is. Go to a camp and you won’t be sorry, I’m
sure. Look! Here comes Katya. How brown she is!
Hullo, Katya! Where have you been?
KATYA: At the Black Sea. Our trade union gave me an acco-
modation voucher.1 2
KOLYA: Did you enjoy it?
1 on foot — пешком
2 accomodation voucher [^koma'deifon 'vautfo] — путевка
16
KATYA: Oh, very much! I had always wanted to see the sea.
I never thought that it was so blue and that the
water in it was so clear.
SASHA: Some day Г11 go to the seashore too.
KOLYA: You want to become a real traveller, don’t you?
SASHA: I do. And how was the weather there?
KATYA: Really fine. We could swim in the sea and lie in the
sun as much as we wanted.
KOLYA: There goes the bell. Stop talking. Another school year
has begun.
Exercises (continued)
XVI.	Substitute 1 the repeated word by the preposition one (ones),
1)	This pencil is red. Give me a black pencil.
2)	I really don’t know which book to choose, this
book or that book.
3)	I don’t quite like this camp. Let’s go to another
camp next time.
4)	Can you supply me with some apples, but only fresh
apples.
5)	Tell me please which exercises I must do, these
exercises or those exercises?
XVII.	Say which action comes first.
I)	She gave me the hat that she had bought for me.
2) Mother came to tell us that she had made the coffee.
3)	When we had finished dinner, my sister took the
plates away.
4)	She told me that Sokolov had gone to a tourist camp.
5)	Popov showed us the photographs which he had
taken during the trip.
XVIII.	Translate the following sentences into Russian.
1)	When I go there, I shall speak to him about it.
2)	When I have done the exercise myself, I shall
help you to do it too.
3)	When the weather is fine, we shall go for a trip.
4)	When he finds the shortest way, he will return to
tell us about it.
5)	If I meet him, I shall ask him about it with pleasure.
1 to substitute [rsAbstitju:t] — заменить
17
Примечание.
Настоящее время употребляется для выражения действия в буду-
щем в обстоятельственных предложениях времени и условия (после
союзов when, if, as soon as, till, until, before, after).
When (когда) you come to see me tomorrow, I shall return the
book to you.
If (если) you meet Sokolov, tell him that I must see him.
I must know everything before (до того как, прежде чем) I speak
to him.
We shall wait until (до тех пор пока) she comes.
?ls soon as (как только) she comes, she will start on the trip.
Имейте в виду, что будущее время употребляется в придаточных
дополнительных предложениях (если можно поставить к ним вопрос
what? — что?).
I don’t know (what?) when she will come.
He asks me (what?) if we shall come tomorrow.
XIX.	Translate into English.
1)	Когда он придет, вы ему скажете об этом. 2) Если
погода будет хорошая, мы пойдем на экскурсию в воскре-
сенье. 3) Когда она кончит работу, она придет ко мне.
4) Я напишу вам, если узнаю об этом. 5) Когда они
вернутся, будет уже поздно.
XX.	a) Answer the following questions about your holidays.
1)	When did you have your holidays?
2)	Where did you spend your holidays? Do you like to
travel?
3)	Did you go there alone or with your family?
4)	Was the weather fine or bad?
5)	Did you go swimming, fishing or boating?
6)	Did it give you much pleasure or not?
7)	Did you go to the wood or not?
8)	Did you go on some trip or did you stay at one
place all the time?
9)	If you went on some trip, where did you go? Was it
interesting?
10)	What did you do during your holidays?
11)	Did you enjoy your holidays or not?
12)	Do you feel strong and fresh now? (Did your holi-
days do you a lot of good?)
b) Ask your classmates questions about their holidays.
c) Tell the class about your holidays. (You may use the questions
in Exercise XX a as your plan. Prepare your answers and
then tell about your holidays without looking into the book.)
18
XXL What do you think about the following:
1)	When can you have a better rest during your holi-
days— when you stay at home and have plenty of
sleep or when you go on some trip?
2)	Must you leave your town during your holidays to
have a really good rest?
3)	What is more interesting — to make a trip on foot or
to make a trip in a car?
4)	What places of interest are there not far from your
town (village)? How is it better to get there?
Lesson Two
Repetition: Passive Voice.
Prepositions
By whom was this poem
written?
By whom was the classroom
cleaned the last time?
By whom was the boy met at
the station?
Who was chosen by the teacher
to do this work?
Who was elected secretary of
the Komsomol committee at
the meeting?
It was written by Robert
Browning.
It was cleaned by Bokova
and Drozdov.
He was met at the station by
his brother and sister.
Popov was chosen by the tea-
cher to do this work.
Boiko was elected secretary of
the Komsomol committee at
the meeting.
Exercises
I.	Look through the three forms of irregular verbs given on p. 228.
Repeat the forms that you forgot.
II.	Make up questions with the help of the following table and ask
your classmates to answer them.
Is
Are
Was
Were
Subject
(подле-
жащее)
written
taken
done
bought
cleaned
corrected
Object
(допол-
нение)
19
III.	Translate the following sentences into Russian.
1)	Popov was chosen to do this work. 2) Sokolov was
elected secretary of our Komsomol committee. 3) We
were asked to go into the next room where dinner was
waiting for us.
IV.	Look at the pictures and
a)	fill in the following sentences,
using:
to the table, from the table,
under the table, on the table,
in the water, into the water, out
of the water
1)	When my brother stopped writing, he put his pen —.
He stood up and went — to the window. When he
came back —, he saw that his pen was not there; it
had fallen down and was — now.
2)	The day was very hot and we ran to the river for a
swim. When we reached the bank, we took our clo-
thes off and got — . It was pleasant to be — on such
a hot day. We did not want to go —, but it was
time to go home.
b)	give some examples of your own.
20
V.	Look at the pictures and
a)	fill in the following senten-
ces, using:
in front of the house,
behind the house, near the
house, around the house,
under the house
1)	If you want to see Father, go—. He is doing
something in the garden — .
2)	There is a very good shop —.
3)	This morning I saw our cat go —. She must have
her little ones there.
4)	We have a very nice garden both — and —.
b)	give some examples of your own.
VI.	With the help of the following table make up 10 sentences.
(The teacher should see that the work is not done mechanically).
21
Subject
(подле-
жащее)
am
+ is
are
looking at
sitting at
standing at
working at
shouting at
Object
(допол- r •
пение)
Remember:
on Sunday
on Monday
in the evening
in September
in autumn
in 1967
at 7 o'clock
at half past eight
at sunset
at noon
VII.	Finish the sentences given on the record. The first one is done for
you.
1) I go neither to the plant nor to school on Sunday.
Is anyone in the house?
Is there anything else you
wanted to tell me?
Is there a telephone any-
where here?
The door is open, so there
must be someone in the
house.
(No, I am sorry. There is
no one in the house.)
Yes, there was something,
but I can’t remember
what it was.
(No, that is all. There is
nothing else I can tell
you.)
I’ve seen one somewhere, but
it was rather far from
this place.
(I tried to find one myself,
but I couldn’t find it any-
where (but nowhere could
I find one).
VIII.	Answer the following questions.
1)	Is there anything on your desk? What is there on
your desk?
2)	Is there anyone in the classroom now? Who is in the
classroom now?
3)	Did anybody get a good mark today? Who did?
4)	Is everybody reading now? Who is reading now?
What is everybody doing?
22
IX.	Translate the following sentences into Russian.
I can’t find the book anywhere, but I remember quite
well that I left it somewhere on the table. Somebody
must have taken it and put it somewhere else. But I
can’t think of anyone who could have done it. Nobody
ever takes my things and then everybody has already
left the classroom. Ah! Here it is. I must have put it
into that desk myself and was looking for it everywhere.
It was really bad of me to think that someone could
have taken it.
New Words
a mountain ['mauntin]
The mountains in the Urals are not so high as the mountains
in the Caucasus ['kozkasaz].
Are there any mountains near the place where you live? What
mountains?
a flower ['flauo]
Each flower has its own smell.1 There are lots of flowers in
my* garden. Are there any flowers in the garden near the
house where you live?
Do you like flowers? What kind?
to sell (sold, sold)
A shop girl’s work is to sell things.
You can see coats and suits in this shop window. They sell
ready-made clothes here.
If you don’t need your bicycle, sell it to me. I shall give you
30 roubles for it.
a piece [pi:s]
The mother gave her child a piece of cake and he started
crying because he wanted to get a larger piece.
My pencil broke into two pieces.
This piece of material is not enough to make a dress.
though [dou]
Though he is very old, he is still very strong.
They went swimming though the weather was bad.
She didn’t come to the meeting though the teacher had told
her that she had to.
1 smell — запах
23
Read:	though [dou], through [6ru]
Look through the book!
Though it was still raining, they went out.
Look up in the vocabulary of the textbook the meaning of the words:
to believe, a market, a stage
What does the verb to believe mean?
Do you always believe your comrades?
What does the noun market mean?
What do people do at the market?
What does the noun stage mean?
What do people do on the stage?
a mountain
to sell
(sold, sold)
though
a flower
to believe
a market
a piece
a stage
a point — точка, пункт,
кончик пера
the very — тот самый,
именно этот
to plant — сажать (рас-
тения )
Remember:	piece [pi:s] —кусок
peace [pi:s]—мир
a piece of cake, a piece of pie1
Soviet people need peace to build Communism.
Questions
1)	Where was William Shakespeare born?
2)	What was the first place the author1 2 went to?
3)	What did (the author like best in the house where
Shakespeare was born?
4)	Where is the house that Shakespeare bought for him-
self?
5)	What do you know about Anne Hathaways’s Cottage?
6)	What do you know about the Shakespeare Memorial
Theatre?
A part of the text is given on the record. Check your reading according
to it.
1 pie — пирог
2 author ['э:6э]— автор
24
A VISIT TO STRATFORD
Stratford is a very interesting town, right in the centre of
England. There are no mountains near Stratford, but there
are beautiful woods, green fields, a quiet little river — the
Avon ['eivon] — and lovely black and white houses.
Stratford is quite a busy town, especially on market day.
• The first place we went to when we came to Stratford was
Shakespeare’s birthplace, a small house in the centre of Strat-
ford with small rooms in it. We saw the very room where
Shakespeare was born. Lots of people who had visited the house
had written their names on the walls. It seemed a wrong thing
to do — though among the names were those of Walter Scott,
Dickens, Thackeray and Browning.
In one room there was a little wooden desk, the very desk
that Shakespeare sat at when he went to school in Stratford.
But one of the things I liked best was the garden behind the
house, because in it are growing all the flowers and trees that
are mentioned1 in Shakespeare’s plays.
When Shakespeare became successful in London, he bought
the biggest house in Stratford, a house called New Place. Here
he wrote his last plays The Winter's Tale (Зимняя сказка)
and The Tempest (Буря) and here he died. Well, I wanted to
1 to mention—упоминать
25
see that house; but there is nothing left of it but a few bricks
and the garden. The man, whose house it had been after Sha-
kespeare’s death, Mr. Gastrell ['gcr.stnl], got angry because so
many people came to see the house, that he pulled it down
in 1758. It’s hard to believe that, isn’t it, but it is true.
Shakespeare had planted a tree in the garden and Mr. Gast-
rell cut that down too, 1 but the people of Stratford took pie-
ces of the tree and planted one of them in the garden of New
Place, and that tree is still growing there. •
After lunch we went across the fields, about a kilometre
and a half out of Stratford, to Anne Hathaway’s ['haedoweis]
Cottage ['kotid;]. Anne Hathaway was Shakespeare’s wife,
and the cottage is just as it was in Shakespeare’s time. There
are the old chairs by the fire-place where Shakespeare had sat,
the plates from which he ate his dinner. In that little house
I felt as if I was living in the 17th century, and if Shake-
speare had come walking down I shouldn’t have felt very sur-
prised.1 2
We had a look at the Shakespeare Memorial Theatre,3
which looks as someone said “like a modern factory”, but it
has the best stage in England. Shakespeare’s plays are staged
there and the best English actors from all over England come
and play on the stage of the Shakespeare Memorial Theatre.
Exercises (continued)
X.	Look through the text once more and give a heading 4 to each
paragraph.
XI.	Ask your classmates 10 questions based on the text.
XII.	Fill in the blanks with prepositions.
Look — that lovely picture! Do you see that little cot-
tage— the river with a little garden — it. It looks so
beautiful — here. It is a real pleasure to live — a house
like that one. Oh! There is somebody coming — the
house — the garden. A woman — a child. They are going
1 to cut down — срубить
2 I shouldn’t have felt very surprised — я бы не удивился
3 Shakespeare Memorial Theatre [пп'тэ:пэ1]—Шекспировский
Мемориальный театр
4 heading ['hedig]—заголовок
26
— the bank of the river to sit — the trees and to have
a rest in the fresh air.
XIII.	Finish the following sentences using new words from the text
1)	Farmers sell milk, butter and meat at the —.
2) Farmers come to the market to buy and — . 3) Our
town is not far from a high —. 4) It is so strange
that it is difficult to —. 5) There are lovely — in our
garden.
XIV,	Answer the following questions.
1)	Which are the highest mountains in the USSR, in
Europe, in Asia?
2)	Do you ask for a large or a small piece of cake?
3)	Did you ever plant flowers or trees? Where did you
plant them? What did you plant?
4)	Is your house (school) made of wood, bricks or con-
crete (бетонный) blocks?
5)	Did you ever try to act (to play) on the stage? Do
you want to try to act (to play) on the stage?
XV.	Make up three sentences according to the model.
a)	Model: I (сделал что-то) though (кто-то) told me not to.
Example: I went there though my friend told me not to.
b)	Model: This is the very (то-то) that (кто-то делает в на-
стоящий момент).
Example: This is the very house that I am looking for.
This is the very book that I am reading.
XVI.	a) Answer the following questions about your city (town, collec-
tive farm).
I)	Is your town (collective farm) large?
2)	Is it beautiful?
3)	Is there a river in it? Is it large? What is it called?
4)	Is there a bridge across the river?
5)	Are there many large new buildings in your town
(on your collective farm)?
6)	Are the streets wide? Is there a square in your city
(town)?
7)	Is there a theatre (a library, a park, a club) in your
town (on your collective farm)?
8)	Are there many schools (institutes, plants, cinemas)
in your town? How many?
9)	Do you like your town (collective farm)?
27
10)	Were you (your father, mother, sister, brother) born
in this town (on this collective farm)?
b)	Ask your classmates questions about their towns (collective
farms).
c)	Tell the class about your city (town, collective or state farm).
You may use questions in Exercise XVI a) as your plan. Pre-
pare your answers and then try to talk about your city (town,
collective or state farm) without looking into the book.
XVII.	Read the following international words and tell the class what
they mean without using a dictionary.
author ['э:6э]
atom I'setem]
aspect ['aespekt]
automation [pito'meijon]
captain ['kaeptm]
characteristic ['kaenkto-
group [gru:p] nstik]
instructor [ms'trAkto]
mathematical [jnaeOfmaetikoI]
multinational ['niAlti'naeJanl]
optical [optikol]
physicist ['fizisist]
radio-activity ['reidouaek'tiviti]
system [sistim]
XVIII.	Read the following story. Choose the correct meaning of the
words from among those given.
glasses ['glasiz] n pl-стекла, стаканы, рюмки, очки,
бинокль, барометр, песочные часы
power ['райо] п — способность, возможность, сила,
мощность, энергия, производительность,
могущество, власть
object ['obdgikt] и —предмет, вещь, цель, объект,
намерение, дополнение (грам.)
to seem [si:m] v — казаться
HIGH POWER OPTICS
A young man had just spoken to his girl-friend about
the optical characteristics of the new high-powered field-
glasses.
“Is everything quite clear, my dear?” he asked her
when he finished speaking.
“Oh, yes, it is,” was the answer. “Now I see it quite
clearly. When you use these glasses, any object in front
of you seems to be behind you.”
XIX.	Transalte the following sentences into Russian with the help of a
dictionary.
1)	Electronics is a young science. It belongs to the
20th century, though many of its mathematical
28
aspects were worked out in the latter part of the
19th century by such great physicists as Clerk
Maxwell and Gauss.
2)	The soft blue-white glow of fluorescent lamps can
be seen everywhere from the tops of multistoreyed
buildings to the tunnels of the underground system.
3)	The most powerful force in man’s control comes from
something infinitely small. This is the atom.
4)	Radio-activity, which was discovered only half a
century ago, now plays an important part in our
everyday life.
XX.	What do you think about the following:
1)	Where is it better for your health 1 to live, in a
town or in the country?
2)	When you go to the theatre, what interests you
more, the idea of the play, the plot1 2 of the play or
the acting of the actors?
3)	When do you enjoy a play more, when you see it
at the theatre or on the TV?
4)	When and where is it more interesting to go travel-
ling?
Lesson Three
Repetition: Affixes3
Exercises
1.	Answer the following questions. The first one is answered for you.
1)	Which river is longer, the Don or the Neva?
The Don4 is longer than the Neva.
Which is the longest river in our country?
The Ob with the Irtish is the longest river in the
USSR.
2)	Which river is longer, the Danube or the Thames?
Which is the longest river in Europe?
1 health [hel6]—здоровье
2 plot—(зд.) сюжет
3 affix ['aefiks] — (грам.) аффикс, приставка (префикс и суффикс)
4 В английском языке названия рек употребляются с определен-
ным артиклем.
29
3)	Which mountain is higher, Elbrus or the Peak of
Communism?
Which is the highest mountain in our country?
4)	When is the weather better, in spring or in autumn?
When do we have the best weather?
II. Ask your classmates questions
based on the following pictures.
Which
1 tall — высокий (обычно о росте)
large
good (better, the best)
beautiful (more, the most)
comfortable (more,
the most)
30
III.	Read the following figures. (It is advisable that the teacher have
the students read the figures at random.1)
	one	two	three	four	five	six	seven	eight	nine
-teen	(eleven)	(twelve)	thirteen	14	fifteen	16	17	18	19
-ty	(ten)	twenty	30	40	50	60	70	80	90
IV.	Read the following figures.
86, 63, 35, 59, 94, 47, 72, 23, 38.
V.	Ask your classmates how much is:
Example: Eleven plus four is fifteen; eleven minus four
is seven.
а)	И-]- 4=	12+	6=	14+ 3=	12+ 7 =
15—	3=	17—	6=	18— 5=	20— 6 =
b)	25 + 23=	34 + 42=	57+15=	78+13 =
98 — 23=	66 — 42=	52—15=	71 — 13 =
c)	Have your classmates do simple sums according to the example.
Example: flow much is ... plus (minus) .„? ... plus (minus)
... is ...
VI.	Insert the following adjectives and adverbs where needed in the
sentences given below:
quiet, quietly; successful, successfully;
certain, certainly; brave, bravely
1)	Tom was a — boy, and he spoke — whenever he was
sure that he was right.
2)	I shall—come. I want to talk with you about a —
question.
3)	Though she was angry, she was — and managed to
speak —.
4)	Rimma was always — in everything she did, and
nobody was surprised when she — passed all her
examinations and entered the Institute.
1 at random—наугад
31
VII.	Finish the following sentences. (See table on p. 217.)
Example: I cannot help you. You must do it yourself.
1)	I cannot help him this time. He will have to trans-
late it —.
2)	I know that he will listen to me. I shall go and
speak with him —.
3)	She does not want to do it, but she will have to
do it —.
4)	Let us go and speak to the director —.
5)	The boys made this football field —.
The following suffixes are used to form various nouns.1
Learn them!
-ness
-ment
-(t)ion
-er(or)
-hood
-ity
-ance (ence)
dark-ness, cleverness, quick-ness
achieve-nzen/, develop-mm/, fulfil-menZ
correct-ion, organiz-a-/ion, occup-a-/ion
work-er, teach-er, direct-or
child-/zood, mother-hood
impossibil-i/i/, real-iTy
import-onee, independence
VIII. Translate
-ness
-ment
-tion
the following sentences into Russian.
The man was rude and we couldn’t understand
the reason1 2 for his rudeness. The teacher must
be strict, but just3 in his strictness. It was
growing dark and dthe children were afraid
of the coming darkness.
The girl was so excited when she got the
letter, that in her excitement she forgot to
thank the man who had brought it. The
men decided to settle in this part of the
country and to build a settlement on the
bank of the river.
Our plant produces cars and its production
is known all over the world. The students
had to translate a text. Popov’s translation
was the best. The teacher thought that
1 various nouns ['veanas naunz]—различные существительные
2 reason [Ti:zan]— причина, разум
3 just — справедливый
32
everybody would do the exercise except Vo-
lin and Zorin; all the students without any
exception did it correctly.
-er (or) A teacher teaches at a school. A worker
works at a plant. A driver drives a car.
-hood Children without a childhood, that’s what
many children in the capitalist countries
are. We want people to live like brothers
and we fight for the brotherhood of all
men.
-ity	The answer to his question was so simple
that he was surprised at the simplicity of
it. “It can’t be real\ There are no such
things in reality'” she cried when she saw
the new machine in operation.
-ance(ence) We know that it is important and we un-
derstand the importance of it. The USA
became an independent country on the 4th
of July, 1783. Now it is a national holiday
called Independence Day.
XI. Answer the following.
A)	If something is of use to us, we say that it is useful.
What do we say if a play is a success?
What do we say if something is of great help to us?
B)	If something is of no use to anyone we say that it is useless.
What do we call somebody who has no home, no place
where to live?
What do we say about the sky when there are no clouds
in it?
C)	If the day is fine and there is sunshine, we say that the day is
sunny.
What do we call a day on which the sky is covered
with clouds?
What do we call a day on which it rains?
D)	If something is made of wood, we say that it is wooden.
What do we call something that looks like gold?
E)	If something can give us comfort, we say that it is comfortable.
What do we say about a thing that can be moved from
one place to another?
What do we say about a thing that can be eaten?
33
F)	If something is a little green in colour, we say that it is greenish.
What do we say about something that is a little red
in colour?
What do we say about something that is a little brown
in colour?
The following suffixes are used to form adjectives.1
Learn them.
-ful	success-/!//, beauti-f//Z, power-fz/Z
-less	use-Zess,	home-Zess,	fruit-Zess
-y	sun-n-y,	cloud-y, fun-n-y
-en	wood-en,	gold-en
-able	comfort-afe/e, mov-able, drink-afe/e
-ish	green-fs/z, red-d-Zs/i,	fool-ish
X. a) Study the prefixes un-t	dis- in the following examples.
The man was not certain. The man was uncertain.
The letter is not important. The letter is unimportant.
The question was not answered. The question was
unanswered.
Your answer is not correct. Your answer is incorrect.
This is not possible. This is impossible.
We did not believe him. We disbelieved him.
b) Translate the following into Russian:
an unsuccessful play; an unhappy child; an unwritten
letter; an undone task; an impossible story; an infa-
mous end; he did it with displeasure; she listened
to it with disbelief.
New Words
wonder f'wAndo]
Somebody is knocking at the door. I wonder who can it be
so late.
No wonder that he has passed all the examinations success-
fully— he worked hard for a long time.
I wonder what the weather will be tomorrow.
1 adjective ['aedsiktivj — имя прилагательное
34
direction [di'rekjon]
Sokolov left his house and started
walking in the direction
of the school.
I wonder in what direction the
wind is blowing. 1
to discover [dis'kAvo]
America was discovered by Colum-
bus in 1492.
Radio-activity was discovered by
Pierre and Marie Curie.
quality ['kwoliti]
The man is walking
in the direction
You can see yourself that this ma-	°f the wood,
terial is the best, it is of good
quality, and that material is bad, it is of bad quality.
The workers of our plant must not only produce many ma-
chines, but see to it that they are of the best quality.
Look up in the vocabulary of the textbook the pronunciation 2 and meaning
of the words:
danger (ous), to invent, ore, to sail.
a compass	to sail	danger(ous)	to show
to invent	a string	a needle	(showed,
to wonder	to discover	degree	shown) —
direction	quality	a box	показывать
ore			
Remember:
The electric lamp was invented by Yablochkov.
America was discovered by Columbus.
Questions
1) Who invented the compass?
2) In which direction did the Chinese wooden man point
with his hand?
1 to blow [blou] — дуть
8 pronunciation [ргэ,плпзГе1|эп] — произношение
35
3)	What did “the wonderful stone” of the Normans1 do?
4)	What was the stone replaced by?
5)	What did Petrus Peregrinus write about?
6)	Where was the needle put later on?
A part of the text is given on the record. Check your reading according
to it.
THE COMPASS
All of you know what a compass is. Some of you have
used it yourselves. But do you know who invented this inst-
a compass
fkAmpas]
a string
a needle
['ni:dl]
rument? I am sure you do not. And no
wonder, for the name of the inventor of
the compass is unknown.
About two and a half thousand years
ago the Chinese [tfai'nkz] had a wonderful
man who helped them to find the way. It
was not a live man, but a wooden one,
who pointed with his hand to the South.
It was a great wonder in those days, be-
cause the wooden man could successfully
choose the correct direction in any kind
of weather, and it was always the South.
Over a thousand years ago the Normans
(the people who lived in the north of
Europe in Norway and Denmark) crossed
the seas in different directions. To find2
their way in the open sea, when land could
not be seen, they used what they called
“the wonderful stone” which was a piece
of magnetic ore tied to a string. The
strange stone showed where the North was,
a box
and made it possible to sail far away from
the coast into the open sea and even to
cross the ocean.
If you have been attentive enough, you
have noticed that the Chinese wooden
man always pointed to the South, and
1	Normans ['no:manz] — скандинавы, варяги, викинги
2	to find — (зд.) чтобы найти
36
“the wonderful stone” of the Normans showed where the North
was. This shows that the Chinese and the people of Europe
had discovered the qualities of magnetic ore independently.1
•At the end of the 12th century the stone tied to a string
was replaced by a magnetic needle. The needle was put on a
small piece of wood to float1 2 in a plate with water. But it
could point to the North only if
the sea was quiet. During a storm,	J
the needle was of no use at all.		
The first scientific paper on	J
magnets was written by a French- a degree [di'gn:]
man, Peregrinus, in 1269. He had
noticed that if a piece of magnetic ore was broken into two,
both parts had magnetic qualities and there were two magnets
instead of one. If both of these parts were broken again into
two, there were four magnets instead of one and so on. This
discovery made it possible to produce as many magnets as
were needed.
Later on the needle was put into a little box with 360°
(degrees) marked on it, and the compass began to look like
the compass you know today. •
Exercises (continued)
XI.	Ask your classmates questions based on the text.
XII.	Look through the text once more and give a heading3 for each
paragraph.
XIII.	a) Answer the following questions.
1)	When do you get up?
2)	When do you have breakfast? What do you have
for breakfast?
3)	When do you go to work? Where do you work?
4)	Is the place where you work far from your home or
not?
5)	Do you take a bus, a trolley-bus or a tram when
you go there or do you walk there on foot?
6)	Is your work difficult or easy?
1 independently [jndi'pendantli]—независимо (друг от друга)
2 to float [flout] — (зд.) для того, чтобы плавать на поверхности
37
7)	When do you have dinner?
8)	When is your work day over?
9)	When do you come to school?
10)	On which days do you have school?
11)	How many lessons do you have today? Which ones?
12)	What do you do on your day off?
b)	Ask your classmates questions about how they spend their day.
c)	Tell the class how you spend your day. You may use questions
in Exercise XHIa as your plan.
Prepare your answers and then tell how you spend your
day without looking into the book.
d)	Tell the class how your father (mother, brother, sister, friend)
spends his (her) day. Don’t forget to add -s to the verb in the
3rd person singular.
XIV.	Read the following international words and tell the class what
they mean without using a dictionary.
an actor f'aekto]
atomic [o'tomik]
electric [flektnk]
history ['histori]
isotopes faisotoups]
interval fintovsl]
literature ['litontjo]
poem ['pouim]
prize [praiz]
product ['prodokt]
reactor [rfaekte]
radio-active f'reidiou'aektiv]
XV.	Read the following story. Choose the correct meaning of the words
from among those given:
to be at home — быть дома, чувствовать себя
как дома; хорошо знать
Two friends met after a long interval. “Well, old
man,” one said, “I hear you have a wife now and that
she is a most wonderful woman.”
“Yes,” was the answer. “My wife is wonderful. She
is at home in literature, at home in history, at home
in music, at home in science, at home in travelling,
in short — at home everywhere, except.. .”
“Except where?”
“Except at home.”
XVI.	Translate the following sentences into Russian with the help of a
dictionary.
1)	The general opinion abroad is that English weather
is always bad.
2)	The impression of this actor’s reading is unforget-
table. He reads poems with such feeling and expres-
sion.
38
3)	The best sources of radio-active materials are the
fission products formed in operating nuclear reactors.
4)	So far the main peaceful use of atomic fission is the
production of electric power and the application of
radio-isotopes.
XVIII. What do you think about the following:
1)	Did the wooden man have a piece of magnetic ore
in it or did it operate on some other principle?
2)	The wooden man showed where the South was and
“the wonderful stone” of the Normans showed where
the North was. Does that mean that they operated
on quite different principles?
3)	If according to your compass you stand facing North,
what will you have on your right-hand side?
4)	If according to your compass you have South on
your right-hand side, what direction are you going?
5)	If you stand facing East, what will you have on
your right-hand side? left-hand side? behind you?
6)	In what place of the Earth will both ends of a com-
pass point to the North?
Lesson Four
TEST PAPER
I.	Read the following story without using the vocabulary, retell it in
Russian, then answer the questions.
Questions
1)	What did the strong man often say?
2)	What happened to his horse one day?
3)	What did the strong man do when the smith brought
him a horse-shoe?
4)	How many shoes did the man break?
5)	What did the smith do with the man’s coins?
6)	Was the man pleased to meet someone who was strong-
er than he? What makes you think that he was?
7)	Why was the smith stronger than the other man?
39
THE STRONGER MAN
Many, many years ago there was a man in England who
was very strong. Everyone knew him. He often said, “If I
ever meet a man, who is stronger than I, I’m going to give
him all the money in my purse.”
One day he went travelling with a friend. As they were
riding down a mountain, his horse lost a shoe. So when they
came to the nearest town, they went to the market-place and
asked for a smith.
The smith in that town was very strong too. The man
told the smith to bring him one of the best horse-shoes he
had. When the smith brought him a horse-shoe, the strong
man looked at it and said, “This is a bad shoe. It’s no good
for my horse. Look!” And he took it in his strong hands
and broke it like a biscuit. The smith looked at him, but
said nothing. Then he brought another horse-shoe. The man
took it and broke it as easily as the first one. The smith
brought him a third one. The strong man broke it too and
then said, “I see that you haven’t got any good horse-shoes.
Bring me one more and I’ll go.” The smith brought a fourth
shoe and the strong man gave him a coin.
The smith looked at the coin and said, “This is a bad
coin. Look!” He took the coin between his fingers and broke
it into two. It was now the strong man’s turn to look at
40
the smith in surprise. He didn’t say anything, but gave him
another coin. The smith broke it too. The man gave him a
third coin. The smith broke it like the first two and said,
“I see that you haven’t got any good coins. So give me one
more and we’ll be quits.”
The strong man looked at him and said, “I’ve promised to
give my purse to anyone I meet, who is stronger than I am.
Here it is. Take it! It’s your purse now.”
purse [pa:s] — кошелек
to ride a horse [hors] —
ехать верхом
на лошади
horse-shoe — подкова
smith — кузнец
coin [кэш]—монета
finger — пале ц
to be quits [kwits] —
быть в расчете
II.	Insert the correct verb forms.1
A.	1) When I (to go) to school, I (to meet) Popov, and
we (to go) to school together.
2)	“ — you (to bring) your textbook?” asked the teacher.
“I (to tell) you always to bring your textbooks.”
3)	At last she (to find) the book, which she (to lose).
4)	When you (to come) tomorrow? We have a lot of
work to do.
1 Note for the teacher:
In this and the following exercises A and В are merely two vari-
ants of one and the same exercise. The teacher may give A to one part
of the class and В to the other one.
41
5)	When you (to come) tomorrow, I (to help) you with
the exercise.
В.	1) When I (to read) the text, I came across many words
which I (not to know).
2)	“— you (to buy) the tickets?” asked the girl, “I (to
want) to see the film very much.”
3)	He (to remember) that he (to see) that film already.
4)	When we (to have) an examination? This year or
the next year?
5)	If he (to come), I (to telephone) to you.
III.	Choose the correct preposition.
among fwo friends,
between
2)	She went the room without knocking.
3)	People were shouting something —
at
4)	My brother studies 7^ night school
for
5)	I have been studying English
A.	1) The girl was walking
in
the street.
too.
B.	1)
. . three years,
during J
There was a rose	the other flowers,
between
Take your books ^ГОт
The
out ot your baes!
weather was fine and the sun was shining bright-
— the blue sky.
on
sister works — the
on
5) I met him several times
ly
4) My
same plant as I do.
-7-^?— my holidays,
during J J
IV.	Translate into Russian. Pay attention to the affixes.
A.	1) Her happiness was so great that she stood disbeliev-
ing the words she heard.
2)	The production of these machines is a great achieve-
ment for our plant.
3)	The famous singer was singing wonderfully.
42
4)	The homeless man was looking for something
eatable.
В.	1) The stillness of the darkened room frightened the
child.
2)	The trip became dangerous, and the men continued
their way westward with great difficulty.
3)	I shall always remember that unforgettable sunny
day.
4)	The simplicity of the answer was really surprising.
V.	Tell the class how you spent your day off.
VI.	What do you think of the following:
A.	Was the strong man an honest1 one as well? What
makes you think so?
B.	Why is it easier to break a horse-shoe than a coin?
Lesson Five
Present Participle
A woman who is singing.
A dog which is running.
A girl who is smiling.
A man who is working.
A cat which is playing.
A singing woman.
A running dog.
A ... ing girl.
A.......
A.......
Give examples of your own using the following table.
A Present Participle Noun.
1 honest—честный
43
When she came, she was
crying.
When he came, he was
smiling.
When the boy ran into the
room, he was shouting.
When the man said it, he
was laughing.
Fill in the following: said smiling
said crying
She came crying.
He came ... ing.
The boy ran in ...
The man said ...
came smiling
came crying
1)	“Don’t be afraid of the little dog,” the man ...
2)	I was so surprised to see her when she ... into the
room.
3)	The little boy suddenly ... into the room.
4)	“I don’t know which box to choose,” the little girl...
Примечание.
Причастие настоящего времени (Present Participle) образуется
путем прибавления окончания -ing к неопределенной форме глагола
(без частицы to).
Причастие может употребляться как прилагательное или наречие.
Как прилагательное, причастие настоящего времени может быть
определением: a smiling woman, a running dog или именной частью
сказуемого: the story was interesting.
Как наречие, причастие употребляется как обстоятельство обра-
за действия и соответствует русскому деепричастию: he spoke cough-
ing, she came crying.
В английском языке причастие настоящего времени вступает
в сочетания, которых нет в русском языке. Обратите на это вни-
мание.
44
Translate the following sentences into Russian.
1)	When the children learnt that their aunt had come,
they came running into the room.
2)	As soon as the signal was given, they went running as
fast as they could.
3)	A beautiful ship came sailing into the port.
4)	A group of tourists came walking through the wood.
New Words
true [tru:]
true — right, correct, real
You can believe him. Everything he says is true.
It is not true that he is a bad sportsman. He is bad at run-
ning, but he is good at swimming.
doubt [daut]
doubt — not to believe; to think that something is not quite true
The weather is very bad and I doubt that Mary will come
today.
I doubt that you can buy a good radio set for 30 roubles.
close [klous]
close — near
Popov and Sokolov are close friends. They always go every-
where together.
My house is close to the school-building, and it takes me only
3 minutes to get there.
previous ['pri:vias]
the previous day — the day before
The streets were dirty, because it rained the previous night.
The previous year we were in the 9th form.
several ['sevral]
several — some; two, three, four ... several
I’ve brought you several books so that you could choose the
most interesting one.
When I looked into the classroom, I saw several students
sitting at the desks and writing something.
to row [rou]
On a hot summer day I like to row in a boat down the
river.
45
Can you row me across the river to the other side?
Rowing is a wonderful sport. You are on the water all the time.
to win (won, won)
The man, who comes out first in a competition, wins the
competition and is the winner.
Buy lottery tickets. You may win a car.
Botvinnik won the world chess championship several times.
Look up in the vocabulary of the textbook the meaning of the words:
to change, a race, to touch, a victory
What does the verb to change mean?
Do you sometimes change your place in the classroom?
What does the noun race mean?
Do you like to go to see the races?
Do you take part in any races?
What does the verb to touch mean?
What does the word victory mean?
When did the Soviet people win victory over Nazi Germany?
a race
to row
true
doubt
close
to touch
victory
change
previous
several
to win
(won, won)
unless [on'les] — если... не
to happen ['haepon] —
случаться, происходить
order [ o:do] — порядок
kind (of) [kamd]—сорт,
вид, разновидность
JEocerclses
I.	a) Translate the following sentences into Russian.
1)	They will doubtlessly win the race unless something
happens.
2)	She will certainly come unless the weather is really
very bad.
3)	I shall go to a tourist camp next summer unless
something happens.
b) Finish the following sentences.
1)	I shall bring you the book unless ...
2)	She will come unless ...
3)	They will go there unless ...
46
II. Read the following international words and tell the class what
they mean without using a dictionary.
athlete ['se01i:tj
billiards [rbiljodz]
chance [tjcrns]
to debate [di'beit]
prize [praiz]
public ['pAblik]
result [n'zAlt]
III. Укажите, какие из следующих существительных употребляются
как существительные, а какие как определения к ним.
Example: A pleasure trip—увеселительная прогулка.
Pleasure и trip —два существительных:
pleasure — определение к слову trip.
A.	Brick house; weather bureau fbjuorou]; market-place;
compass needle; university degree; pencil-box; victory
day.
B.	University boat-race; pleasure trip boat; weather bureau
building.
Questions
1)	Which is the most famous sport at the English Univer-
sities?
2)	Which are the most interesting of the rowing races?
3)	How many boats race in a bumping-race?
4)	In what order do the boats start the following year?
THE UNIVERSITY BOAT-RACE
by K- J- Swann
Of all the sports at the Universities the most famous is
rowing. The University Boat-Race is the oldest of the sport-
ing competitions between Oxford and Cambridge; and, though
it is not true to say that no rowing races had ever taken
place before the Boat-Race was instituted1 one hundred and
twenty years ago, there is no doubt that the two Universities
developed this sport. The development of the eight-oared1 2
racing boat is a result of the Oxford and Cambridge Boat-
Race.
1 to be instituted ['institju:tid] — быть учрежденными
2 eight-oared [o:d] — восьмивесельный
oar [э:] — весло
47
The most interesting of the rowing-races at the two Uni-
versities are the races for eight-oared boats, known as bumping-
races. 1 These take place two times a year, and all of the
colleges enter as many boats as they can for the race.
These strange races were invented at Oxford and Cambridge.
The rivers are too narrow for boats to race side by side, and
so somebody thought of a bumping-race.
In this kind of race sixteen boats race one behind the
other. As soon as the race begins away they go flying each
boat trying to catch the boat in front of it. When a boat
gets close enough to another to do so, it bumps (that is
touches) it. This means victory for the boat that makes the
bump. When this happens both boats stop rowing; the others,
of course, continue.
On the next night (for the races go on for several nights)
the boats that have made bumps change places with those they
bumped.
In the following year the boats start in the order in which
they finished in the previous year.
1 bumping-race — гребная гонка (в которой нужно догнать пе-
реднюю лодку и ударить носом по ее корме)
48
No prizes are won in such races as these, but the oarsmen
in the boat which finishes first, and those whose boat makes
a bump on every night of the races, are allowed to have the
oars with which they rowed. Their names are written on each
oar in gold letters.
Exercises (continued)
A.1 IV. What do you think about the following:
1)	Can the first boat in the line win at the bumping-race?
2)	Would it be interesting to have bumping-races on
the Volga? Why do you think so?
3)	What do you think of the prizes the winners get at
the bumping-races?
4)	What kind of sport builds up one’s body best of all?
5)	How long must one train to become a really good
sportsman?
В. V. Do according to the model and translate the phrases.
Example: (to smile) A smiling face. She came smiling.
(to laugh) A — boy. The boy came — .
(to write) A — table. The students sat — .
(to cry) A — child. The child ran in —.
(to talk) A — women. The women walked —.
VI. How would you translate the Gerund into Russian in each of
the following sentences:
1)	“How do you like rowing?” asked the teacher.
2)	Travelling gives much pleasure, doesn’t it?
3)	He is sure of winning at the next competition.
4)	Stop doubting his words. They are quite true.
5)	My friend is fond of swimming in cold water. Are
you?
Note: A gerund answers the question what?
A participle answers the questions how? what
kind of?
1 Note for the teacher:
A — exercises on the text; В — repetition of theoretical material and
exercises on oral speech; C — exercises on grammatical and lexical com-
prehension and translation.
49
VII. What time is it?
It
is half past three.
It is a quarter to
VIII.	Use the correct articles where necessary.
I have — very good book at — home. It is about —
different lands. — book was, given to me by — sailor1
(моряк). — sailor said that everything what was in —
book was quite true. He said that — friend of his had
been in these — lands several times and told him —
very same.
IX.	a) Answer the following questions.
1)	Do you go in for sports?
2)	Do you like summer or winter sports better?
3)	Do you like skiing or skating better?
4)	Are you good at running or jumping?
5)	Do you like swimming or rowing better?
6)	Did you ever take part in a race? What kind?
7)	Do you play football (volley-ball, basket-ball,
hockey, tennis)?
8)	Are you a member of some team?
9)	Did you ever take part in a competition?
What kind?
10)	Did you ever win a race or a competition?
What race or competition?
11)	Do you like to go travelling?
12)	Did you ever go to a tourist camp?
1 sailor ['seila] — моряк
50
13)	What kind of sport do
you go in for?
14)	What kind of sport are
you good at?
b) Ask your classmates questions
about the kind of sport they
go in for.
c) Speak about the sport you go
in for. You may use questions
in a) as your plan.
a)	Ask your classmates questions
who the girl is, what has hap-
pened to her, whom she is
writing a letter to, what she is writing about, what she will
do after she has written and posted the letter.1
b)	Answer the questions given on the record.
c)	Make up a story about the girl in the picture.
С. XI. Study the following meanings of the word plant.
This is the chemical plant where Katya works.
1 Note for the teacher:
In this and the following exercises of this kind the students are re-
quested not to make up questions about the picture, but to use the pic-
ture as a clue to a situation and to try to build up as many questions
as they can about the person in it and everything what preceded and
followed the moment given in the picture.
51
/
Katya is planting some
flowers in her garden.
Katya is watering plants
in her garden.
Katya is planting a kiss on her
brother’s head — she is saying
good-bye to her brother.
XII.	Study the different uses of the verb to put:
1)	Put the book on my table.
2)	Put down your pens and listen to me.
3)	П you take something without asking, you must
always put it back,
4)	Put the child to bed. It is very late.
5)	Look at this picture and put as many questions as
you can.
6)	He put his best suit on and went to the theatre.
7)	The house was so untidy 1 that it took us several
days to put it in order.
8)	She wanted to go to the seaside the following sum-
mer, so she put some money aside every month.
9)	I understand everything I read, but I cannot put
it into good Russian.
10)	She cannot put two and two together.
1 untidy [an'taidi] — в беспорядке (о комнате, жилье)
52
11)	Quickly put your things together. We must leave at
once.
12)	Tomorrow is a holiday. Put a flag out of the
window.
XIII.	Read the following story. Choose the correct meaning of the
words from among those given.
manager ['maenidga] n — управляющий, заведующий,
импрессарио
department [dfpa:tmant]n— область, отрасль (науки,
знания), ведомость, департамент, (ам.) министерство,
отдел, цех, факультет
pyjamas [pa'dgazmaz] п — пижама
counter ['kaunta] п— счетчик, индикатор оборотов,
таксометр, прилавок, стойка, противоположный,
встречный; обратно; противостоять, противиться
“I can’t do anything with Jones. I’ve put him in
three departments, and he sleeps all day.”
“Put him at the pyjamas counter,” said the mana-
ger, “and put a card on him with these words: Our
pyjamas are of such good quality that even the man
who sells them falls asleep.”
XIV.	Translate the following text into Russian with the help of a dic-
tionary.
SOCIAL LIFE AND SPORTS AT OXFORD
Each college at Oxford has several clubs of its own,
to which most of the students belong. There is a de-
bating club1 in every college, as well as athletic and
football clubs, and so on. Here the students may hear
a debate or read a book, or may play at billiards with
a friend. In the junior common room they read news-
papers and write letters.
There are now a good many University clubs which
bring together students whose object is literature, art,
music, the drama, travelling, and so on.
There is hardly any form of sport in which students
do not engage. Of all the sports rowing plays and
always has played the leading part.
1 debating club — кружки (в которых студенты дискутируют
интересующие их проблемы)
53
Lesson Six
Past Participle
The prize was won by my
sister.
The boat was rowed by eight
men.
The letter was written by my
wife.
The letter was written.
The shop is closed.
The tree was planted.
The plan was adopted.
The man was surprised.
The window is lit (lighted).
The prize, won by my sister,
was a very good one.
The boat, rowed by eight men,
was moving very quickly.
The letter, written by my
wife, was very important.
The written letter.
The closed shop.
The ... tree.
The ... plan.
The ..............
The ..............
Примечание.
Причастие прошедшего времени (Past Participle) образуется:
а) у правильных (стандартных) глаголов так же, как и Past Indefinite —
путем прибавления окончания -ed; б) у неправильных (нестандартных)
глаголов по-разному. (См. третью колонку в таблице неправильных
(нестандартных) глаголов на стр. 228—230.)
Причастие в предложении может быть определением', a written
letter, a closed door или именной частью сказуемого the letter was
written, the shop is closed.
Причастие прошедшего времени употребляется при образовании
Perfect и Passive: she has written the letter; he had seen the film before
any of us; this book was written by a friend of mine.
The girl is always well dressed.
The watch was newly bought.
A boy with a red face.
A man with a large mouth.
A girl with blue eyes.
The coat is of grey colour.
The well-dressed girl.
The newly-bought watch.
A red-faced boy.
A large-mouthed man.
A blue-eyed girl.
The grey-coloured coat.
Примечание.
Составные прилагательные по форме похожи на причастие про-
шедшего времени. Они образуются из прилагательного + суще-
ствительное 4- окончание -ed: a blue-eyed girl. Сравните с русским:
голубоглазый, краснокожий. Образование и употребление составных
прилагательных в английском языке чаще и шире, чем в русском.
54
Learn the three forms of the following irregular verbs,
to wind [waind] (wound, wound [waund]) — заводить
to wake (woke, woken) — просыпаться, будить
to throw [Orou] (threw, thrown) [6roun] — бросать
to shave (shaved, shaven) — бриться
to shake (shook, shaken) [Juk, 'feikan]— трясти
New Words
to wind [waind] (wound, wound [waund])
to wake (woke, woken)
to throw [Grou] (threw, thrown [Gru:, Groun])
to shave (shaved, shaven)
to shake (shook, shaken [Juk, 'Jeikan])
to exclaim [iks'kleim] — воскликнуть
to rush — бросаться, мчаться, торопиться
to receive [ri'si:v] — получать
to pull [pul] — тянуть
a person ['po:sn] — лицо; человек
early ['a: li] — ранний, рано
Questions
1)	Why did George’s watch stop?
2)	What did George do when he saw that it was a quar-
ter past eight by his watch?
3)	What did George find strange in the streets?
4)	What did the policeman think of George?
5)	What did George do after his talk with the policeman?
HOW GEORGE GOT UP TOO EARLY
IN THE MORNING
(from “Three Men in a Boat” by Jerome K. Jerome)
George said his watch went wrong1 one evening, and stop-
ped at a quarter past eight. He did not know this at the
time because he had forgotten to wind it up when he went to bed.
It was winter. Though it was still very dark when George
woke in the morning, he did not think it was so early and
1 to go wrong [rorj] —испортиться
55
did not doubt that it was time to get up. He pulled his
watch down and looked at it. It was a quarter past eight.
“Oh!” exclaimed George; “and I have to be in the City1 by
nine!” And he threw the watch down on the bed, and jumped out
of bed, and washed himself, and dressed himself, and shaved
himself in cold water because there was no time to wait for
the hot, and then rushed and had another look at1 2 his
watch.
Maybe the shaking it had received when thrown down on
the bed started it, or how it was, George could not say, but
from a quarter past eight it had begun to go, and now
showed twenty minutes to nine.
George took it up and rushed downstairs.3 He put on his
newly-bought coat and a grey-coloured hat and ran out.
He ran hard for a quarter of a mile, and at the end of
it he began to find it strange that there were so few people
in the snow-covered streets and that there were so many
closed shops. It was certainly a very dark morning, but why
stop all business because of that? He had to go to business;
why did other people stop in bed only because it was
dark?
1 (the) City — Сити (центральная, деловая часть Лондона)
2 to have another look at — посмотреть еще раз
8 downstairs ['daun'steaz]— вниз (по лестнице), внизу (на нижнем
этаже)
56
He came to the City. No brightly-lit1 windows, no crowd-
ed buses, no well-dressed people in the street. There were
only three men standing at the corner1 2, one of whom was a
policeman. George pulled out his watch and looked at it: it
was five minutes to nine! Then, with his watch still in his
hand, he went up to the policeman, and asked him if he
knew what time it was.
“What’s the time?” said the man, looking George up and down
with suspicion3; “why, if you listen you will hear it strike.”4
George listened; somewhere a clock struck three.
“But it’s only gone three!” exclaimed George.
“Well, and how many did you want it to go?” asked the
policeman.
“Why, nine,” said George showing his watch.
“Do you know where you live?” asked the policeman
thinking that the man was drunk.
George thought, and gave the address.
“Oh! that’s where it is, is it?” answered the surprised
policeman; “well, you go there quietly, and take that watch
of yours with you; and don’t let’s have any more of it.”5
1 brightly-lit — ярко освещенный
2 corner ['кэ:пэ]—угол
3 suspicion [sas'pijan] — подозрение
4 you will hear it strike — вы услышите, как пробьет
5 and don’t let’s have any more of it — и чтоб я больше не
слышал об этом (и чтоб это было в последний раз)
57
And George went home again, thinking as he walked.
He said he had never got up too early since that morn-
ing; it had been such a good lesson to him.
Exercises
A. I. Memorize 1 the three forms of the following irregular verbs: to
shake, to shave, to throw, to wake, to wind.
II.	Join the sentences in each exercise into one, using the following
conjunctions and making the necessary changes. The first one is
done for you: and, because, so, when (2).
1)	My sister received a letter from her friend. My sister
exclaimed “Hurrah!” — When my sister received a
letter from her friend, she exclaimed “Hurrah!”
2)	George’s watch stopped. George had forgotten to
wind his watch.
3)	George woke up. George rushed to shave himself.
4)	George pulled his watch down. George began to
shake his watch.
5)	His watch did not go. He shook his watch.
III.	Answer the following questions.
1)	Why did George think that it was time to get up?
2)	Why did George’s watch start going?
3)	Why did George think that it was strange that
there were no people in the streets?
4)	Why did George speak to the policeman?
5)	Why did George never get up too early again since
that morning?
В. IV. Explain the following.
Example: a blue-eyed girl — a girl with blue eyes
a long-nosed boy; a long-legged sheep;
a loud-voiced person
Example: a grey-coloured suit — a suit of grey colour
a bright-coloured picture; a red-walled building
V.	Ask your classmate how he (she) would call:
a woman who is smiling — a smiling woman
a girl who is laughing — a
a worker who is hurrying — a
a person who is sleeping — a
1 to memorize—заучивать наизусть
58
VI.	Fill in the following:
in front of the table; behind the table;
to the table; around the table;
the blackboard; on the blackboard;
from the blackboard; in front of the blackboard
1)	Come — ! Stand — ! Now go — ! Now that you went
around the table you are not — but — .
2)	Write—! Clean —! Go back to your
are going — to your desk.
place! You
VII. Make up as many sentences as
table.
Houses Chairs Doors Boxes		always sometimes
Cakes	are	often
Cars Clothes Books Machines Plates		never partly
VIII. What time is it? It is ...
you can using the following
	bricks, wood. metal. butter.
made of	plastics, flour.1 material, meat. paper, milk. sugar.
1 flour ['flaua] — мука
59
IX.	a) Answer the following questions.
1)	Is the weather fine today or not?
2)	Is it hot or cold today?
3)	Is (was) the sun shining brightly today or not?
4)	Is it snowing (raining) now or not?
5)	Was it snowing (raining) today or not?
6)	What is the temperature today? (... degrees above
(below) zero.)
b)	Ask your classmates questions about today’s weather.
c)	Speak on today’s weather. You may use questions in Exercise
IX a as your plan.
X.	What do you think about the following:
1.	What is the best weather for your health ([helG]
здоровье)?
2.	What is the best weather for touring (for skiing)?
3.	What do you know about July in Australia?
4.	Where is it warmer in summer, in Moscow or in
Novosibirsk?
XI. Ask your classmates how to go from one place to another accord-
ing to the map.
Kirov str.
Gogol str.
60
Words to be remembered:
Will you please tell me
the way from the ... to
the ....
Certainly. You must go
two blocks along (down)
... Street
then turn to the left
(right)
walk two blocks more and...
at the corner (of ...)
around the corner
in the middle of the block
Укажите мне, пожалуйста,
дорогу от ... до ... .
Конечно. Вам следует
пройти два квартала по
(вниз по) ... улице
затем свернуть налево
(направо)
пройти еще два квартала и...
на углу (таких-то улиц)
за углом
посередине квартала
XII.	Read the following sentences and say how affixes change the
meaning of the words in italics.
1)	He was frightened and exclaimed something. His
exclamation frightened all of us.
2)	I never doubt what he says. Everything he says is
doubtlessly true.
3)	It was a great victory for the army. The victorious
army marched into the town.
4)	He went to bed late and it was very difficult for
him to wake up. His friends tried to awaken him,
but could not.
5)	I like to row. Rowing is a wonderful sport.
XIII.	Укажите, какой частью речи являются выделенные курсивом
слова и какую роль они играют в предложении.
а)	1) Не received a letter yesterday. The letter received
yesterday was very important.
2)	The words said by the teacher were strict but just.
The man said that it was late.
3)	The cat caught a rat.1 The cat caught by the dog
was black.
4)	A man called Popov came to see me yesterday.
A man called Popov and had a talk with him.
b)	1) Last summer I went to a tourist camp. This is a
nice place. Let us camp here.
1 rat — крыса
61
2)	They want to stage this play on the stage of the
city theatre.
3)	Buy these flowers. When this plant flowers, you will
be surprised how beautiful it is.
4)	She doubts if she can do it. Have no doubts. This
machine is very good.
XIV.	Read the following international words and say what they mean
without using a dictionary.
address [o'dres]
comfortable ['клтЫэЫ]
excursion [iks'ko:Jon]
gas [gaes]
signal f'signl]
symbol ['simbol]
bore [boa]
drill [dril]
sentimental [,senti'mentl] steel [sti:l]
A drill and a bore are instruments
made of the finest steel.
XV.	Read the following story. Choose the correct meaning of the words
from among those given.
approach [o'proutf] — v приближаться, подходить,
делать предложения, начинать переговоры; п при-
ближение, подступ, подход, подъездной путь
counter ['kaunto] — п счетчик, индикатор оборотов,
таксометр, прилавок, стойка; adj противоположный,
встречный; adv обратно; v противостоять, проти-
виться
postcard ['poustkmd]—п почтовая карточка, открытка
only ['ounli] — а единственный; adv только, исключи-
тельно; cj но
ТО THE ONLY GIRL
A young man approached the counter at which
postcards were sold and asked, “Have you anything
sentimental?”
“Here is a wonderful one,” answered the seller,
“look here: ‘To the only girl I ever loved’.”
“That’s fine! I’ll take four — no — six of those,
please.”
XVI.	Translate the following text into Russian with the help of a
dictionary.
62
OIL
Men get oil from plants,
from fish and from the
ground. They find it between
layers of rock in the ground.
It is often mixed with sand.
There is often salt water un-
der the oil and gas above it.
Today, when people think
they can find oil somewhere,
they put up a high steel
frame. It is called a derrick.
It has a very heavy iron
screw called a drill. A ma-
chine makes this drill go round
and round. The drill bores
a narrow hole into the ground.
Then the machine pushes
a piece of a very strong steel
pipe into the bore hole. If
oil is near the surface of the
ground, it soon flows into the
pipe. But sometimes the work-
ers have to bore a very deep
hole before they can find oil.
This is a derrick.
Men drilling for oil.
A layer of oil in the earth.
XVII.	Sing together with Pete Seeger the song “Louisiana” given on
the record. (The words of the song are given on p. 206.)
Lesson Seven
Complex Object
The teacher made us read the text two times.
Mother made me put a warm coat on.
I made him come to the concert and now he is
very glad.
63
Did you hear her sing?
Слышали ли вы, как она
поет?
Yes, I did. 1 heard her
sing.
No, I did not. I did not
hear her sing.
Да. Я слышал, как она
поет.
Нет. Я не слышал, как
она поет.
I saw that she smiled.
I saw that he rushed out of
the room.
I saw how they chose a book.
I heard how she sang.
I heard how he read the text.
I saw her smile.
I saw him rush out of the
room.
I saw them choose a book.
I heard her sing.
I heard him read the text.
Exercises
I. Finish the sentences.
Example: Call me (I)
Call ...
Call ...
Call ...
Call ...
Call ...
Call ...
I
he
she
we
you
they
Tell ..
Tell ..
Tell ..
Tell ..
Tell ..
Tell ..
I
he
she
we
you
they
- Yes, I do. I want you
Do you want me to read this to read this text.
text?	No, I do not. I don’t
want you to read this
text.
Да. Я хочу, чтобы вы
Хотите ли вы, чтобы я про- S прочитали этот текст,
читал этот текст?	Нет. Я не хочу, чтобы
вы прочитали этот
текст.
64
Put questions to the following sentences (see the example given above).
I want you to open the window.
I want Popov to receive a good mark.
I want you to enjoy this film.
I want you to come with me.
He wants his son to become a doctor.
We want her to sing.
II.	Finish the following sentences using the Complex Object.
1)	I heard ... (Katya, to sing).
2)	I want ... (Katya, to sing very well).
3)	I saw ... (Boris, to skate).
4)	I want ... (you, to see the new film).
5)	I want ... (you, to come with us).
6)	I saw ... (our team, to row).
Note: Particle “to” is used after the verb to want and
not used after the verbs to see, to hear.
Примечание.
The Complex Object (Сложное дополнение)
1.	Сложное дополнение состоит из прямого дополнения (суще-
ствительного или местоимения в объектном падеже) и неопределенной
формы глагола (инфинитива) или причастия настоящего времени.
Сложное дополнение переводится на русский язык придаточным
дополнительным предложением.
I want her to dance. Я хочу, чтобы она станцевала.
I saw her dancing.	Я видел, как она танцевала.
2.	В сложном дополнении употребляется неопределенная форма
глагола (инфинитив) для выражения законченного действия и при-
частие настоящего времени для передачи действия в процессе его
совершения.
I saw him cross the street.	Я видел, как он перешел улицу.
1 saw him crossing the street.	Я видел, как он переходил улицу.
3.	После глаголов to feel, to hear, to see и некоторых других
употребляется глагол без частицы to.
I heard her sing.
I saw them playing football.
III.	Translate the following sentences into Russian.
1)	I heard somebody cry. 2) I saw you winding your
watch today. 3) I saw Kate putting the book into the desk.
4) I shall see Plisetskaya dance next Sunday. 5) I have heard
Lemeshev sing in “Eugene Onegin”. 6) I want you to enjoy
this play too.
65
New Words
to be ill
Popov does not feel well today. He must stay in bed. He is ill.
When people are ill, they must always go to see a doctor.
to take one’s temperature ftempritja]
Today my brother didn’t feel well. I took his temperature
and it was 38.2 (thirty-eight point two).
If you don’t feel well, take your temperature. If you have
a temperature, call a doctor.
to seem [si:m] =to look like
1 don’t know if Popov is ill; but I don’t like the way he
looks. It seems to me that he is ill.
I am not sure that I can come to your place this Sunday.
It seems to me that I am not free that day. If I am
free, I shall come.
up(down)stairs [steoz]
Tom is going upstairs.
Kate is going downstairs.
Must you go upstairs or downstairs when you go to the
classroom?
to refuse [n'fju:z] = to say “no”
He refused to do this, saying that he was very busy.
She could not refuse to help her friend, though she had no
free time at all.
66
What is the matter ['maeto] (with)...?
Sokolov always gives good answers. Today he could not put
two words together. “What’s the matter with you today,
Sokolov?” asked the teacher.
“What’s the matter with D.? Why is he absent today?”
“I don’t feel quite well today.” “What’s the matter with you?”
“I really don’t know.”
What is the matter (with) ..?
to take one’s temperature
up(down)stairs
to be ill
to seem
to refuse
medicine ['medsin] —лекарство
danger ['deindgo] — опасность
(just) the same — то же самое, так же
I’d rather ['гада]—я бы скорее
to bother ['bodo] — беспокоить
IV. Read the following international
without using a dictionary.
absolutely ['aebsolu:tli]
energy ['enodgi]
epidemic [,epi'demik]
instruction [m'strAkJon]
kilometre ['kilo,mi:to]
mile [mail]
words and say what they mean
normal ['no:mol]
pirate ['paiorit]
position [po'zijon]
principle ['pnnsopl]
process ['prouses]
thermometer [6o'mormto]
Questions
1) How did the boy look when he came into the
room?
2) What did the doctor say?
3) What was the boy’s temperature?
4)	Was the boy’s temperature really high? What was it
in °C ?
5)	What did the boy think all the time?
6)	What different thermometers do you know?
67
A DAY’S WAIT
by Ernest Hemingway
He came into the room to close the windows when we
were still in bed and I saw he looked ill. His face was
white, and he walked slowly as though it was difficult for
him to move.
“What’s the matter, dear?”
“I’ve got a headache.”1
“You better go back to bed.”
“No. I’m all right.”
“You go to bed. I’ll see you when I’m dressed.”
But when I came downstairs, he was dressed, sitting by
the fire, looking very ill. When I put my hand on his head,
I knew he had temperature.
“You go up to bed,” I said, “you’re ill.”
“I’m all right,” he said.
When the doctor came, he took the boy’s temperature.
“What is it?” I asked him.
“One hundred and two.”1 2
The doctor left three different medicines with instructions
for giving them. It was the ’flu.3 The doctor seemed to know
all about it and said there was no danger if the temperature
did not go above one hundred and four degrees.
Back in the room I asked the boy.
“Do you want me to read to you?”
“All right. If you want to,” said the boy. His face was
very white. He lay still in the bed and seemed far away from
what was going on.
I read aloud from the Book of Pirates', but I could see
he was not following what I was reading.
“How do you feel, dear?” I asked him.
“Just the same, so far,” he said.
“Why don’t you try to go to sleep? I’ll wake you up for
the medicine.”
1 headache ['hedeik] — головная боль
2 В Англии и США температура измеряется по Фаренгейту, а не
по Цельсию, как в СССР. По Фаренгейту точка замерзания —32° (0° Ц),
а точка кипения воды 4" 212° (100° Ц).
3 'flu — грипп
68
“I’d rather stay awake.”
In some minutes he said to me. “You don’t have to stay
in here with me, Papa, if it bothers you.”
“It doesn’t bother me.”
I thought he was a little lightheaded1 and after giving
him medicine at eleven o’clock I went out for a walk.
When I returned they said the boy had refused to let any
one come into the room.
“You can’t come in,” he said. “You mustn’t get what I
have.”
I went up to him and found him in the same position I
had left him.
I took his temperature.
“What is it?”
“Something like a hundred,” I said. It was one hundred
and two and four tenths.
“It was a hundred and two,” he said.
“Who said so?”
“The doctor.”
“Your temperature is all right,” I said. “It’s nothing to
bother about.”
“I do not,” he said, “but I can’t keep from thinking.”
“Don’t think,” I said. “Just take it easy.”1 2
1 lightheaded — в состоянии бреда
2 to take it easy [ri:zi]—относиться спокойно
69
“Гт taking it easy,” he said and looked before him.
I sat down and opened the Book of Pirates and began to
read, but I could see he was not following, so I stopped.
“About what time do you think Гт going to die?” he
asked.
“What?”
“About how long will it be before I die?”
“You aren’t going to die. What’s the matter with you?”
“Oh, yes, I am. I heard him say a hundred
and two.”
“People don’t die with a temperature of
one hundred and two. That is a silly way
to talk.”
“I know they do. At school the boys told
me you can’t live with forty-four degrees. I’ve
got a hundred and two.”
He had waited to die all day, ever since
nine o’clock in the morning.
“You poor boy,” I said. “Poor old boy. It’s
like miles and kilometres. You aren’t going to
die. That’s a different thermometer. On that
thermometer thirty-seven is normal. On this kind it’s
ninety-eight.”
“Are you sure?”
“Absolutely,” I said. “It’s like miles and kilometres. You
know, like how many kilometres we make when we do seventy
miles in the car?”
“Oh,” he said.
But his look changed, and the next day he cried very
easily at little things that were of no importance.
Exercises (continued)
A. V. Ask your classmates questions based on the text.
VI.	Divide the text into six logically complete parts and give a head-
ing for each one.
VII.	Find the following in the text.
1)	How the boy looked when his father came down-
stairs.
70
2)	The description of the doctor’s visit.
3)	What the boy did when his father was away.
4)	Why the boy thought that he was going to die.
5)	How the boy felt when he understood his mistake.
В. VIII. Make up 10 sentences using the following table x.
He told
She chose
They asked
We wanted
I saw
I heard
me
him
her
us
you
them
Popov
Kozlova
read the story.
reading an English book,
do this difficult work,
drive the car.
driving a car.
ask about it.
buy something for the
holidays.
try this suit (dress) on.
IX.	a) Ask your classmates if they want you or your comrades to do
the following. Then do what they want you to do.
Example: Do you want me (him, her, Popov) to ... ?
Yes, I do. I want you (him, her, Popov) to ....
No, I do not. I don't want you (him, her, Popov)
to ....
1)	Do	you	want	me to	give	you	a pen (pencil)?
2)	Do	you	want	me to	read	you	a story?
3)	Do	you	want	me to	open	the	window (the door)?
4)	Do	you	want him	(her)	to	speak English?	Com-
rade Р.» stand up, please!
5)	Do you want him (her) to stand up? Stand up,
Comrade Q., please say something in English!
6)	Do you want him (her) to clean the blackboard?
Go to the blackboard, Comrade R., please!
b) Think up three questions and ask your classmates. Do what they
want you to do.
1 The teacher is advised to ask some of the students at random to
translate some of the sentences they compose.
71
X.	Fill in the blanks with the following:
do, did, didn’t do, am doing, are doing,
have done, is done, was done
“What — you — now?”
“I — — my homework.”
“— you — it yesterday?”
“No, I didn’t. I always — my homework, but today
I — only Exercise 8 before I went to the plant.
So Exercise 8 — —, but what about the others?”
“But Exercise 8------in class at the previous lesson.”
“Oh, dear. — 1 — the wrong exercise then?”
XI.
I’d rather ... than ... .
a)	Translate the following sentences.
1)	rd rather stay at home than go out in such bad
weather.
2)	Cd rather read an English book than a Russian one
when I have some free time.
3)	rd rather go to the theatre than to the cinema.
4)	rd rather buy a grey hat than a red one.
5)	I’d rather go to a tourist camp than to the South.
b)	Make up two sentences using rd rather ... than ... .
XII.	Read the following text together with the speaker on the record.
Pay attention to the parts not given in the textbook. Then answer
the questions on the text.
I just didn’t know what the matter with my son
was. When he awoke this morning, he refused to get
up. He seemed to be ill; but what it was I did not
know. ... The boy refused to eat and that bothered me.
I’d rather be ill myself than see my little one lying
in bed with some unknown illness. Maybe his illness
was dangerous? Who knew? ... So I called a doctor.
When the doctor came and examined the boy, he said
that there was nothing wrong with the child. ...
72
1)	What was the boy’s temperature?
2)	Did the man know what medicine to give the boy?
3)	What was the reason for the boy’s illness?
XIII.	Do according to the examples:
a woman that is smiling
a girl with blue eyes
a cup which is broken
a man who is working
a child with a red face
a smiling woman
a	blue-eyed girl
a	...	cup
a	...	man
a	...	child
XIV.	Divide the following sentences into the clauses of which they are
formed.
Example: The boy was ill and the doctor took his temperature.
The boy was ill. The doctor took his temperature, (and)
1)	She was ill, so they gave her some medicine.
2)	It seems to me that he is quite all right.
3)	He told me that he had a dangerous illness.
4)	When I asked him, he refused to do it.
5)	The man asked what the matter was.
XV.	a) Read the following dialogue.
VALYA. Hullo, Boris!
BORIS. Hullo, Valya!
VALYA. Where have you been? I haven’t seen you for
a long time.
BORIS. I was ill.
VALYA. Oh, I am sorry. What was wrong with you?
BORIS. I had the ’flu.
VALYA. And did you have (did you run) a high tempe-
rature?
BORIS. Yes, I did. It was 38.5.
VALYA. Did you have a headache f'hedeik]?
BORIS. Yes, and a bad (a splitting) one too.
VALYA. Did you stay in bed (keep the bed) for a long
time?
BORIS. For about a week.
VALYA. How do you feel now?
BORIS. Quite all right. Rather weak (слабый) maybe.
VALYA. You must be very careful.
BORIS. Thank you. I shall.
73
Here are some words to help you speak on the topic.
the ’flu an angina [aen'djamo] a broken leg (arm) to undergo an operation [ppo'reijon]	an inflammation [jnflo'meijon] — воспаление pneumonia [njufmounjo] — воспа- ление легких (пневмония) heart trouble ['hat ЧгдЫ]—бо- лезнь сердца stomach trouble ['stAmok]—непо- ладки с желудком to have pains in the back (in the stomach, in the chest) — боли в спине (желудке, грудной клетке)
74
Electric light	Moonlight	Sunlight
Torch-light	A lighthouse A cigarette-lighter
It is very nice and light in the room.
75
XVIII.	Study the different uses of the verb to pull.
1)	Don’t pull me or I shall fall down. 2) Don’t pull
at the string. It will break. 3) We pulled at the bell
for ten minutes, but nobody answered. 4) Stop fighting
over the book. You will pull it to pieces. 5) In every
town of the Soviet Union hundreds of houses are
pulled down, and new ones built in their place. 6) The
boat pulled off from the shore and the men started
rowing slowly to the other side. 7) Help me pull this
pullover over my head. 8) The doctors did everything
to pull him through the illness. 9) Stop crying. Pull
yourself together. You are a man after all. 10) The boy
could pull himself up and down twenty times without
resting.
XIX.	Укажите, какие из следующих существительных употребляются
как существительные, а какие — как определения к ним.
Example: a garden gate. Garden — определение к существи-
тельному gate.
a mountain peak [pi:k], a box room, a fruit salad,
a pencil-box, May Day holiday, a day’s wait
XX.	Read the following story. Choose the correct meaning of the
words from among those given.
heart [hat] n — сердце, благородство, великодушие,
душа, мужество
action ['aekfan] п — действие, поступок, выступление;
обвинение, иск, судебный процесс, бой; деятель-
ность, работа
to apply [oplai] v — обращаться (за чем-нибудь); при-
лагать, прикладывать, применять; применяться,
касаться, относиться
angina pectoris [aen'dgaina 'pekto:ris] — стенокардия
in a way — на пути, на дороге; быть в обычае, неко-
торым способом
“I don’t like your heart action,” the doctor said,
applying the stethoscope again. “You have had some
trouble with angina pectoris, haven’t you?”
“You’re right in a way, Doctor,” said the young
man sheepishly, “only that isn’t her name.”
76
XXL Translate the following text into Russian with the help of a dic-
tionary.
HUMAN ENERGY
Food is important to life. The tissues of the body
must be built up and repaired. The temperature of the
body has to be kept at a constant level. Energy must
be supplied to make possible all the movements in the
body and all the brain processes. A knowledge of the
scientific principles underlying the choice of food is
valuable.
XXII. What do you think about the following:
1)	A football struck a wall. Did the energy disappear?1
2)	What is the temperature of a man’s body? What
are the lowest and the highest temperature within
which men can live?
3)	The temperature is —120°C. Can there be any life
at this temperature? And at 4"I20°C? What are the
lowest and the highest temperatures beyond which
there can be no life at all?
Lesson Eight
Can you say what the international words in the following sentences
mean?
1)	The Pulkovo observatory [ab'sa:vatn] is one of the larg-
est observatories in the world.
2)	Many great Russian astronomers [as'tranamaz] worked
at the Pulkovo observatory.
3)	This mountain is a volcano [val'keinou] with a crater
fkreita] of several hundred metres in diametre [dai'aemitaj.
Lava ['lava] covers its sides.
4)	From spectrographs ['spektragrafs] Kozyrev decided
that these were hot volcanic [val'kaenik] gases ['gaesiz].
Do you think that Kozyrev’s theory ['Gian] is correct?
5)	The distance ['distans] between Moscow and Leningrad
is 650 kilometres.
1 to disappear — исчезать
77
6)	Do you have any information [ mfo'meifon] on these
interesting phenomena [ffnomina]?
7)	The plan was overfulfilled by 3 per cent (%).
Find the meaning of the following words in the dictionary or the voca-
bulary of the textbook. Pay attention to the pronunciation.
to boil, to cover, to include, low, precise,
a rock, smooth, to suppose, surface, thick
Answer the following questions.
1)	When do you suppose the first man will go to the ?Aoon?
2)	Is the Moon’s surface smooth or rocky?
3)	Is there a text on the Moon or on the Sun in this
textbook?
4)	When does snow cover the streets of your town?
5)	Are the buildings in your street high or low?
6)	Are the walls between the classrooms thick от not?
7)	Do you always come precisely at the time you are
told? Do you come before the time? Do you come late?
8)	How much time does it take you to boil water for tea?
Questions
1)	What did the scientists discover about the Moon’s
surface?
2)	What can you say about “Luna-9”?
3)	Why are the dark smooth places on the Moon called
“seas”?
4)	Who was the first to photograph the other side of the
Moon?
5)	What did Nikolai Kozyrev see on the Moon?
WHAT WE KNOW ABOUT THE MOON NOW
Scientists have had various theories about the Moon's
surface. They calculated that the Moon reflects1 seven per
cent of the light falling on it. They found that the surface is
mountainous and hot enough during the day-time to boil
1 They calculated ['kaelkjuleitid] that the Moon reflects ... — Они
подсчитали, что Луна отражает ...
78
water. But it becomes cold at once as soon as the light of
the Sun stops falling on it.
There were also different theories about the dark smooth
places called “seas” by Galileo [/jaelfleiou], because they seem-
ed to be like our seas to him. Today everybody knows that
there are no seas on the surface of the Moon. But even today
these areas1 are still called “seas”, because they are the
lowest areas on the Moon, and they could be seas if there
was water on the Moon.
With the help of Soviet luniks, sent in the direction of
the Moon, and American Rangers freindgoz] we have received
pictures of both sides of the Moon taken at close distance.
Wonderfully clear and precise photographs were received with
the help of Soviet luniks sent up in 1965. “Luna-9” was a
great achievement of Soviet science. It was the first man-made
body which had landed on the Moon. All of you, no doubt,
have seen the wonderful photographs of the Moon’s surface
which were sent to the Earth. These photographs give much
information about the Moon and prepare the way for sending
a man to the Moon.
In the photographs of the Moon we can see large and
small craters. In 1959 a Soviet astronomer, Nikolai Kozyrev,
saw something what looked like gas coming from the Al-
phonso [ael'fonzou] crater. Some English scientists have also
seen red spots of light. From spectrographs Kozyrev decided
that these were not volcanic gases which include hydrogen.1 2
Most of the information we have at present about the
Moon is supposition. Only when Man can finally set foot on
the Moon shall we be able to understand the various pheno-
mena [fi'nomino] which are taking place on it.
Exercises
A.	I. Ask your classmates questions based on the text.
II.	Answer the following questions.
1)	How many nights in a month can you see the Moon?
2)	How many nights in a month are there without a
Moon?
1 area 1'еэпэ] — площадь, пространство, район
2 hydrogen ['haidridjan] — водород
79
3)	Is there any air or water on the Moon?
4)	When did the first Soviet lunik reach (get to) the
Moon?
5)	How long does it take a rocket to fly to the Moon?
6)	Would you like to go to the Moon?
B.	III. Do the following exercises according to the given example.
Peter says, “John is a good worker.”
Peter says that John is a good worker.
1)	Kolya says, “The water will boil in ten minutes.”
2)	The teacher says, “The surface of the Moon is very
mountainous.”
3)	The girl says, “Tsiolkovsky was a great scientist.”
Peter says “/ am a good worker.”
Peter says, that he is a good worker.
1)	Kolya says, “Some day I shall be a cosmonaut.”
2)	Popov says, “I have shaven this morning.”
3)	The teacher says, “I was Tsiolkovsky’s pupil.”
4)	The man says, “I am quite all right today.”
5)	The girl says “I shall go to Moscow next summer.”
Peter says, UI shave every morning.”
Peter says that he shaves every morning.
1) Kolya says, “I receive “Moscow News” in English/’
2) The man says, “I take my temperature two" times a
day.”
3) The girl says, “I work in the garden every day.”
Peter says, “We are good workers.”
Peter says that they are good workers.
1)	Kolya says, “We are doing Exercise 3.”
2)	The man says, “We have already seen that film.”
3)	The girl says, “We shall read this text next week.”
IV.	Render the following dialogue in reported speech.
Valya says, “There is a new film on at the Central
Cinema.”
Kolya says, “I know about it.”
Valya says, “I have read a poster1 about the film. It
must be interesting.”
Kolya says, “I shall try to go to see it tonight.”
Valya says, “We can go together.”
1 poster [’pousta] — афиша
80
V.	a) Fill in the blanks with pronouns who and whom.
1)	The man, — is sitting near the door, is my father.
2)	The man, — we met in the street yesterday, is an
old friend of mine.
3)	The girl, about — you spoke, is my sister.
4)	The girl, — is ill, is my sister.
b) Fill in the blanks with pronouns who, whom and which.
1)	The box, — we had to carry, was small but heavy.
2)	The boxes, — were brought yesterday, came from
India.
3)	The man, — we had to meet, was old and weak.
4)	The man, — came to see us yesterday, was old and weak.
5)	The stone, — we found yesterday, was round and
smooth.
6)	The girl, — was found yesterday, had lost her moth-
er at the market.
VI. Join the two sentences in each exercise into one.
Example: The flowers are very beautiful. You gave me flow-
ers. — The flowers, which you gave me,
beautiful.
1)	The boy is my brother. I have shown
you the boy.
2)	The compass is very old. I have bought
a compass.
3)	The teacher was glad to see us. The
teacher was ill.
4)	The watch stopped. I forgot to wind
the watch.
5)	The writer read his new story. The
writer came to our plant.
6)	The doctor was very good. I called a
doctor.
7)	The medicine was very good. The doctor
gave me some medicine.
are very
whom
which
who
VII.	Translate into Russian.
1)	I saw him come home late yesterday. 2) The
man spoken about was absent. 3) The rocket sent to
the Moon reached it only in three days. 4) We wanted
you to come with us, but you were out when we came.
5) The man reading the book aloud didn’t understand
much of what he was reading. 6) Have you ever seen
81
Ulanova dance? 7) I want you to include this in your
paper. 8) The man supposed to be absent was sitting
quietly in the room. 9) We saw a man covering flowers
with paper against the cold. 10) “I’d rather be a teach-
er than a doctor,” answered the girl.
VIII.	Fill in the blanks with prepositions wherever necessary.
about, at, in, of, on, to, with
1)	Give — me that thick book, please! 2) What do
you think there is — the surface — the Moon. 3) You
must always boil — water before drinking it. 4) He
stayed — home, because he was ill. 5) “What’s the
matter — you?” asked the teacher. 6) She came slowly
— downstairs. 7) It seems — me that I have seen him
somewhere. 8) Stop bothering — me. I’m quite all
right. 9) Stop bothering — me. I’m busy. 10) Take
this medicine—milk.
IX.	Listen to the examples given on the record.
Ask your comrades to tell you how to get:
from the plant to the school-building;
from the plant to the club;
from the hotel to the plant (to the school-building);
from the plant to the cinema (theatre, museum);
from any place you want to any other place.
82
X.	Read the following text together with the speaker on the record.
Pay attention to the parts not given in the textbook. Then answer
the questions based on the text.
• AESOP AND THE TRAVELLER
Aesop was a very clever man who lived many hund-
reds of years ago in Greece. He wrote many fine stories.
He was well known as a man who was fond of jokes.
One day, as he was enjoying a walk, he met a travel-
ler, who greeted him and said, ... “Go!” Aesop answer-
ed. “I know that I must go,” protested the traveller,
“but ...” “Go!” Aesop said again angrily. The traveller
went on. After he had gone some distance, Aesop shouted
after him, ... The traveller turned round in astonishment.
“Why didn’t you tell me that before?” he asked. ... #
1)	What did the traveller ask Aesop about?
2)	How soon will the traveller get to town?
3)	Why didn’t Aesop tell the traveller how
soon he would get to town?
С. XI. Read the following sentences and say how affixes change the
meaning of the words given in italics.
1)	I suppose he is not as clever as he looks. I know that
this supposition is rather strange.
2)	He came precisely at the time when we agreed. The
precision [prfsijon] with which Soviet rockets are
sent to the Moon is really wonderful.
3)	The surface was smooth. The smoothness of the sur-
face is surprising.
4)	He refused to come with us. I can’t understand his
refusal.
5)	There was no danger about the trip; but when they
had to go down the mountain, it suddenly became
dangerous.
6)	The rock was high. The Rocky Mountains are the
highest mountains in the USA.
ХП. Укажите, какой частью речи являются выделенные слова и
какую роль они играют в предложении.
1)	The ground (земля, почва) is covered with snow. The
ground covered with snow is really beautiful.
2)	Her face was fresh and smooth. He likes to smooth
over the sharp points.
3)	Now let us give it one good strong pull and it will
start moving. One, two, three, pull!
83
4)	I wonder where he can be. Soviet sputniks are the
greatest wonder of the world today.
5)	Don’t shake my hand so hard. You will soon break it.
When they met, their hands met in a warm hand shake.
XIII.	Who can most quickly put these words in alphabetical order?
riding, ridge, riddance, rhyme, rider, ridicule, ridged,
ribbon, riddle, ridiculous, right, ripen, ride, ridden, rich,
rightful, rid, riddled, rice, rifle
XIV.	Translate the following text into Russian with the help of a dic-
tionary.
Doctor of Physics and Mathematics N. Kozyrev of
the Pulkovo observatory has discovered that there is
hydrogen coming from the craters on the Moon. The
astronomer made his discovery while studying traces of
volcanic gases. The coming of molecular hydrogen from
the craters proves the existence of high temperatures
inside the Moon just as deep down as in the Earth.
XV.	What do you think about the following:
1)	Can you read a book in the light of a full moon?
2) Why can you see stars through a telescope even in
the day-time?
3) What is heavier: one ton of iron ore on the Earth
or on the Moon?
4) In the day-time the sky is blue. Why is the rising
and the setting sun red?
Lesson Nine
TEST PAPER
I. Read the following text together with the speaker on the record.
Pay attention to the parts not given in the textbook. Then answer
the questions based on the text.
THE SHIRT
• Many, many years ago there lived a king. He was rich and
powerful, but he was not happy. He therefore went to con-
sult a wise old man. The old man said:
84
“Happiness is a very rare thing in this world, but I know
the way to find it.”
“How shall I find it?” asked the king.
• • •
The king thanked the old man and began to look for the
thing he was told. He visited most of the capitals of the
world, met kings, writers, professors, actors, doctors, and
others, ...
At last he came back to his country.
One day he saw a poor peasant with a happy look on his
face who was working in a field and singing. He went up to
the peasant and said, “My good man, are you happy?”
“Quite happy,” answered the peasant.
“Well, then,” said the king, “sell me your shirt.”
• • •
a shirt — рубашка
a king — король
rare —редкий
a peasant [’pezant] —крестьянин
1)	What did the old man tell the king to do?
2)	Were the people, whom the king met, happy?
3)	Did the peasant sell his shirt? Why?
II.	Say the same in a shorter way x. The first phrase is done for you.
A.	1) a woman who is smiling — a smiling woman
2)	a dog which is sleeping —
3)	a letter which was registered —
4)	a machine which is newly invented —
B.	1) a person who is doubting — a doubting person
2)	a tree which is flowering —
3)	a window which was closed —
4)	a boy with blue eyes —
1 Note for the teacher:
In this and the following exercises A and В are merely two vari-
ants of о e and the same exercise. The teacher may give A to one part
of the class and В to the other one.
85
Ш. Translate the following sentences into Russian.
A.	1) I want Popov to race with Kozlov. 2) I want you
to touch this smooth surface. 3) We saw her standing
on a rock high above the water. 4) I heard somebody
shout.
В.	1) I saw the boy throwing stones at the dog. 2) I
want you to believe me. 3) I wanted you to sail around
the island, but you did not. 4) I heard her read this
poem several times already.
IV.	Put five questions to the following pictures. Imagine what they
did before or will do after the moment shown in the pictures.
V.	Translate the following into Russian using the dictionary.
A.	The Moon was photographed from the interplanetary
space station at a time when the station was on a direct
line between the Sun and the Moon, that is when the
Moon was an almost fully illuminated disk. Because of
the need to economize in electric power, the power of
the radio transmitters on the station was established at
a few watts.
B.	Most wonderful is radar’s ability to “see” in the dark
or through heavy clouds. The pilot in an aeroplane equip-
ped with radar, flying at night, can see on the radar
viewing screen distant buildings, or perhaps a dangerous
mountain peak that is miles ahead. Radar can be used
to guide planes through darkness to the places of their
destination.
86
Lesson Ten
Sequence of Tenses
Согласование времен
He said, “Popov will come to school on Monday.”
He said that Popov would come to school on Monday.
Он сказал, что Попов придет в школу в понедельник.
would [wud]
The teacher said, “Water will boil quicker if you cover it.”
The teacher said that water would boil quicker if you covered it.
Mother said, “The boy will fall ill, if he goes out in such a
rain.”
Mother said that the boy would fall ill, if he went out in
such a rain.
The old man said, “The weather will change soon.”
The old man said that the weather ...
The teacher said, “This boy will become a good scientist some
day.”
The teacher said that that boy ...
The man told us, “Popov will do it.”
The man told us that ...
The teacher said, “A Soviet person will be the first to get to
the Moon.”
The teacher said ...
I always said, “Our team will win the competition.”
I always said ...
He (she) said, “/ shall come to school on Monday.”
He (she) said that he {she) would come to school
on Monday.
87
Mother said, ‘7 shall wake the boys up at 6.”
Mother said that she would wake the boys up at 6.
The man said, ‘7 shall shave tomorrow.”
The man said that he ...
The angry man exclaimed, “I shall sell that dog!”
The angry man exclaimed that ...
My sister told me, “I shall help you to do it.”
My sister told me ...
The men decided, “We shall go up that rocky mountain next
morning.”
The men decided that they would go up that rocky mountain
next morning.
The young men said, “We shall sail down the river next sum-
mer.”
The young men said that they ...
The students of our class decided: “We shall read ‘Martin
Eden’ in English.”
The students of our class decided that ...
The workers said, “We shall never let it happen again.”
The workers said ...
I said, “I shall come to school on Monday.”
I said that I should come to school on Monday.
should [Jud]
I said, “I shall be the first to answer.”
I said that I should be...
The teacher said, “You will buy the tickets.”
The teacher said that I should buy the tickets.
The boys said, “You will choose the place for the camp.”
The boys said that I ...
The doctor said, You will take the medicine three times
a day.”
The doctor said that 1 ...
88
The Future in the Past Tense
The Future in the Past Tense (будущее в прошедшем)
передает будущее действие, о котором говорилось в прошлом.
Не said that he would come to school on Monday. (Today is
Tuesday.) Он сказал, что он придет в школу в понедельник.
The Future in the Past Tense образуется так же, как и
Future Indefinite, только глагол shall употребляется в форме
прошедшего времени — should, a will — would.
Не said that / should do it on Monday.
He said that they would finish the work in time.
Sequence of Tenses
В английском языке соблюдается строгая последователь-
ность в употреблении времен, не совпадающая с русской.
Он думал, что я говорю по-английски.
По-английски в таком случае будет:
Не thought that I spoke English.
Эта последовательность соблюдается, преимущественно,
в сложных предложениях. Если главное предложение в про-
шедшем времени, то в придаточном(-ых) можно употребить
только одно из прошедших времен.
89
Главное предложение	Придаточное предложение
I say, I said	“I get up at 6 every morning.” that I got up at 6 every morning.
I say,	“I got a good mark in English yes- terday.”
I said	that I had got a good mark in Eng- lish the previous day.
He says, He said	“I am doing my homework.” that he was doing his homework.
She says, She said	“I have bought a very nice dress.” that she had bought a very nice dress.
They say, “We shall go to a tourist camp next
summer.”
They said that they would go to a tourist camp
next summer.
Exercises
I.	Fill in the blanks with am, is, are, was, were.
1)	Don’t you see that I am busy! I — doing my Eng-
lish exercise.
2)	She said that she — doing her English exercise.
3)	I told them that I — doing an exercise.
4)	What — you doing now? I — doing an exercise.
5)	The teacher asked us what we — doing. “We — doing
an exercise on the sequence of tenses,” all of us
answered.
6)	Look at that boy who — shaving, because he wants
to look older.
He told me he — shaving, because he — going to the
theatre.
II.	Change the following sentences from direct speech into indirect
speech.
1)	“I have read a very interesting book.” He said that...
2)	“We’ve managed to get tickets to the Opera.” They
rushed in and shouted that ...
90
3)	“Her friend has discovered something new in physics.”
She said that ...
4)	“I’ve bought a very nice dress (suit).” He (she) told
me that ...
III.	Open the brackets and put the verb into the correct form.
1)	The old man said that he (to plant) flowers in his
garden every year.
2)	The old man says that he (to refuse) to answer this
question.
3)	I was told that he (to shave) every other day.
4)	She tells me that she (to receive) letters almost every
day.
5)	I know that your friend (to help) you with your
English.
6)	I knew that your friend (to help) you with your
English.
IV.	Repeat the three forms of irregular verbs. See list on pp. 228—230.
V.	Change the following sentences from direct speech into indirect
speech.
Example: “I write letters to my mother every day.”
“I wrote a letter to my mother yesterday.”
She said that she wrote letters to her mother every day.
She said that she had written a letter to her mother yes-
terday.
1)	Boris helps me with my exercises.
Boris helped me with my exercises.
She told me that ...
2)	She waters her flowers every morning.
She watered her flowers last evening.
She said ...
3)	We go to school four times a week.
We went to school four times a week last month.
They said ...
4)	I buy everything at this shop.
I’ve bought these cakes at that shop.
She told me ...
5)	They want to speak with you about it.
They wanted to speak with you about it.
I knew that ...
91
He says
He said
I was told
I am told
VI.	Join these parts of sentences correctly.
that the weather is fine.
that he had sold his bicycle.
that they wake up at 6 o’clock.
that they had had a dangerous trip.
that Boris was busy,
that it was raining.
VII.	Make up sentences	1) My friend said ...
Of your own:	2) He told me ...
3) She exclaimed ...
New Words
tall
This
Tom
is Tom.
is short.
This is Boris.
Boris is tall.
Who is taller, Tom or Boris?
Who is taller in your class,
A. or B.?
Who is the tallest student in
your class?
an axe [aeks]— monop
Do you have an axe at home?
What do you use an axe for?
to hit (hit, hit)
Bob hit his head against the
door-frame.
Did Bob hit his head against
the door-frame or the window-
frame?
Did he hit his head against the
door-frame, because he was
too short or too tall?
Why did Bob hit his head?
92
cotton ['kotn]
Is your dress (suit) made of
cotton?
Is your shirt made of cotton?
What is made out of cotton?
language ['laeggwidj]
I study the English language at school. I like the English
language, though it is a difficult language. My friend stu-
dies the German language. He says that it is much easier
to read books written in the German language, than in the
English language’, but the grammar of the German lan-
guage is more difficult than that of the English language.
Look up the pronunciation and the meaning of the following words in the
vocabulary of the textbook:
to abolish, courage, education, enemy, to hate, law, slave
Translate the following sentences into Russian.
1) Though she had a simple cotton dress on, she looked
very beautiful. 2) All progressive people hate fascism and im-
perialism. 3) I think that the Spanish language is very musi-
cal. 4) Lincoln was the greatest enemy of slavery in his days.
5) Slavery was officially abolished in the USA on the 1st of
January, 1863. 6) There must be some law against people
like him. 7) Lincoln studied the English language, law and li-
terature. 8) The man fought courageously against the enemy and
got the Hero of the Soviet Union star. 9) Many people in the
Northern States of America wanted to abolish slavery, because
they wanted free workers for their factories and plants.
10) Lincoln never lost courage and did everything to help his
country to win the war.
Look through the pictures on pp. 92 — 93 quickly and tell the class
what the words tall, to hit, cotton mean.
an axe [aeks]
education Ledju/keifan]
tall
a slave
to hit (hit, hit)
a language ['laerjgwidg]
a law [!□:]
to hate
to abolish [a'bolij]
cotton ['kotn]
courage ['kAndj]
enemy ['emmi]
93
Questions
1.	What do you know about Lincoln’s childhood?
2.	When and where did Lincoln see a slave-market for
the first time? What did he say after he saw it?
3.	Why and how did the Civil War in the USA begin?
4.	How did the Civil War in the USA end?
5.	How did Abraham Lincoln die?
ABRAHAM LINCOLN
Abraham Lincoln ['eibrohaem "lirjkon] was born in 1809 on
a small farm in Kentucky [копЧлкт], but while he was quite
young, the family moved into the wooded land of Indiana
[indi'aeno]. Though “Abe” was young he was big and strong.
When he was eight years old, an axe was put into his hands
and he worked with his family at clearing1 the land of trees.
He was not taught much. There was no public education in
Indiana in those days. He once said that he went to school
for less than one year.
He grew up tall and very strong. When he was nineteen,
he was given work on a river boat that sailed down the Mis-
sissippi to New Orleans ['nju:'o:lrenz]. It was in the famous
slave market there, that he saw men, women and children
sold for money, and greatly moved1 2 he said that if he could
ever hit that thing, he would hit it hard.
In 1830 Abraham Lincoln left his father’s farm and went
to live in the town of Springfield, Illinois [jh'noi]. There he
became a clerk and worked hard to receive an education. He
studied the English language, law and literature and soon be-
came a lawyer 3. All his life Lincoln was fond of Shakespeare
and knew much of his poetry by heart4.
In 1847 he went as a Congressman to Washington. There
near the beautiful White House where the President lived, be
saw a kind of a stable5 where Negroes were kept and then
1 clearing — очистка, расчистка
2 moved — зд. взволнованный, потрясенный
3 lawyer [Чэ:]э] — юрист, адвокат
4 by heart [hu:t] наизусть
5 stable ['steibl] — конюшня
94
taken to Southern markets to be
sold like horses and he hated sla-
very still more.
Many people in the Northern
States of America wanted to abo-
lish slavery because they wanted
free workers for their factories and
plants; many in the Southern States
were against it. The wealth of the
South was built up on cotton grow-
ing and slave labour was very
profitable for the slave-owners.1
The Southern States said that
they would leave the Union unless
the North stopped its fight against slavery. Just at that time,
in 1860, Abraham Lincoln, an enemy of slavery, was elected
President of the United States. South Carolina [kaero'laino]
left the Union and was soon followed by six other States.
In 1862 the American Civil War1 2 between North and
South began; four hard years had to pass before it ended.
At first the war went badly for the North, but Lincoln
never lost courage and did everything to help his country to
win the war, and to abolish slavery in all the States of the
Union.
At last the change came, with the capitulation of the
South on April 9th, 1865. The North had won the war and
slavery was officially abolished on the territory of the USA.
On April 14th, 1865, after a very busy day Lincoln and
his wife went to see a play at Ford’s Theatre in Washington.
Waiting in an inn near the theatre was a 25-year-old unsuc-
cessful actor named John Booth ['dgon 'bu:6]. He was for the
South, though he had never fought for it. As the play was
going to start again after the interval, Booth entered the
theatre, walked slowly towards the President’s box 3 and open-
ed the door. A shot broke in on the play, and Booth jump-
1 The wealth of the South was built up on cotton growing and
slave labour was very profitable for the slave-owners. — Богатство
Юга было построено на доходах от выращивания хлопка, и труд
рабов приносил рабовладельцам большие прибыли.
2 Civil War ['sivil] — гражданская война
3 President’s box — ложа президента
95
ed from the box on to the stage and rushed out through
a door that led into the street. Abraham Lincoln, a man who
had fought all his life against slavery, had been shot
through the head and died the following morning.
Exercises (continued)
A.	VIII. Ask your classmates questions based on the text.
IX.	Divide the text into five logically complete parts and give a
heading for each one.
X.	Find English equivalents in the text for the following Russian
sentences and copy them.
1)	Когда ему исполнилось восемь лет, ему дали
топор, и он работал вместе со всей семьей, расчищая
участок земли от леса.
2)	Здесь, на известном невольничьем рынке, он
увидел, как продавали мужчин, женщин и детей; и,
глубоко потрясенный, он сказал, что если ему когда-
нибудь удастся нанести удар по рабству, то ударит
он изо всех сил.
3)	Он стал конторским служащим и упорно рабо-
тал, чтобы получить образование.
4)	Здесь, рядом с Белым Домом, резиденцией пре-
зидента, он увидел подобие конюшни для негров,
в которой негров собирали и держали, с тем чтобы
отправить, как лошадей, на рынки Юга; и он еще
больше возненавидел рабство.
5)	Выстрел прервал пьесу. Бут прыгнул из ложи
на сцену и бросился через дверь на улицу.
В.	XI. Put the following sentences into indirect speech.
1)	My friend says, “I study law and literature.”
2) Lincoln said, “If ever I can hit slavery, I’ll hit it
hard.” 3) The man told us, “You must not forget how
courageously Soviet men fought against the enemy.”
4) Boris says, “I study both the English and German
languages.” 5) Kitty says, “I like tall boys.” 6) Several
students in our class said, “We shall try to enter the
Polytechnical Institute.” 7) He told me, “You will go
to the plant together with Popov.”
XII.	Name quickly five things to be seen:
in a classroom; in the street; in a bedroom.
96
XIII.	a) Ask questions based on the
picture.
Ask your classmates what
happened before the young
man started running, why
he is running, where he
is running to and what he
will do when he gets
there.
b)	Answer the questions given
on the record.
c)	Make up a story about the
young man in the picture.
XIV.	Listen to two stories given on
the record. Then retell them
in English.
Words*, to be your age —
быть твоего возраста
С. XV. Study the following meanings
of the word letter.
Mary is writing a letter
to her mother.
The letter A is the first
letter of the alphabet.
The postman puts a letter
into the letter-box.
Mr. Smith is a famous
man of letters.
97
XVI.	Study the various uses of the verb to let.
1)	Let us go to the theatre together.
2)	When the mother went away, she told her children
not to let anyone into the house.
3)	Will you let me (allow) come to see you tomorrow.
4)	Why did you let the fire go out? Now it is cold
in the room.
5)	When the picture is ready, I shall let you see it.
6)	I shall let you know over the telephone when I
can come.
7)	Now hold it firmly (крепко) until I tell you to
let it go (отпустить).
8)	Let me alone = don’t touch me
9)	Let alone — not to speak of
Popov is a good worker and a good student, let
alone being a good sportsman too.
10)	Do you know if this house is to let (сдается внаём).
XVII.	Read the following international words and tell the class what
they mean without using a dictionary:
army ['ami]
final ['fainol]
orator ['oroto]
position [po'zijon]
speech [spi:tj]
conductor [kon'dAkto]
figure ['figo]
normal ['no:mol] temperature
object ['obdgikt]
public education ['рлЬИк]
XVIII. Read the following
words from among
story. Choose the correct meaning
those given.
of the
to issue ['isju:, riju:] v—выходить, вытекать, исхо-
дить, происходить, получаться в результате чего-
либо, иметь результатом, уст. родиться, про-
исходить от, выпускать, издавать, выходить (об
издании), пускать в обращение (деньги и т. д.),
воен, выдавать, отпускать.
to publish ['pAblif] v — оглашать, публиковать, изда-
вать, опубликовывать, ам. пускать в обращение.
to add v — прибавлять, присоединять, мат. складывать
to burn v — жечь, сжигать, выжигать, обжигать (кир-
пичи), мед. прижигать, вызывать загар, сгорать,
гореть, подгорать (о пище), загорать (о коже), перен.
гореть, пылать чем-л.
98
My father told me an interesting war-time story.
He said, “During the Second World War a German
plant was bombed. The German Propaganda Ministry
issued a communique saying that only a cow1 had been
hit. One English newspaper published the communique
and added: ‘The cow burned for four days.’”
XIX. Translate the following text into Russian with the help of a dic-
tionary.
One of the most terrible battles of the American
Civil War was fought in July, 1863 at Gettysburg. In
November of that year a portion of the battle-field
was dedicated as a final resting-place for those men
of both armies who died there. The main speech on
that occasion was made by Edward Everett, a celebrated
orator. Lincoln was asked to “make a few remarks”.
Everett’s speech lasted two hours, Lincoln’s for two
minutes; it was over almost before the crowd understood
that it had begun. But Lincoln’s Gettysburg Address
is now one of the world’s famous pieces of literature.
Lesson Eleven
Read the following international words and say what they mean without
using a dictionary.
comfortable ['kAmfotobl]
ethnographer [eG'nogrofo]
expedition Lekspi'dijon]
geography [dgfogrofi]
medal fmedl]
mile [mail]
monument ['monj umont ]
patriot ['paetnot]
prize fpraiz]
result [n'zAlt]
Translate the following sentences into Russian without using either the
vocabulary of the textbook or a dictionary.
1) It was a very comfortable room. 2) Our team won the
first prize at the competition. 3) Cuban patriots fought bra-
vely for the freedom of their country. 4) There is a famous
monument to Tsiolkovsky in Kaluga. 5) The man got a me-
dal for his courage. 6) What are the results of the examina-
tion, good or bad? 7) A group of scientists went on an expe-
dition to Africa. 8) One mile is equal to 1609 metres.
1 cow [kau] корова
99
9) Przhevalsky, a famous Russian ethnographer, discovered
an unknown kind of horse, which is now called the Przhe-
valsky horse. 10) I can’t remember names, so it is difficult
for me to study geography, though I like it very much.
New Words
fellow-
— the person who does something together with you
a feZZoz^-student — a person who studies together with you
a fellow-worker — a worker who works together with you
at the same shop or plant
a /eZZo^-traveller— a person who travels together with you
to carry on — to do, to fulfil;
to go on doing something
Though the work was difficult, he carried on with it and
finally managed to finish it successfully.
You don’t know what it is to carry on such work.
to cross — to go from one side to another
He saw his friend walking on
So he crossed the street to
the other side of the street,
meet her.
As there was no bridge across the river, we crossed it in a boat.
The travellers crossed more than 1000 miles of unknown land.
to wish — to want very much
I wish I knew English much better.
I wish I could go to a tourist camp this summer.
My wish is to become an engineer some day.
100
Find the following words in the vocabulary of the textbook:
body, foreign, gold, to last, research
Answer the following questions.
1)	What kind of sport develops one’s body best of all?
2)	How long does it take you to do your homework in
foreign language?
3)	What is the gold equivalent1 of one rouble?
4)	How long did Yuri Gagarin’s flight around the Earth
last?
5)	What great men do you know who carried on research
work?
fellow f'felou]
to carry on
research [rfsoitj]
foreign ['form]
to wish
a body ['bodi]
to cross
to last
gold
a specimen f'spesimin] — образец, образчик
to award [o'wo:d] — присуждать (премию, звание)
Remember: This is a specimen of new money.
Here is an example of how to do the exercise.
They brought many specimens of unknown
plants from Africa.
They gave many examples on the use of the
Present Perfect tense.
Questions
1)	What was Alexandra Victorovna Potanina?
2)	In how many expeditions did Alexandra Victorovna
Potanina take part?
3)	Say something about each one of these expeditions.
4)	Where is the monument to A. V. Potanina?
5)	Why is the monument situated in Kjahta?
6)	What was A. V. Potanina’ shusband?
1 equivalent [rkwivolant] — эквивалент
101
POTANINA —THE FIRST RUSSIAN
WOMAN -TRAVE LLE R
A wonderful Russian woman Alexandra Victorovna Po-
tanina was the wife of the famous Russian scientist, travel-
ler and ethnographer Grigory Nikolaevich Potanin. She fol-
lowed him bravely on all his difficult expeditions and gladly
helped him whenever she could. But she was not only his
fellow-traveller and helper; she herself carried on important
research work in geography and ethnography.
A. V. Potanina took part in four long and dangerous ex-
peditions. The first one to Mongolia lasted for over a year
and a half. During the second one — to Touva [4u:vo] the
travellers crossed 1,800 miles of land and gathered over 400
specimens of plants, unknown in Europe in those days, and
several thousand specimens of insects1 found in that part of
the world.
On her return Potanina wrote a book in which she des-
cribed the land of Touva. She was awarded a gold medal for
her paper on the Buriats. This was a great event, for in those
days women were not awarded prizes for scientific or any
other kind of research work.
In 1884 the Potanins went to the mountains of Tian Shan
and Nan Shan and to the Gobi desert.1 2 This expedition lasted
over two and a half years and supplied the Potanins with
much material for important research work.
The last expedition was to Tibet [ti'bet]. A. V. Potanina
put on a man’s clothes and in such a way managed to enter
Lhasa — the sacred3 city of the Tibetians [ti'betjonz] which
no foreigner was ever allowed to enter, the more so4 — a
woman.
On the way back home Alexandra Victorovna fell ill.
Feeling that she was going to die, she kept asking, “Bring
me back to my country! Bury 5 me in Russia!” The members
of the expedition fulfilled her wish. Her body was brought
to Kjahta and buried there.
1 insect ['insekt] — насекомое
2 desert ['dezat] — пустыня
3 sacred ['seiknd] — священный
4 the more so — тем более
5 to bury ['ben] — хоронить, похоронить
102
If you ever go to the little town of Kjahta, which is
situated on the way to Mongolia, you will see there a monu-
ment to a Russian woman, a great patriot, a scientist and a
courageous traveller — Alexandra Victorovna Potanina.
Exercises
A. I. Ask your classmates questions on the text.
II.	Divide the text into four logically complete parts and give a
heading for each one.
III.	Answer the following questions.
1)	What other famous Russian travellers in other count-
ries do you know?
2)	What famous travellers do you know?
3)	Who was the first man to cross the Atlantic Ocean?
4)	Who was awarded the Lenin Prize this (last) year?
5)	Do you know any scientists who are famous for re-
search in a) physiology, b) botany, 3) medicine,
d) atomic energy, e) ethnography, f) other branches
of science.
В. IV. Change the following sentences from direct speech into indirect
speech.
Ex amp Ге: The man told me, “You are quite a traveller.” The
man told me that 1 was quite a traveller.
1)	I told Popov, “You are awarded a prize for good
work.”
2)	The man told me, “We crossed the river in a boat.”
3)	I told Nina, “You will tell us about your trip next
Friday.”
4)	The man told me, “My friend works as a fitter at a
research institute.”
5)	The man exclaimed, “I wish I could show you the
specimens I had brought with me.”
V.	a) Finish the following sentences.
1)	I said (I shall ask my fellow-students about home-
work).
2)	Kate said (my mother had an old gold watch but
she sold it during the war).
103
3)	Misha said (my aunt knows five foreign languages).
4)	Valya said (my uncle was awarded a prize for his
research work).
b) Make up as many sentences as you can according to the follow-
ing model.
Подлежащее -|-
told me
said
+ that придаточное предложение.
VI.	a) Fill in the blanks with prepositions wherever necessary.
across, behind, in (2), in front of, from, to
If you go — field, you will come — a river. When
you cross — it, there will be a wood — you. — the wood
you will find a little cottage — which the man you ask
for lives. If you give — him my best wishes and tell — him
that you have come — Smith, he will be glad to receive
you — his house.
b) Render the above text in indirect speech.
The man told me that if I went...
VII.	Study the following tables.
A)
Will you tell (show)
How can I get to
Which is the nearest
me the way to
way to
Lenin Square?
the Kirov plant?
the Hotel?
the library?
the museum? Etc.
B)
Go straight 2, 3,... blocks1 and turn
C)
to the left.
to the right.
Take
bus number 10
tram number 6
trolley-bus number 4
and it will
take you to
the Hotel.
Lenin Square,
the railroad
station.
1 block — квартал
104
D)
You must get off at the
next
second
last
last but one
E)
You must change	bus number 3 tram number 6 trolley-bus	to	bus num- ber 26 tram num- ber 10	at in	Lenin Square, the next stop ... Street. the Hotel.
from	number 10		trolley-bus number 8	near	the railroad station. the plant. the museum.
take bus(tram,
trolley) num-
ber , turn
to the left
(right), cross
the street, you
will come to
the place you
want.
VIII.	Listen to the example given on the record.
a)	With the help of the above tables ask your comrades how to get
(see plan on p. 106. Think up the names of the streets yourselves.):
from the plant to the school,
from the hotel to the plant,
from the plant to the theatre,
from the hotel to the theatre,
from any place you like to any other place you like.
b)	Speak with your comrades how to get from one place to any
other place in your town.
105
С. IX. Read the following sentences and say how the affixes change the
meaning of the words given in italics.
1)	Lincoln wanted to abolish slavery and he fought for
the abolition of it. People who were for abolition
of slavery were called abolitionists.
2)	I don’t know the Law very well. Let us see a lawyer
and learn if what he wants us to do is lawful or
unlawful.
3)	Soviet people hate fascists. Wherever the fascists
went they felt the hatred of the Soviet people.
4)	The man got a medal for courage. He had courage-
ously saved several children from a burning 1 house.
5)	All of us like comfort and like to live comfortably
in comfortable houses.
1 burning — горящий
106
X.	Укажите, чем являются выделенные курсивом слова: предме-
том, действием или определением.
1)	Light a fire in the room. It’s too cold in it.
The room was large and light and it was pleasant
lo live in it.
2)	I was crossing the river in a boat. During the cross-
ing the boat turned over 1 and we found ourselves in
the water.
3)	The boy frightened his sister and she started crying.
The boy frightened by his sister started crying.
4)	Cover me with something warm. I feel cold.
When they raised the cover of the box, they saw
that it was full of old clothes.
5)	The old woman covered her cup with a plate.
An old woman covered with warm clothes was lying
on the bed.
6)	I like the smooth surface of this material.
Don’t smooth over the difficulties. We all know
them.
7)	Cotton is the “white gold” of Central Asia.
My sister bought a cotton dress. It was simple but
beautiful.
XI.	Translate the following sentences into Russian.
1)	Mountain river water is very cold.
2)	Her new cotton house dress was simple but beau-
tiful.
3)	An important enemy secret paper got into the hands
of our army.
4)	Popov was a member of the city boat-race team.
XII.	Who can most quickly put these words in alphabetical order?
moral, missing, misuse, mistake, modus, modality,
muddy, mule, mew, methane, meter, meeting, metaphor,
mesmerism, much
XIII.	Translate the following text into Russian with the help of a dic-
tionary.
Mount Everest (Chomolungma), 29,028 feet high, is
situated on the border of Tibet and Nepal. Since the
1 to turn over — перевертываться
107
.4
end of the 19th century climbers had tried to conquer
it and to stand on the highest point of land in the
world, until on the morning of the 29th of May, 1953,
it was conquered at last by Hillary, a New Zealander,
and Ten Zing, a Nepalese. In the last thousand feet,
between 28,000 and 29,000, the amount of oxygen in
the air is only about one-third of the amount at sea-
level. The latest expeditions have taken with them
supplies of artificial oxygen. This has helped them to
reach the top, though the weight of the apparatus is
an extra burden.
XIV.	What do you think about the following:
1)	Chomolungma (Mount Everest) is the highest moun-
tain in the world. Which is the highest mountain
in the Soviet Union (in Great Britain, in Europe,
in Asia, in Africa)?
2)	Kilimanjaro is on the equator [fkweito]. Why is it
always covered with snow?
3)	Are there any unknown lands on the earth today?
4)	What is the most dangerous means of transport for
travelling: a ship, a boat, a car, a train, a plane
or a motor-cycle?
108
Lesson Twelve
He asked me,
He asked me
“Do you know English?
if I knew English.
Запомните:
1) Когда в косвенной речи надо передать вопрос, то
употребляется прямой порядок слов, характерный для анг-
лийского повествовательного предложения, а не обратный
порядок слов, обычный для английского вопросительного
предложения.
2) Косвенный вопрос вводится соединительным словом:
а)	общий вопрос — союзом if, который соответствует по
значению русской частице ли\
б)	специальный вопрос — местоимением или наречием
(what, which, who, when, where, why, (that), etc.).
Finish the following sentences. The first one is done for you.
A. She asked me, “Do you like to travel.”
She asked me if I liked to travel.
Popov asked me,
Popov asked me
Katya asked me,
Katya asked me
“Do you always go to school on foot?”
if I always went ...
“Do you enjoy the weather?”
I asked Boris, “Do you shave every day?”
I asked Boris
if he ...
Kolya asked me, “Do you know who A. V. Potanina
was?”
She asked me, “Are you reading a new text?”
She asked me if I was reading a new text.
I asked Popov, “Are you studying some foreign langu-
age?”
I asked Popov if he ...
109
I asked the class, “Are you having an English lesson?
I asked the class ...
Boris asked me, “Are you doing an exercise?”
She asked me, “Will you come to school on Wednesday?”
She asked me if / should come to school on Wednesday.
I asked Popov, “Will you show me the specimens?”
I asked Popov if ...
Katya asked me, “Will Oleg help me?”
B. The teacher asked me, “Were you ill?”
The teacher asked me if / had been ill.
Valya asked me, “Did you see the new film?”
Valya asked me if I had seen ...
1 asked the boys, “Did you take part in the race?”
I asked the boys if they ...
Boris asked me, “Did you cross the river in a boat?”
She asked me,
She asked me
“Were you writing when 1 came in?”
if / had been writing when she came in.
Boris asked me, “Were you doing your homework yes
terday evening?”
Boris asked me if I ...
We asked him, “Where do you carry on your research
work?”
We asked him where he carried on his research
work.
Finish the following sentences. The first one is done for you.
C. We asked the lawyer, “What must we do now?”
We asked the lawyer what we must do now.
I asked my fellow-workers, “Where do you go on Sun-
days? ”
I ... where they went ...
110
We asked the man, “What do you do with the speci-
mens?”
She asked me, “When did you come home?”
She ... when I had come ...
Mother asked me, “Where did you put the needle?”
Mother asked me where I had ...
I asked the boatman, “When will the boat sail?”
I ... when the boat ...
Mother asked, “Where shall we plant this flower?”
New Words
a water-melon ['wo:to,melon]
to steal [sti:l] (stole, stolen)
a seed [si:d]
a gun
extraordinary [iks'trodnn]— чрезвычайный, -но
satisfaction Lsaetis'faekjon] — удовлетворение
a heart [ha:t] — сердце
Questions
1)	Why were Mr. Wills water-melons famous?
2)	Tell us how the boy stole Mr. Wills’ great water-melon.
3)	What did Mr. Wills want to do with the great water-
melon?
4)	What did the boy offer1 Mr. Wills?
5)	How did Willadean take it all?
WATER-MELON MOON
after Borden Deal
When I think of the summer I was sixteen, I remember
first the boys I knew: Freddy Gray and J. D. Then I remem-
ber Willadean Wills. She was the first girl I was interested in.
But there was her father, Mr. Wills, and we, the boys,
were all afraid of him. Mr. Wills was a big man and the
best farmer in the district.
1 to offer — предлагать
111
field and the full
The summer I was sixteen Mr. Wills raised the greatest
water-melon in that part of the country People came to look
at it, but Mr. Wills did not allow them to go to his field.
He was fond of the melon and out of the seeds of that great
one he wanted to grow a field of water-melons the next year.
Every night I could see Mr. Wills sitting at the window
with a gun in his hands, looking over his melon field.
That autumn the weather was really fine. About the time
the great water-melon was ripe, there was a night with a
full moon. It was such a night that you felt as if you could
do anything in the world — even ask Willadean Wills for a
date1, a night when you could and had to do something dan-
gerous and courageous, something extraordinary that would
surprise even Willadean Wills.
To this day I don’t know why I said that I could steal
the great water-melon with Mr. Wills’ gun and eye on the
n above it. Maybe I wanted to show
to the boys that I was no worse
than they and was afraid of nothing.
But once I had promised, it was im-
possible not to go or to wait for a
dark night. So I went. The grass was
high in Mr. Wills’ field and I had
to go very slow and my whole body
shook. I must tell you that it was
hard work to bring such a large wa-
ter-melon as that one to the boys,
with Mr. Wills sitting gun in hand
watching over his field.
When I came with it, the boys
were terribly excited. They had been
almost sure that Mr. Wills would see
me. But now they could enjoy my
success. We ate large pieces of the
great water-melon. We could not eat
the whole of it, so big it was. But 1 1 2
a water-melon
f'wo-.to/nelan]
seeds [si:dz]
a gun
1 to ask a girl for a date — пригла-
сить девушку пойти куда-нибудь вместе
2 to steal [sti:l] (stole, stolen) —красть,
воровать
112
The boy is stealing (to steal [sti:l], stole, stolen)
the water-melon.
returned home with a strange feeling in my heart. It was
not a feeling of satisfaction, but something quite different.
The moon was still high when a terrible cry of anger
came from Mr. Wills’ field.
When my father and I came rushing there, we saw
Mr. Wills standing on the place where the great water-melon
had grown. He did not shout any longer. “They have stolen
my great melon,” he said, and his voice was quiet. “They
got it away, and now it’s gone.”
I’d never seen a man cry, but Mr. Wills was crying now.
“I had two plans for that melon,” he told my father.
“Mrs. Wills was ill all the spring and she likes water-me-
lons so much. That very water-melon was for her. And then
I wanted to grow a field of water-melons out of the seeds
of that great one next year. Every day Mrs. Wills keeps
asking me if the great water-melon is ripe. And now it’s gone.”
I could not listen to him any longer and ran home.
I don’t know what I thought of that night. But next
morning I found courage and went to tell Mr. Wills that it
was I who had stolen the great water-melon.
He asked me why I had stolen it.
“I don’t know,” I said.
“Didn’t you know it was my great melon?”
113
“Yes, sir,” I said. “I knew it.”
Then he asked me if I knew that it had been for his
wife who was ill. That I did not. I wanted to run away,
but I could not move.
“141 help you to grow water-melons next year,” I said at
last. “I’ll work very hard.”
There was now a smile on his face.
“We’ll grow them together,” he said. “A man with a big
farm needs a son.”
I looked at Willadean who came up to us and saw that
she was smiling»
Exercises
A.	I. Ask your classmates questions based on the text.
II.	Speak on the following.
1)	When did the boy show more courage, when he was
stealing the water-melon or when he went and told
Mr. Wills that it was he who had done it?
2)	Why did Mr. Wills smile when the boy promised
to help him to grow water-melons?
3)	Why did Willadean smile? Did she like the boy?
Was she proud of the boy? Why was she?
III.	Make a plan of the story (in English).
IV.	Looking at the plan retell the story.
В.	V. Change the following questions from direct speech into indirect
speech.
1)	“Do you like water-melons?” (My friend asked me...)
2)	“Where did you buy your gun?” (I asked my friend ...)
3)	“Did you feel satisfaction when you finished your
work successfully?” (My father asked me ...)
4)	“Where will you plant these flowers?” (I asked her...)
5)	“Did you like the story “Water-melon Moon?” (I am
interested to know if ...)
6)	“Is your heart weak?” (I was asked if ...)
7)	“Was there anything extraordinary in the film?” (She
asked me ...)
114
VI. Name the things that you see in every line.
VII. Read the following story and retell it in short in English.
During the manoeuvres [ma'nu:voz] an officer comes up
to a boy who is fishing and asks him.
“Is there a bridge across the river nearby?”
“There is.”
“Is it large enough?”
“Yes, it is.”
115
“Can tanks cross it?”
“They certainly can.”
“If tanks can, then the infantry1 can cross it too.”
“Oh, no, it cannot.”
“How can that be?”
“There’s an angry dog near the bridge,” answered the
little one.
VIII.	Listen to the story given on the record. Try to understand it,
then retell it in English.
Some words that you don't know:
forgive me — извините меня
forget me — забудьте меня
ham and eggs — яичница с ветчиной
the Pacific Ocean — Тихий океан
IX.	Finish the following sentences.
When you are ill, you go to see (a teacher, a mecha-
nic, a doctor, an engineer).
When you want to read a newspaper, you go to (school,
a hospital, a library, a museum).
You grow plants in (a park, a wood, a shop, a garden).
If you want a new suit, you go to (the cinema, a lib-
rary, the market, a shop).
Boxes are sometimes made of (gold, wood, paper, ore).
X.	Read the following text.
MY FLAT
I live in Kirov Street 50, flat 56. My flat consists
of two rooms, a kitchen, a bath-room and a corridor
or a passage as we often call it in English. I live there
together with my family. We are three. The larger
room is our dining-room and the smaller one —
a bedroom. Our flat is on the third floor. So we have
a small balcony ['baelkoni], which we enjoy very much.
We have central heating [rhi:tirj] and in our kitchen
there is a gas cooker f'kuko]. Our flat is not very
large, but it is cosy1 2 and convenient3 and we like it.
1 infantry ['infontn] — пехота
2 cosy [’kouzi] —уютный
8 convenient [kon'viznpnt]—удобный
116
This is a kitchen.
This is a bath-room.
This is a dining-room.
This is a bedroom.
XL 1) Ask your classmates questions based on the above pictures.
(One picture for every student.)
2)	Speak about the rooms in the pictures.
3)	Speak about the flat shown in the pictures.
4)	Speak about your own room (the rooms of your flat).
5)	Speak about your own flat (the flat of your father, brother,
sister, friend).
Some other words that you need:
wardrobe ['wo:droub]—гардероб
cupboard ['kAbad]—сервант, шкаф для посуды
bookcase ['bukkeis] — книжный шкаф
carpet ['ku:pitj—ковер
curtains fka:tnz]—занавеси
117
С. ХИ. Look and compare1 the following meanings of the word box.
This is
a box.
A box
at a plant.
a pencil-box.
This is
a letter-box.
A box at the theatre.
They are boxing.
XIII.	Pay attention to the different uses of the word heart.1 2
1)	Be careful. You have a weak heart. Don’t work so
much.
2)	Don’t take everything to heart. Stop thinking of it
or you’ll fall ill.
3)	Popov has a big heart. He tries to help everybody
whenever he can.
4)	Now stop being angry. Let us have a heart to heart
talk and clear everything up.
5)	Though he didn’t show his feelings, at heart he
was angry.
6)	Once you set your heart on doing something, you
mustn’t stop until you achieve it.
1 to compare [кэт'реэ] — сравнивать
2 heart [ha:t] — сердце
118
7)	If you are not successful at once, don’t lose heart.
Try again and you will manage to do it.
8)	Whenever he got work that he liked, he worked
with all his heart.
9)	You must learn this poem by heart.
10)	When she learnt that her mother had died, she was
heart-broken.
XIV.	Give the meaning of the following international words.
blouse [blauz]
nation
number
pair
per cent
pulse [pAls]
season
special
storm
visit
XV.	Who can most quickly put these words in alphabetical order:
hair, habit, head, heifer, hind, hill, high, heel,
heir, heart, hawk, haunt, hinge, hyphen, hurdle
XVI. Translate the
tionary.
following text into Russian with the help of a dic-
Ancient Greeks believed that dolphins helped ship-
wrecked sailors by pushing them ashore. In modern
times there was the case of a woman swimmer who,
caught in a strong undertow, was shoved onto the shore
by a dolphin. What is the reason for their actions?
More and more often of late scientists are inclined to
believe that the dolphin is very intelligent, and that
the act of saving swimmers is not mere playfulness.
Dolphins have no gills but have lungs and breathe
air. Like all mam-
mals young dolphins
are born alive. A dol-
phin has a strange
way of sleeping.
When it sleeps, it
never closes its eyes
for more than 15 to
30 seconds, swimm-
ing near the sur-
face of the water,
with tail dangling.
119
Lesson Thirteen
I.	Look up the following words in the vocabulary of the textbook,
write them out and learn them.
a crew, hair, to kill, a lake, a uniform,
to shoot (shot, shot), to ride (rode, ridden)
II.	Read the following text without using either the vocabulary of
the textbook or a dictionary.
PASTORAL
after N. Shute
Gervase ['dgarvas] lay in bed for half an hour on Wed-
nesday morning thinking hard about her problem. The weather
was fine. It was the best time for fishing and there were
trout1 in Kingslake woods. She did not know who the woods
belonged to, but she could learn that. She telephoned to
Mr. Ellison and said, “This is Section Officer1 2 Robertson
speaking from the aerodrome. Mr. Ellison, you know every-
body here. Who lives in Kingslake House?”
“I don’t know, but I believe I could find it out for you.”
“Could you?” She was silent for a minute. “I’ll tell you
what it is all about. There is a lake there with a lot of trout
in it. Could the owner3 let us fish there?”
“I understand,” he said. “I shall telephone back.”
Later in the morning he telephoned: “About those trout
you want to fish. Nobody is allowed near them. The house
belongs to a Brigadier4 Carter-Hayes, who lives there with
his mother. There is only the old lady now, and she will not
let anybody near the fish which she is keeping for her son.
She is about eighty years old.”
Gervase thanked him and sat for a time near the tele-
phone. Then she decided that she would lose nothing by trying.
That afternoon she took her bicycle and rode to Kingslake
House. When she pulled at the bell, the door was opened by
an old woman. Gervase said:
1 trout [traut]—форель
2 Section Officer — начальник отделения (в английской армии)
3 owner ['оипэ]—владелец
4 Brigadier — бригадир (офицерский чин в английской армии)
120
“Good afternoon. Can I see Mrs. Carter-Hayes?”
“I am sorry, madam, Mrs. Carter-Hayes is not at home.”
But Gervase begged her to let her see Mrs. Carter, be-
cause she had come so far. The old woman went away and then
came back and asked Gervase to follow her.
She saw an old lady sitting in a chair before the fire
looking at her; she had a black dress on, grey hair and a
white face. The old lady said:
“Well, come in, child, and don’t stand by the door. What
is your name?”
“Gervase Robertson.”
“Oh, what a costume you have on,” said the old lady
touching her by the hand. “Is that a uniform?”
“Yes, — it’s a Royal Air Force1 uniform. I’m a Section
Officer.”
“Well, turn and let me see the back of it.“
Gervase turned round.
“No, I don’t like it. It is unwomanly. But you look well
in it. You must be very young.”
“I am twenty-one, Mrs. Carter.”
“What is it you wanted to see me about?”
Gervase did not know how to tell that strict old woman
what she wanted.
“Sit down there,” said the old lady. “Will you have a
cup of tea with me?”
Tea was brought by the old woman who had opened the
door. And Gervase told the old lady why she had come.
“My son had that lake full of little trout two years ago
just before he went to the front. He wanted to have good
fishing when he came home. I have never allowed anyone to
fish there because of this.”
“I am sorry,” said Gervase. “I did not know it. I wanted
a good rest for my crew.”
“A crew?” asked the old lady. “What is a crew? Is it
like a team?”
“No,” said Gervase, “we call the men who go in the bombers
the crew. You see, night after night they go in their bombers.
1 Royal Air Force ['гэю! 'ea 'fa:s] — королевские воздушные силы
(английские ВВС)
121
Every night some of them don’t come back; they-—are killed.
But in the day-time they must forget about it, they must
do something, that is why I wanted them to fish in
your lake.”
The old lady slowly raised herself from her chair and
said:
“My son thinks highly of the Air Force. I am going to
show you a letter that came from him last week, the last
letter we have received.”
She took a letter from the table and gave it to the girl.
The Brigadier wrote how brave the Air Force was and how
they had helped them, but he wrote too that the Germans
had shot many of them down. Gervase returned the letter
quietly.
“Thank you for showing it to me,” she said.
The old lady said:
“I am sure if my son was here, he would want to help
you. If fishing in the lake will really do some good for your
crew, I do not think he would want me to refuse it. And
now I am tired, my dear. Thank you for coming to
see me.”
When Gervase came to the aerodrome, there was a note
asking her to telephone to Mr. Ellison. When she did so, he
said to her:
“Don’t go to that old woman in Kingslake House.”
“Why not?”
“Wait a little. You know I said there was a son who was
a Brigadier in the Army? Well, he was killed not long ago.
The old lady only got the news yesterday.”
III.	Translate the following text into Russian with the help of a dic-
tionary.
The modern era began with the discovery of X-rays,
followed soon after by the discovery of radio-activity.
Professor Roentgen had just made his discovery of
X-rays in 1895, when Professor Becquerel discovered
that compounds of the metal uranium gave off these
rays naturally and continuously. When this was fol-
lowed by the discovery of radium by the Curies at Pa-
ris in 1898, the scientific world was shaken to its
foundations.
122
Lesson Fourteen
TEST PAPER
I.	Read the following story without using either the dictionary or the
vocabulary of the textbook.1
THE AUTOMATON
by Jerome K- Jerome
I decided to buy an umbrella, so I went into a shop and
told them so, and they said:
“Yes, sir, what kind of an umbrella is it that you want
to have?”
I told them that I wanted to have one that could keep
the rain.off, and that would not be1 2 left behind.
“Try an automaton. It’s the very thing that you need,”
said the shopman.
“What’s an automaton?” said I.
“Oh, it’s a wonderful thing,” exclaimed the man with
enthusiasm, “it opens and closes itself.”
I bought one and found that he was quite right. It did
open and close itself. I had no control over. it whatever.
When it began to rain, which it did that summer every five
minutes, I tried to get the machine open, but it did not
open. And then I stood there in the street and fought with
the thing and shook it, and pushed it with the rain coming
down upon me. Then the moment the rain stopped, the thing
opened suddenly without my even touching it, and I could
not close it again, however hard I pulled; and I had to walk
about under a bright blue sky with an umbrella over my
1 Note for the teacher:
In a strong group the teacher may ask the students to retell the
story in English, in a weak one in Russian. It is not advisable to give
more than 10—12 minutes for reading and comprehending the story. It is
by the degree of understanding within a limited period of time that one
should judge the level of the knowledge of the language.
2 and that would not be... — и которого бы не...
123
head, wishing that it would
rain again, so that I might not
look so silly.
When it did close, it did
so suddenly, that it knocked
my hat off. I don’t know
why it is so, but, I sup-
pose, it is a fact that no-
thing makes a man look so
silly as losing his hat. And
then there is a rush after it,
with some dog racing too
thinking no doubt that it is an interesting game. And
then there are always some people who look at you and seem
to find the whole business very funny.
automaton [oftomatan] —зонт-автомат
umbrella [лт'Ьге1а|—зонт
whole [houl] — (зд.) все
II.	Render the contents of the dialogue between Jerome K. Jerome
and the salesman.
III.	Translate the following into Russian with the help of a diction-
ary.1
A.	HOW TO POACH AN EGG
If you want to poach an egg properly, all in one
piece, you have to break it first into a wTet cup and
then slide it from the cup into the water, and when it
is cooked, lift it out with a big perforated spoon so
that you don’t break it in trying to drain off the
water. The water in the pan should be boiling gently
when you slide the egg in, and you have to keep the
egg in till the white is set. If you want to give the
egg a nice flavour, you should put a pinch of salt and
a few drops of vinegar into the water when you put
it on to boil.
1 A and В are but two variants of the same exercise.
124
HOW TO REMOVE A GREASE SPOT FROM
A DRESS OR A SUIT
Lay the dress or the suit flat on a table, placing
a clean piece of blotting-paper under the part to be
treated. Put some chalk round the spot to prevent the
grease from spreading. Pour a little cleaning liquid
into a plate, taking care to keep it well away from
lights and fires. Dip a piece of soft flannel into the
liquid, and rub the grease spot gently until it disap-
pears. Shake off the chalk and hang the dress or the
suit by an open window to take away the smell.
IV.	Listen to a story given on the record. Try to understand it; then
retell it in short in English.
PART TWO
Lesson Fifteen
A. REPETITION
Present Indefinite and
Present Continuous
Grammar
I.	Глаголы в Present Indefinite выражают обычные дей-
ствия, происходящие вообще (вне зависимости от момента,
когда происходит действие, длительности его и т. д.).
I go to work every day except Sunday. The Sun rises
in the East.
II.	Глаголы в Present Continuous выражают действие,
происходящее в настоящий момент.
I am reading now.
III.	a) Present Indefinite образуется из неопределенного
наклонения смыслового глагола без частицы to для всех
лиц, кроме 3-го лица единственного числа, которое обра-
зуется прибавлением суффикса -s(es).
I (we, you, they) speak. He (she) speaks*
б)	Вопросительная и отрицательная формы глагола в Pre-
sent Indefinite образуются при помощи вспомогательного
глагола to do.
Do you read French newspapers? No, I do not. I don’t
read French newspapers.
в)	В 3-м лице единственного числа вспомогательный
глагол принимает окончание -es.
Does he (she) read French newspapers? No, he (she) does
not. He (she) doesn’t read French newspapers.
126
IV.	Present Continuous образуется при помощи вспомо-
гательного глагола to be в соответствующем лице и смыс-
лового глагола с окончанием -ing.
I am reading an English textbook now. Valya is read-
ing an English textbook now. We are reading our English
textbooks now.
Нэсет vises
I.	Answer the following questions.
Is the boy skating?
Does the boy skate every day?
Do you skate every day?
Are you skating now?
What am I doing?
Is the girl reading a book?
Yes, she is. She is reading a book.
Does she read books every day?
Yes, she does. She reads books every day.
(No, she doesn’t. She doesn’t read books
every day.)
Do you read books every day?
Yes, I do. I read books every day.
Are you reading now?
No, I am not. I am not reading now.
What are you doing?
I am doing an English exercise.
Is the young man working?
Does the young man work every
day?
Do you work every day?
Are you working now?
What is X. doing?
127
II.	Put the verb in brackets into the Present Indefinite or the Pre-
sent Continuous Tenses. (Remember that the verb to see is not
used in Continuous Tenses.)
I see Ann. She (to be) in her room. She (to sit) on
the sofa and (to read) a Russian book. Ann (to like)
to read books. She always (to read) when she (to come)
home from the plant, if she has time. Now Ann (to
look) at the pictures in the book. What she (to see) in
the first picture? She (to see) several ships. Look! The
ship in the picture (to sail) across the ocean.
III.	Put the following sentences into the interrogative and negative forms.
1)	They are working in the garden now.
2)	The sky is blue.
3)	Valya skates very well.
4)	Olga is doing an exercise now.
5)	Olga does exercises every day.
IV.	a) Tell the teacher what you yourself and each of your class-
mates is doing at the moment.
b)	Tell the class what you do every day.
c)	Ask your classmates questions on what they do every day.
B. READING
Read the following text without using either the vocabulary of the
textbook or a dictionary.
New Words
maize [meiz] — кукуруза
aboard (on board) — на борту (корабля, самолета)
a harbour [ТккЬэ] — гавань
a present — подарок
Questions
1)	Why did the first settlers in America leave England?
2)	When and aboard which ship did the first settlers go
to America?
3)	Tell the class about the life of the first settlers.
4)	Who helped the first settlers?
5)	Do the Indians live well in America today?
128
THE “MAYFLOWER”
Many thousands of people from different parts of the
States and from many other countries of the world go to
see a rock which runs far out into the sea near the town of
New Plymouth ['phma6]. They take off their hats, in homage
to1 the courageous men and women who, more than three
hundred years ago, came to that country to begin a new life.
They had then built a small settlement near this rock, and
the American people say that out of this small settlement
grew their big country — the United States of America.
It was in 1620, in the times of King James [djeimz] the
First. The English people did not like their king. Many of
them even left England and went to live in other countries.
In November 1620 a small ship, the “Mayflower”, left
England. There were about one hundred men and women
aboard this ship. The “Mayflower” sailed across the stormy
1 in homage to ['homids] — отдавая дань уважения
129
waters of the Atlantic Ocean for seven long weeks before the
people at last saw land. It was America.
The weather was bad. It was raining and it was cold.
Sixteen men left the “Mayflower” and went ashore. In the
evening they returned to the ship and brought some maize
which they had found on the shore. Nobody in Europe had
ever seen maize then, but when the people on board the
“Mayflower” ate it, they liked it very much.
During the next five weeks it became very cold. More and
more men fell ill. At last they found a good place to live
with a good harbour for ships, some fields and a wood near
it, and even a small river. The people began to build a settle-
ment there.
By January, 1621, there were already two streets in the
settlement, and they called it “New Plymouth”. The people
were tired and cold. Their life was very hard. Many died. But
when the houses were ready, life for the settlers became easier.
One day the people of the settlement saw an Indian walk-
ing along one of the streets of their settlement. They were
very frightened, but this Indian came up to them, smiled
and exclaimed:
“Hullo, Yankee!1 Hullo, Yankee!”
This Indian could speak a little English. He had learned
it from the sailors of a ship which had come to this part of
America a few years before and he called all Englishmen
“Yankee”.
When spring came, the people of New Plymouth began
to plant corn and the Indians showed them how to grow
maize. Many people who had been ill during the winter became
well again and could work in the fields. That autumn the
crops were very good and the people of New Plymouth
wanted to have a holiday dinner. They asked the Indians to
this dinner and the Indians brought some wild turkeys1 2 as
a present. The turkey was an American bird. Very few
people in Europe had ever heard of it, but when the people
of New Plymouth ate it at this dinner, they liked it very
much. The people of New Plymouth called their holiday
1 Yankee ['jaegki:] (искаж.) Yengees — индейское произношение
слова English.
2 wild turkey ['te:ki] — дикая индейка
130
Thanksgiving Day.1 Since that time Thanksgiving Day has
been a great holiday in the United States of America, and
since that day Americans always have turkey for Thanksgiv-
ing dinner.
The Indians met the first settlers as friends and helped
them. But the white men forgot about this help very
quickly; a few years later, when many people from Europe
came to America, they began to take the land away from
the Indians and to kill them.
Exercises (continued)
V.	Find in the text the English for the following:
1)	На борту корабля было около сотни мужчин и
женщин.
2)	Погода была плохая. Шел дождь, и было холодно.
3)	В то время никто в Европе даже не видел куку-
рузу, но когда люди на «Мэйфлауере» попробовали
ее, она им очень понравилась.
4)	Наконец они нашли подходящее место с хорошей
гаванью для кораблей, полем, лесом неподалеку и
даже небольшой речкой.
5)	Осенью урожай был отличный, и население Нового
Плимута решило отметить это праздничным обедом.
На обед были приглашены и индейцы, которые
принесли с собой в качестве подарка несколько
диких индеек.
6)	Через несколько лет, когда много европейцев при-
ехало в Америку, они начали отнимать у индейцев
землю, а самих индейцев уничтожать.
VI.	Choose in every paragraph a sentence which renders the main
idea of it. 1 2 Make an outline of the text.
VII.	Ask your classmates questions based on the text about:
the “Mayflower’’ and its voyage;
the first settlement in America;
the life of the first settlers in America;
the way the Indians met the first European settlefs.
1 Thanksgiving Day — День благодарения (официальный празд-
ник в США в память первых колонистов Массачусетса).
2 which renders the main idea of it — которое передает основ-
ную мысль его (параграфа)
131
VIII.	What do you think about the following:
1)	Why is America called America and not Co-
lumbia^
2)	The settlers aboard the “Mayflower” had sailed from
England to America. Why didn’t they sail to
Africa or Asia?
3)	Turkey was brought to Europe from America. What
useful plants were brought to Europe from Ame-
rica?
4)	It took the “Mayflower” seven weeks to cross the
Atlantic Ocean. How long does it take today to
cross the Atlantic Ocean: a) by ship, b) by plane?
C. CONVERSATION
This is my grandmother.
My grandmother is my mo-
ther’s mother.
This is my grandfather.
My grandfather is my mo-
ther’s father.
This is my father.
My father is my mother’s
husband.
This is my mother.
My mother is my grandfather’s
and grandmother’s daughter
['doita].
132
This is my uncle. He is my mo-
ther’s brother. He is my grand-
father’s and grandmother’s son.
This is my aunt [u:nt].
She is my uncle’s wife.
This is me.
This is my sister. She is my pa-
rents’ daughter.
This is my brother. He is my
parents’ ['pearants] son.
These are my aunt’s and uncle’s
children. They are our cousins
fkAzms].
IX.	Answer the following questions.
1)	Have you a father (mother, brother, sister, grand-
father, grandmother, aunt, uncle, cousin, wife, hus-
band)?
2)	Is your family large? How many people are there in
your family? What are their names?
133
3)	What is your father (mother, brother, sister, ...)?
(a worker, an engineer, a collective farmer, a teacher,
a student, a pupil, a doctor, a miner, a turner, a
fitter, an electrician, a driver, a tractor-driver)
4)	Where does your father (mother, brother, sister, ...)
work?
5)	Have you a grandfather and a grandmother? Do
they still work or are they old-age pensioneers?
Tell us their names, how old they are, where they
live, where they worked.
X. Ask your classmates questions about their families.
XL Ask your classmates questions about the family in the
picture.
Tell the class about the family in the picture.
XII.	Sing together with Pete Seegar the song “We Shall Overcome”
given on the record. (The words of the song are given on p. 208.)
Песня «Мы все преодолеем» родилась в борьбе нег-
ров за равноправие в южных штатах США, Сегодня
ее поют не только в США, но и в Англии и других
странах участники походов за мир, за запрещение
атомного оружия, за социальные права.
134
D. READING TECHNICAL TEXTS
XIII.	Who can most quickly put the following words in alphabetical
order?
disinherit, disfigure, disk, disjoint, discuss,
disuse, discover, disaster, disillusion
XIV.	Give the dictionary forms of the following words.
Nouns: men, children, women, pencils, benches,
bodies, wives.
Adjectives: best, largest, busiest, easier, worse,
redder, bigger.
Verbs: travelling, covered, pulled, receives, happen-
ing, were, touches.
XV.	Обозначают ли следующие слова людей, предметы, качество
предметов или действия:
beautiful, achievement, allowed, angrily, artificial,
gladness, beggar, certainly, central, childhood, to chalk
up, somewhere
XVL What is the Russian for the following international words:
atmospheric [aetmas'ferik]
base [beis]
column ['kolom]
cubic centimetre
['kju:bik 'sentijni:to]
fundamental [jAnda'mentl]
XVII. Learn the following units.
gas
mass [maes]
metric system
['metrik 'sistim]
speedometer [spi:'domita]
tube
MEASUREMENT [meja'ment]
Units of Time ['ju:nits]
60 seconds = 1
60 minutes =1
24 hours = 1
7 days = 1
52. weeks =1
365 days = 1
minute
hour
day
week
year
year
135
Units of Length [legG]
12 inches =1 foot
3 feet = 1 yard
1760 yards =1 mile
гг-гт’1 -r, т-г-г
1	2	3	4	5	6
О
millimetres, centimetres,
metres, kilometres, etc.
1 inch =2.54 cm
1 metre = 39.37 inches
Units of Weight [weit]
16 ounces (oz) = 1 pound (lb)
1 kilogram =2.2 lbs
XVIII. Translate the following text with the help of a dictionary.
Some measurements are fundamental. There are three
basic concepts: time, space, and mass. The units used
to measure them are called fundamental units. There
are other units too, such as: units of speed, units of
volume, units of area, units of acceleration, etc.
Volume is usually measured in cubic centimetres.
To measure the pressure of gas supply, place some
water in a U-tube to a depth of about five inches
and attach one limb to the gas pipe
by means of a piece of rubber tubing;
turn on । the gas. The water level falls
in the limb attached to the gas pipe
and rises in the other. Measure the
difference in inches or centimetres in
the heights of the two columns.
This gives the pressure of the gas
in inches or centimetres of water,
above the atmospheric pressure.
136
Lesson Sixteen
A. REPETITION
Present Perfect and
Past Indefinite
Grammar
I.	Когда нас интересует имеющийся налицо, в данный
момент, результат действия, совершенного в прошлом, мы
употребляем Present Perfect.
Has Popov come to school? (Is he in the classroom (in
the school-building) now?)
Поэтому время действия или не указывается совсем, или
указывается не истекший еще период времени: today, this
week (month, year) и т. д. С глаголами в Present Per-
fect часто употребляются наречия just, already, ever, never,
not yet и никогда не употребляется наречие when.
II.	Когда мы просто сообщаем о каком-нибудь действии,
совершенном в прошлом, мы употребляем Past Indefinite.
When I was a child, my parents lived on a collective
farm.
III.	Present Perfect образуется при помощи вспомога-
тельного глагола to have в настоящем времени и 3-й формы
(причастия прошедшего времени) смыслового глагола (для
стандартных глаголов — окончание -ed, для нестандартных —
см. таблицу на стр. 228—230).
Who has closed the window? What have you done?
IV.	Past Indefinite стандартных глаголов образуется при
помощи окончания -ed. Для нестандартных — см. таблицу
на стр. 228—230.
to live — lived
to buy — bought
Вопросительная и отрицательная формы глаголов в Past
Indefinite образуются при помощи вспомогательного глагола
to do в прошедшем времени, а смысловой глагол упо-
требляется в неопределенной форме без частицы to.
I went to see Popov yesterday.
Did you go to see him yesterday? No, I did not. I did
not go to see him yesterday.
137
Exercises
I.	Look throuh the three forms of irregular verbs. (See p. 228—230.)
Learn those forms you do not remember.
II.	What are the three forms of the verbs:
to begin, to break, to bring, to do, to feed, to feel,
to find, to grow, to keep, to know, to leave, to make,
to show, to sit, to sleep, to take, to tell, to think.
III.	Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Perfect Tense.
I)	There is a book on my table. Who (to put) it there?
2)	This book is interesting. Who (to read) it?
3)	I see some English words on the blackboard. Who
(to write) them?
4)	I like your new dress. ... you (to make) it your-
self ... anyone (to help) you?
5)	The window is open. Who (to open) it?
IV.	Ask your classmates questions about the following statements.
Example: The door is open.
Who has opened it? Why has somebody opened
it? What has somebody opened it for?
1)	The window is closed.
Who...................?
Why...................?
What...............for?
2)	Dinner is ready.
Who ... (to cook)?
Why..................?
3)	There is a new picture on the wall.
Who...........(to put up) . . ?
Why . . . . ;.................?
What......................(for)?
4)	The collective farm has grown much maize.
What.......................?
V.	a) Answer the following questions.
Example: When did you go to the cinema last time? Last
Sunday.
1)	When did you read “War and Peace”? (... years ago)
2)	When did you start working?
3)	When did you begin to study English?
4)	When did your parents finish school?
b) Ask your classmates questions beginning with When.
138
VI. Use the Present Perfect or the Past Indefinite Tenses.
A.	You (to buy) a new book?
B.	Yes, I have.
A.	You (to buy) it today?
B.	No, I (to buy) it two weeks ago. I (to find) it in
a book-shop at the corner of Kirov Street last month.
A.	You (to read) it already?
B.	No, I (to look through) the first part only.
VII. a) Answer the following questions.
1)	Have you already seen the film “War and Peace”?
When did you see it?
2)	Have you read “Fathers and Sons” by Turgenev?
When did you read it?
3)	Have you ever been at a rest-home (sanatorium,
the Black Sea, ...)?
When were you there?
4)	Have you seen the last sport competition in (skating,
skiing, gymnastics, football, volley-ball, hockey, ...)?
When did you see it?
b) Ask your classmates questions using the Present Perfect and
the Past Indefinite Tenses.
B. READING
VIII. Read the following international words and tell the class what
they mean without using the dictionary.
activity [aek'tiviti]
autonomous [o/tonamas]
biological [Jbaia'todgikal]
cabin ['kaebin]
cycle ['saikl]
to demonstrate ['demanstreit]
fundamental [jAnda'mentl]
to isolate ['aisaleit]
mechanism ['mekanizm]
to orient [o:n'ent]
IX. Read the following sentences
mean.
period ['piariad]
planetarium Lplaenfteariam]
position [pa'zijan]
process ['prouses]
reaction [ri:'aekjan]
regular ['regjula]
to regulate ['regjuleit]
rhythm ['ridmj
theory ['Gian]
to transport [traens'po:t]
and say what the italicized words
I)	Of all the autumn flowers I like chrysanthemums
best of all.
2)	If you have no compass, you can orient by the sun
in the day-time and by the stars at night.
3)	I am sure that all of you like physical culture.
139
4)	Have you bought a calendar for the coming year?
5)	The teacher must regulate the activity of the stu-
dents during the lesson.
6)	The sun and the stars are in different position in
the sky at different times of the day.
New Words
mystery [Tnistan] — тайна
to fly (flew, flown) [flai, flu:, floun] — лететь, летать
to be able feibl] — быть e состоянии
relation [n'leijon] — отношение
main [mem] — главный
an animal ['aemmol] — животное
the multiple ['mAltipl] — кратное число
to navigate ['naevigeit] — плыть, лететь (по определен-
ным ориентирам)
to rotate (rotation) — вращать(ся)
a ceiling ['si:lirj] — потолок
to be caused ['ko:zd] — быть чем-то вызванным
to influence ['mfluans]— влиять
means — средства
slow — медленный, медленно', to be ~ отставать (о часах)
Questions
1)	What names of animals do you know in English be-
sides cat and dog?
2)	When do birds fly South? Try to give more or less
exact date.
3)	The ceilings are always white. Is the white colour really
the best colour for the ceilings? What other colours
can be used?
4)	How much time does it take the Earth to rotate around
its axis?
5)	Does your watch sometimes go fast or slow?
6)	Can pilots navigate planes by night?
7)	What are your main interests? (mathematics, chemistry,
physics, languages, ...)
8)	Will you be able to rea this text if the teacher doesn’t
help you?
140
THE MYSTERY OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLOCKS
after Andrew Hamilton
Why do flowers bloom 1 in the spring? How do birds know
it is time to fly South? Why do you feel more active at
certain times of day? Scientists are beginning to discover
the mystery of Nature’s built-
in timepieces.1 2
All living things seem to
be able to tell time. How,
has long been a mystery.
Today scientists are studying
the relationship between the
earth’s 24-hour day-and-night
cycle and these mechanisms,
often calles “biological clocks”.
There are two main kinds
of the ability of plants and
animals to measure time.
Circadian rhythm.3 4 In bio-
logy this means rhythmic ac-
tivity which is repeated in
living organisms every 24
hours.
Photoperiodic response * —
reaction regulated by the pe-
riod of daylight. This means
that plants and animals “re-
member” things, that they
have something like our cal-
ender. When a day is of a
certain length, they “know it
is time to flower, to fly
South, or to grow winter fur.5
1 to bloom — цвести
2 Nature’s built-in timepieces — заложенная в организме при-
родой способность узнавать время
3 circadian [so'keidion] rhythm — суточный (циркадный) ритм
4 photoperiodic response ['foutopiri'odik ns'pons] — фотопериоди-
ческая реакция
5 fur — мех
141
The fact that there are circadian rhythms and photoperi-
odism has been demonstrated in many ways. Dr. Karl Hamner
kept soya bean1 plants for 8 hours in the light and for
16 hours in the darkness for a certain period of time. At
the end of this period, the plants flowered. When the period
of darkness was lengthened to 24 hours, making the cycle 32
Ijours long, no flowering happened. The circadian rhythm had
been broken up.
But flowering took place when multiples of 24 hours were
used. For example, there was flowering after 8 hours of light
and 40 hours of darkness (a 48-hour day), and also after 8
hours of light and 64 hours of darkness (a 72-hour day).
The most that can be done is to make a plant begin its
cycle earlier or later than normal. For example, when flower-
growers want short-day flowers such as chrysanthemums for
New Year, they keep their hot-house plants in longer periods
of light in the winter to stop them from flowering until New
Year comes.
An even more surprising example of the ability to tell
time is seen in the way animals navigate by the sun and
stars. Such navigation needs not only a feeling of direction,
but a feeling of time because the sun and stars are in diffe-
rent positions in the sky at different times of day.
A bird orienting on the sun must “know” the difference
between a 10 o*clock-in-the-morning sun and a 2 o’clock-in-
the-afternoon sun if he is to fly correctly. It is clear that
birds can do this.
One main point that interests scientists studying biologi-
cal clocks is if circadian rhythms are caused by physical
changes outside the organism or by something inside the or-
ganism.
Many scientists think the latter theory is correct, because
plants and animals keep their circadian rhythm even when
isolated from their natural surrounding.1 2 Biological clocks
are not influenced by the outside changes in tempera-
ture. Though the first theory has also some points that are
correct.
1 soya bean [bi:n] — соевый боб, соя
2 natural surrounding ['naetjral sa'raundirj]—естественное окру-
жение
142
There are many important questions still to be answered.
For example: where is the biological clock mechanism situat-
ed in plants and animals and how does it work? Do the
clocks work by physical or chemical means? Is it in every
living cell1 or centred in some parts of the body?
Further knowledge of biological clocks and what makes
them go undoubtedly will bring to a better understanding of
the fundamental processes of life.
Exercises (continued)
X.	Retell the text in your own words in Russian.
XI.	Correct the following sentences if they are not true to the text.
1)	Living beings are not able to tell time.
2)	Only animals seem to have two main kinds of the
ability to tell time. Plants don’t have it.
3)	Birds can navigate either by the sun or the stars.
4)	When birds fly South, they orient only by
the sun.
5)	Scientists know everything about biological clocks.
XII.	Translate the following sentences into Russian.
1)	All living beings seem to be able to tell time. To-
day scientists are studying the relationship between
the Earth’s 24-hour day-and-night cycle and these
mechanisms, often called biological clocks.
2)	Circadian rhythm. In biology this means rhythmic
activity which is repeated in living organisms every
24 hours.
3)	Photoperiodic response — reaction regulated by the
period of daylight.
4)	An even more surprising example of the ability to
tell time is seen in the way animals navigate by
the sun and stars. Such navigation needs not only
a feeling of direction, but a feeling of time because
the sun and stars are in different position in the
sky at different times of day.
5)	There are many important questions still to be ans-
wered. For example: Where is the biological clock
1 cell — клетка (живой ткани)
143
mechanism situated in plants and animals and how
does it work? Do the clocks work by physical or
chemical means? Is it in every living cell or centred
in some parts of the body?
XIII.	With the help of the text translate the following sentences into
English.
1)	Сегодня ученые изучают тайну биологических ча-
сов.
2)	Следуя за направлением солнца, они полетели на
юг.
3)	Дальнейшее изучение биологических часов и при-
чин, приводящих их в действие, бесспорно, позво-
лит лучше понять основные жизненные процессы.
XIV.	Answer the following questions.
1)	Have you ever seen birds flying South? Do you think
that they can orient by the sun and the stars?
2)	Do you feel more active at certain times of day?
Which ones? (in the morning, in the evening, in the
afternoon, at night)
3)	When do yoii feel better, in spring, in autumn, in
summer or in winter?
4)	How do animals spend winters?
5)	How do birds spend winters?
6)	Do you like to grow flowers?
7)	Do you find the text interesting? Did you know
about biological clocks?
C. CONVERSATION
XV.	With the help of the following questions and key words speak
about the Soviet Union, Great Britain and the USA.
a)	Answer the following questions.
1)	What is the capital of the Soviet Union, Great Bri-
tain, the USA?
(Berlin, London, Tokyo, Moscow, Washington, New York)
2)	What rivers are the capitals of the Soviet Union,
Great Britain and the USA situated on?
(the Potomac, the Thames, the Moskva River, the Volga, the
Mississippi)
144
3)	What is the longest river in the Soviet Union, in
Great Britain, in the USA?
(the Nile, the Severn, the Mississippi with the Missouri, the
Volga, the Congo, the Thames, the Ob with the Irtish)
4)	Which are the highest mountains in the Soviet Uni-
on, in Great Britain, in the USA?
(the Appalachians, the Pamir, the Caucasus, the Rockies, the
Alps, the Scottish Highlands)
5)	What seas and oceans is the Soviet Union, Great
Britain, the USA washed by?
(the Atlantic Ocean, the Pacific Ocean, the Arctic Ocean, the
North Sea, the Baltic Sea, the Black Sea, the White Sea, the
Red Sea)
6)	The capital of which country has the best Univer-
sity and the best metro?
(Washington, London, Moscow)
b)	1) Speak on Great Britain. (Situated on two islands; consists of
four parts: England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland; capi-
tal — London, on the river Thames; many industrial towns: Man-
chester, Sheffield, Bristol, York, etc.; produces and exports many
machines; a capitalist country.)
2)	Speak on the United States of America. (Occupies a large
part of the North American continent; consists of 50 states; reaches
from the Atlantic to the Pacific Ocean; capital — Washington; other
large cities: New York, Chicago, Detroit, Los Angeles, etc.; a
highly industrial capitalist country; a country of great social
contrasts.)
3)	Speak on London. (The capital of Great Britain; lies on the
river Thames; 9 million people; two main parts: West End and
East End; rich people live in the West End; workers live in the
East End; a large industrial centre and port; Marx and Lenin lived
and worked in London.)
4)	Speak on Moscow. (The capital of the Soviet Union; situated
on the Moskva River; the largest city in the Soviet Union; a
centre of industry and culture: the Moscow University, the Bol-
shoi Theatre; the Moscow metro is the best in the world.)
5)	Speak on the Soviet Union. (The largest country in the
world; it reaches from the Baltic Sea to the Pacific Ocean and
from the Arctic Ocean to the Black Sea, the Caucasus and the
Pamir; a socialist country where everything is done for the people;
workers can work and study; it has a highly developed industry;
Moscow is the capital of the country.)
XVI.	Look at the maps (on pp. 146, 147) and ask your classmates
questions about: a) Great Britain, b) the USA, c) the Soviet Union.
XVII.	Tell the class what you remember about Great Britain, the USA
and the Soviet Union as given in the textbooks for the 5 — 11th
forms, or from any other book you have read.
145
XVIII.	Look at the map and speak about: a) Great Britain, b) the USA,
c) the Soviet Union.
XIX.	Learn the following poem. (Стихотворение дано в грамзаписи.)
• I LOVE RAIN
by Rosemary Garland
I love rain — yes, wet, wet rain.
I peep outside and shout:
“Hip, hip, hooray, another wet day;
It’s time that I went out!”
All the others stay indoors
Until it stops again.
But ducks and me, we love to be
Puddling in the rain! •
to peep out — выглядывать
duck — утка
to puddle in — плескаться, барахтаться
146

D. READING TECHNICAL TEXTS
XX.	Read and do the following aloud in English.
Main Mathematical Terms
Addition
Add 2 to (and) 4 (2 + 4) = 6
Add 39 to 46; Add 91 to 16; Add 64 to 36; Add 53
to 28.
Sum up: 126 Sum up: 234 Sum up: 342
93	85	68
16	13	15
Subtraction
Subtract 7 from 16 (16 — 7) = 9
Subtract 24 from 87; Subtract 36 from 65; Subtract 18
from 43.
Multiplication
Multiply 7 by 7 (7 X 7) = 49
Multiply 8 by 9; Multiply 25 by 25; Multiply 23 by 13.
Division
Divide 45 by 5 (45 : 5) = 9
Divide 63 by 9; Divide 121 by 11; Divide 168 by 8.
x + 2xy By = 10
(x plus two xy plus six у is equal ['i:kwol] to ten.)
This is an equation [I'kweijon].
x2 + 2x — 4 = 0
(x square plus two x minus four is equal to zero.)
This is a quadratic [kwa'draetik] equation.
XXI.	With the help of your knowledge of algebra and a dictionary
translate the following text into Russian.
In quadratic equations (as well as in equations of
a higher degree) all the terms (after the simplification
of the equation) are usually transposed to the left mem-
ber so that the right member becomes equal to zero.
Thus, the equation formulated by us for the solution
of this problem becomes, after the transposition of terms:
56x — 7л? + 63 = 0,
148
or, if we arrange it in descending order of the powers
of the letter x\
—7x2 4-56x4-63 = 0,
The numbers —7, 4~56, 4~63 are known as the
coefficients of the quadratic equation; the number 4~63
is called the constant term, while the numbers —7
and 4-56 are known as the first and second coefficients.
The terms of the equation are always arranged in de-
scending order of the powers of the letter x. These
numbers may be positive and negative and even zero
except the first coefficient which cannot be zero, be-
cause the equation would not be quadratic. If none of
these coefficients is equal to zero, the equation is com-
plete. The general form of this equation, called also
the normal form, is as follows:
ax24~ h*4-c = 0
XXII.	Solve the following quadratic equations aloud and in English.
1) 3x24-6x —45 = 0
2) 2x2—12x4-10 = 0
Lesson Seventeen
A. REPETITION
Complex Object1
I want you to know the English language.
Я хочу, чтобы вы знали английский язык.
Примечание.
После глаголов, выражающих чувства, восприятия: to see, to hear,
to feel — частица to не ставится.
I saw him do it many times.
1 See Lesson 7, Part One of this book.
149
Exercises
I.	Make up 10 sentences using the table given in exercise VIII, Les-
son 7, Part One of this book. (See p. 71.)
II.	Answer the following questions.
Example:	Yes, I do. I want you to read
slower.
Do you want me to read slower?
^No, I do not. I don’t want you
to read slower.
1)	Do	you	want	me to multiply 25 by 37?
2)	Do	you	want	Popov to solve the equation?
3)	Do	you	want	us to go to the theatre together?
4)	Do	you	want	your class to be the best at school?
III.	Read the following text together with the speaker on the record.
Pay attention to the parts not given in the textbook. Then answer
the questions based on the text.
• A famous English doctor did not like to hear his
patient1 speak much about their illnesses. He asked them
to speak in short and to the point. A woman who had
burnt1 2 her hand came to consult him. As she knew
him to be very strict, she did her best to be laconic.
Showing the doctor her hand, she said, “A burn” ...
was the learned doctor’s answer. The next day the wo-
man returned and said, “...” said the doctor. In
a week the woman paid her last visit to the doctor’s.
This time he heard her say more than one word. “How
much?” she asked. ...*
1)	What did the doctor tell the woman to do?
2)	How was the woman’s hand the next day?
3)	Did the doctor tell her to change the procedure or not?
4)	How much did the doctor take? Why?
IV.	Translate the following into Russian.
1)	I saw him light a cigarette.
2)	I dislike my things to be touched.
3)	I found this system to be of great help.
4)	Everybody knew Sokolov to be able to read English
books.
1 patient ['peijsnt] — пациент, больной
2 to burn (burnt, burnt) — гореть, обжигать, a burn — ожог
150
В. READING
New Words
heavy fhevi] — тяжелый,
обильный, сильный
to smoke — курить
to search [so:tJ] — искать
intellectual [ „mti'iektjuol] —
интеллектуальный, ум-
ственный
a tool [tu:l]—рабочий (руч-
ной) инструмент; резец
to serve — служить
will — зд. воля
a passage ['paesidg] — от-
рывок; коридор
to underline — подчерки-
вать
a weapon ['wepon]—оружие
struggle ['strAgl]—борьба
by heart — наизусть
favourite [Ffeivont] — лю-
бимый (то, чему отдают
предпочтение)
to make progress — делать
успехи
in the original [andganal]-
в подлиннике, в ориги-
нале
Answer the following questions:
1)	Do you smoke? Are you a heavy smoker? Who in your
class smokes?
2)	Do you underline passages in books when you read
them, or do you copy interesting passages?
3)	Is it easy or difficult for you to learn something by heart?
4)	Have you ever tried to read English books in the original?
5)	Who is your favourite writer (poet, composer, artist)?
6)	Must you search for things when you need them or do
you keep all your things in good order?
7)	Do you make good progress in your English? Who in
your class does?
Translate the following into Russian.
1)	A foreign language is a weapon in the struggle of life.
2)	You must really have a strong will to work and to
study for several years.
3)	Popov always looks after his tools himself.
4)	My father is a heavy smoker.
5)	She knows all her favourite poems by heart.
6)	Don’t throw these old tools away. They will still serve us.
Questions
1)	What did Marx say about the money he spent on cigars?
2)	What did Marx say about foreign languages?
3)	What foreign languages did Marx know?
4)	What were Marx’ favourite poets?
5)	Did Marx begin to learn Russian? Did he know it?
151
precise place, and without
hand on any book he wanted.
REMINISCENCES1
ON MARX
after Paul Lafargue
Marx was a heavy smoker,
and once I heard him say,
“Capital will not bring enough
money to pay for the cigars
I smoked when I was writing
it.” He often forgot about his
pipe3 or his cigar and we
often saw him relighting it.
He didn’t like his books
to be touched by anybody
for he always wanted them to
be where he had laid them.
In fact everything was in its
searching he could put his
Books were intellectual tools
for him. He used to say they were his slaves and he wanted
them to serve his will. So he underlined passages and made
marks on the margins.1 2 3 I found this system of underlining to
be of great help to him. It enabled him to find with great
ease any passage he needed.
Everybody knew Marx to be able to read in all the main Eu-
ropean languages and to be able to write in three (German,
French and English). He liked to say, “A foreign language is
a weapon in the struggle of life.”
He knew Heine and Goethe by heart and there was a
great love for Shakespeare in his family. Dante and Burns
were his favourite poets, and it was always a great pleasure
for him to hear his daughters read Burns’ satirical poems or
sing Burns’ love songs.
Marx was already fifty when he began to learn Russian
and he had made such progress in six months as to be able
to read Pushkin, Gogol and Shchedrin in the original.
1 reminiscences [jemi'nisnsis] — воспоминания
2 pipe — трубка
3 margin ['rnadsm] — поле (в книге, тетради)
152
Exercises (continued)
V. With the help of the text translate the following into English.
1)	Все его книги всегда находились точно на своем
месте.
2)	Книги для Маркса были духовными инструментами.
3)	Маркс всегда подчеркивал интересные абзацы и
делал пометки на полях своих книг.
4)	Он знал наизусть Гейне и Гете, а Данте и Бернс
были его любимейшими поэтами.
5)	Мой друг сделал такие успехи, что через год мог
читать английские книги в подлиннике.
VI.	Retell the text in your own words in Russian.
VII.	Ask your classmates questions based on the text.
VIII.	Answer the following questions.
1)	What works by Marx have you read?
2)	What is Marx’ most famous work?
3)	In what language did Marx write his main works?
4)	Do you know anything about the life of Karl Marx?
Tell us something about it.
5)	Where was Marx born?
6)	Did Marx ever live in England? In what city or
town?
7)	What did Marx organize?
8)	What other great marxists do you know?
C. CONVERSATION
Remember: on Sunday, on Monday, on week days;
in the morning, in winter, in September, in 1967;
at 8 o'clock, at half past twelve, at sunrise
(sunset), at noon, at midnight
IX.	Finish the following sentences. The first one is done for you.
1)	I have my day off on Sunday.
2)	I shall meet you ...
3)	He has dinner ...
4)	Work begins ...
5)	We shall finish school ...
6)	We have school ...
153
X.	What is the time?
4	12	'
V	*
9 3
z Б 4
It is a quarter to eight.
It is half past seven.
XI.	Translate into English.
Example: 2 часа, в 2 часа, в течение 2 часов
2 o’clock, at 2 o’clock, for 2 hours
восемь часов, в восемь часов, в течение восьми часов;
три часа, в три часа, в течение трех часов;
одиннадцать часов, в одиннадцать часов, в течение
одиннадцати часов
XII.	Ask your classmates questions about their working day.
XIII,	Look at the following pictures and
a)	ask your classmates questions based on them,
b)	speak about the working day of the man in the pictures.
154

XIV.	With the help of the following words tell about your day off.
On Sunday (my day off) I get up at 7 (8, 9) o’clock.
In the morning I go skating (skiing, out of town, to
the market, shopping, to see my parents, relatives,
friends).
In the morning I read books (do various exercises,
work about the house, work in the garden).
I have dinner at ... o’clock. I (go to) have dinner to-
gether with my parents (relatives, friends).
In the afternoon I go (for a walk, to see my friends,
to the stadium to see a ... game, to the cinema).
In the evening I go (to the cinema, to the club, for a
dance, to the theatre to the concert, for a walk
with my girl- (boy-) friend, watch TV).
XV.	Tell the class about the day off of your father (mother, sister,
brother, friend, classmate, wife, husband).
D. READING TECHNICAL TEXTS
XVI.	Who can most quickly put the following words in alphabetical
order:
measure, medal, mechanization, means, medical, meddle,
meantime, meal, medicine, meat, megacycle, mechanic
XVII.	Give the dictionary forms of the following words.
Nouns: branches, flies, researches, bodies, mountains,
boxes, wives.
Adjectivesand adverbs: better, earliest, worst,
bigger, thicker, slowest, heaviest.
Verbs: written, smoking, flies, influenced, added, shot,
searches.
XVIII.	He прибегая к словарю, укажите, какой частью речи являются
следующие слова и дайте их значение:
heavily, favourable, rotation, mysterious, cause,
slowly, division, struggled, stolen, lawful
XIX.	What is the Russian for the following international words.
battery ['baetan]
contact fkontaekt]
electromagnet
[I'lektrou'maegnit]
process ['prouses]
gong
accumulator [o'kju:mjuleita]
armature ['a:motjua]
generator ['dgenoreito]
segment ['segment]
voltage ['voultidg]
156
XX.	With the help of the picture read and translate the following
text. Use the dictionary only if you cannot translate a sentence at
all.
THE ELECTRIC BELL
If you press the button of an electric bell, electric
current is sent along the wire from a battery to the
contact point. From here the current goes through the
iron bar attached to the striker, through the spring and
along a wire to two
electromagnets. From
the electromagnets it
returns to the button
and the battery.
When the current
passes through the
electromagnets, they
pull the iron bar to-
wards them, the
spring bends and the
striker strikes the
gong. But at the same
time the iron bar
comes away from the
contact point and this
stops the current.
The electromagnets
become nonmagnetic
and release the iron
back by the spring.
1 — button; 2 — spring; 3 — contact
point; 4 — striker; 5 — battery; 6 —
wire; 7 — electromagnets; 8 — gong.
bar, which is immediately pulled
When the iron bar touches the contact point, the
whole process is repeated. It takes only a fraction of a
second and is repeated many times, as long as you
continue pressing the button.
XXI.	What do you think about the following:
1)	How can you make an electric bell ring from two
different places?
2)	Can glass conduct1 electricity? If you think that it
can, say under which conditions.1 2
1 to conduct [kan'dAkt] — проводить
2 conditions—условия
157
Lesson Eighteen
A. REPETITION
Indirect Speech1
Exercises
I.	Put the following sentences into indirect speech.
Example:
Peter says, “I shall go to see this film on my day off.”
Peter says that he will go to see this film on his day
off.
1)	Katya says, “I shall learn to speak several foreign
languages”.
2)	Valya says, “I wish I could travel a lot.”
3)	Kolya and Valya say, “We want to stop smoking.”
II.	Look through the table for indirect speech given on p. 90.
III. a) Join these parts of sentences correctly.
Boris says Boris said Katya tells me Katya told me	that he (she) has seen this film already, that he (she) saw that film last week, that he (she) would take part in the race, that he (she) will win the competition, that he (she) was ill. that he (she) had taken (his, her) temperature before the doctor came.
b) Finish the following sentences.
1)	I said that ...
2)	The teacher said that ...
3)	My friend told me that ...
4)	My friends told me that ...
1 See Lessons 10 and 12, Part One of this book.
158
IV. Repeat the forms of questions in indirect speech (Part One,
Lesson 12, pp. 109—111).
V. a) Change the following sentences from direct speech into indi-
rect speech.
Example:
She asked me, “Do you like to swim?”
She asked me if I liked to swim.
1)	He asked me, “Do you speak any foreign language?”
2)	Mother asked me, “Can you help me to clean the
ceiling?”
3)	My new friend asked me, “Have you any relatives?
What are they?”
4)	The teacher asked me, “Will you be able to go to
the theatre next Saturday?”
b) With the help of the following table make up three sentences.
—r	.Il -c	i	дополнение
Подлежащее + asked me if + (прямой по-
рядок слов).
VI. a) Change the following sentences from direct speech into indi-
rect speech.
Example:
The man asked the boy, "Where does your mother live?”
The man asked the boy where his mother lived.
1)	Anna asked me, “What passage did you learn by
heart?”
2)	The teacher asked us, “When did you see Popov
last?”
3)	We asked Kolya, “Where will you go during the
holidays?”
4)	The boys asked me, “Who is your favourite
writer?”
159
b) With the help of the following table make up three sentences
each.
what
when
дополнение
Подлежащее asked me -|- where “Ь (прямой по-
who
рядок слов).
VII. Render in English the contents of the dialogues given on the
record.1
B. READING
a)	The words which are new for you in the following text are
given in bold type. If you cannot understand them, look them up
in the vocabulary of the textbook.
b)	After you have found the meaning of the new words, read the
text without using either the vocabulary or the dictionary.
Questions
1)	What did the sign in the window of the cleaner’s
say?
2)	Why did the man agree to pay 79 cents instead
of 49?
3)	How long does it take to clean a dress?
4)	What did the man’s wife see when she called for the
dress?
5)	What did the man’s wife finally decide to do?
THAT’S WHERE MAMA CAME IN
In the old days Mama washed everything — dresses, clothes,
winter coats. Today the cleaner’s takes over the work at a
reasonable price.
The sign in the window says: “Clothes cleaned, 49 cents
each.” So I brought in my wife’s dress. The nice girl wrote
1 Note for the teacher:
The aim of this exercise is to combine checking of understanding
on hearing, ability to render the contents of direct speech and repeti-
tion of words on the topic “Shopping”. In case of absence of the
record refer the class to pp. 209-210, where the dialogues are given.
160
out a receipt with the following words: “One blue dress —
79 cents.” I didn’t notice the price until I got home.
“Why 79 cents?”
“I don’t know.”
“Go back and tell them it’s a mistake.”
I went back.
“Well, you see, sir, this dress has buttons.”
“So?”
“So that’s extra. And then I didn’t take for the belt. If
the boss finds out, I’ll get plenty of trouble.”
I was so pleased to get a belt cleaned for free that I said
nothing more about it.
“When shall I come for the dress?”
“It will take about two weeks.”
“Two weeks?”
“Unless you want Special Service.1 That takes only a
week. It costs only 25 cents more.”
We had to leave town. So there was nothing left for me
but to agree. By now she had a second receipt added to the first.
“Would you like to insure the dress?”
“Insure against a loss? Do you mean that you think you
are going to lose the dress?”
1 Special Service ['spefol 'sa:vis] — срочная чистка
161
“Of course not. Just in case1 that’s all.”
A week later my wife called for the dress.
“What’s this spot here in front?”
“It must have been there when you brought it in.”
“That’s why I brought it in, but it’s still there.”
“It must have come from some fruit.”
“That’s good to know, but I want it out. Send it back ”
“Do you want the Special or the Regular Service?”
“Oh, never mind. I’ll wash it myself.”
This is where Mama came in.1 2
Exercises (continued)
VIII.	Ask your classmates questions based on the text.
IX.	Divide the text into three logically complete parts and give a head-
ing for each one.
X.	Answer the following questions.
1)	Do you take your clothes to the cleaner’s or wash
them all yourself?
2)	What do you clean at the cleaner’s (a suit, a coat,
a dress)?
3)	Do you take your suit to the cleaner’s when it has
spots on it or do you clean it at home yourself?
4)	Must you cut off the buttons when you bring your
clothes to the cleaner’s?
5)	Do you sew3 the belt to the dress or tie it to it?
6)	Would you agree to give your clothes to the clea-
ner’s if you had to insure them against possible loss?
7)	Are the prices at the cleaner’s reasonable or too high?
8)	Can you notice the spots you had on your clothes
after they have been at the cleaner’s?
9)	Are there any signs of cleaning left on your clothes
when you get them back or not?
XI.	Read the text aloud in the form of dialogues:
a)	the man and the girl at the cleaner’s;
b)	the man’s wife and the girl at the cleaner’s.
1 just in case — на всякий случай
2 this is where Mama came in — вот когда уменье мамы приго-
дилось
3 to sew [sou]—пришивать
162
XII.	Tell the class about the following.
1)	What did the man and the girl at the cleaner’s speak
about?
2)	What did the man and his wife speak about when
the man came home?
3)	What did the man’s wife and the girl at the clean-
er’s speak about?
4)	Why is the story called “That’s where Mama Came in”?
C. CONVERSATION
XIII.	With the help of the following ask your classmates what they bought:
a) at a department1 store
(a bag, a bicycle, a bed, a sofa, a chair, a table,
a radio set, a TV set, books, a clock, a watch, clothes,
a coat, a hat, a dress, a belt, a suit, shoes, a needle,
string, buttons, a cup, a plate, a gun, various goods)
b) at a grocery 1 2 *
(meat, fish, milk, butter, tea, coffee, sugar,
cigarettes, fruit, potatoes)
c)	at a bakery 8
(bread, cakes, sugar, tea, coffee, sweets)
d)	at the market
(apples, water-melons, fruit, potatoes, flowers)
e) at a bookshop
(books, notebooks, a map, a dictionary,
a pen, a pencil, colours, a picture)
XIV.	Write down without looking into the textbook as many things
as you can remember that you can buy:
a)	at a department store	d) at the market
b)	at a grocery	e) at a bookshop
c)	at a bakery
XV.	Listen to a dialogue given on the record. Try to understand
it, then render the contents of it in Russian.
XVI.	Make up short dialogues on shopping. Exercises VII, XIII -XV
will help you to do this work.
XVII.	a) Tell the class how you went shopping:
1 department [di'patmont] store—универмаг
2 grocery ['grousari] — бакалейный магазин
8 bakery ['beikari] — булочная
163
a) at a grocery
b) at a departament store

[шйадитШЕИИ
с) at a bakery
d) at the market
e) at a bookshop
b) Tell the class how you went shopping last Sunday.
XVIII.	a) Answer the following questions on your town.
1)	Do you live in a town?
2)	Is it an old town?
3)	Are there many new houses in your town?
4)	Are there many trams, buses, trolley-buses
and cars in your town?
5)	Is there a theatre in your town?
6)	Is there a river in your town? What river?
7)	Is the river wide?
8)	Is there a bridge across the river?
9)	Are there many cinemas in your town?
10)	What is the name of the main square
in your town?
11)	Is there a good library in your town?
12)	Are there any institutes in your town?
13)	Are there many plants in your town?
14)	Do you work at a plant? What are you?
b)	Ask your classmates questions about their town.
c)	Tell the class about your town. You may use the questions
in Exercise XVIIIa as your plan.
XIX.	a) Read the following text.
166
OUR FLAT
This is our flat. It is on the 3rd floor of a new
building. We have two rooms (a dining-room and a
bedroom), a kitchen, a bath-room and a passage (a cor-
ridor). We also have a nice balcony.
The dining-room is rather large. It has a large
window, so the room is full of sunlight. Near the win-
dow there is a writing-desk and next to it a book-
case. In the middle of the room there is a round table
with chairs around it. At the other wall there is a
sofa on which I sleep. In the corner of the room there
is a TV set.
The bedroom is smaller than the dining-room. There
are two beds in it, and a wardrobe.1 There are two
windows in the bedroom. Both of them are smaller
than the window in the dining-room.
The kitchen is rather small. There is a gas cooker
in it, a table, and shelves for cups, plates and so on.
Our flat is not large, but it is comfortable.
b) Tell the class about your flat (room).
1 wardrobe ['wo:droub] — гардероб» шифоньер
167
D. READING TECHNICAL TEXTS
XX.	Определите подлежащее и сказуемое в следующих предложе-
ниях.
1)	How bright the sun looked! 2) Over went the
boat. 3) Mary is my little sister. 4) The old, grey man
smiled at the boy. 5) The boy was taken over to the
other side of the river by his friend in a small boat.
6) How clever this boy really is!
XXI.	Who can most quickly put the following words in alphabetical
order:
tone, tune, tun, tunnel, tongue, top, ton, tonsil,
tongs, tonic, too, tooth, tool, toll, tolerate
XXII.	a) He прибегая к словарю, укажите, какой частью речи
являются следующие слова, и дайте их значение:
certainly, darkness, earliest, fulfilment, wonderfully,
attention, parted, lawful, cleaner, colourless, sunny,
supplied
b) Укажите суффиксы (окончания) в вышеуказанных словах.
XXIII.	What is the Russian for the following international words:
airplane ['eoplein]
antenna [aenteno]
distance ['distonsj
instrument ['instrument]
interval ['mtevel]
object ['obdgikt]
operation [ppe'reijen]
principle ['prmsapl]
radar [Taede]
type [taip]
XXIV.	With the help of the picture read and translate the following
text. Use the dictionary only if you cannot translate a sentence
at all.
THE RADIO ALTIMETER
The airplane requires an instrument that will indi-
cate its altitude at any instant. Such an instrument
is called an altimeter. It reads absolute altitude, that
is the distance above mountain, plain, building, or
other object. Its principle of operation is somewhat
like that of radar. A very short radio wave is sent out
from a small antenna under the wing and is directed
downward. It continues downward until it strikes the
mountain or plain over which the airplane is flying,
then is reflected upward and is received by an antenna
on the other wing. Just as the radio wave is sent
168
downward, another ra-
dio wave of slightly
different wave length is
sent directly across the
wing to the receiving
antenna. The two radio
waves will arrive at
the receiving antenna
at slightly different
times, the interval bet-
ween them being deter-
mined by how long it is
necessary for the first
wave to reach the
Earth and be returned.
Since the velocity of a
radio wave is known,
the time interval shows
the number of feet above the Earth
and is recorded instantly on the altimeter.
XXV.	What do you think about the following:
1)	When you go in a car under a bridge, you hear the sound
of your radio dying out. Why is it so?
2)	If you switch on or off1 electricity in the room where there
is a radio set working, you will hear noise in the radio. Why
is it so?
Lesson Nineteen
A. REPETITION
The Past Indefinite and
the Past Perfect Tenses
Grammar
Когда мы говорим о двух действиях в прошлом, из кото-
рых одно предшествует другому, то для обозначения пер-
вого мы употребляем Past Perfect, а для второго Past —
Indefinite.
1 to switch on (to switch off) — включать (выключать)
169
Exercises
I.	Repeat the three forms of irregular verbs. See p. 228.
II.	What are the three forms of the verbs:
to write, to drive, to elect, to read, to do, to make,
to begin, to tell, to leave, to go, to try, to finish
III.	Переведите оба варианта следующих предложений на русский
язык. Объясните смысловую разницу в употреблении двух гла-
гольных времен.
1)	Popov went to the shop where he
suit.
bought
had bought
a new
2) I met Galya who
told
had told
me about
the
3) The old man came to the club where he
many friends.
meeting,
met
had met
4)	My sister went to the library where she
some books.
took
had taken
5)	He said that he	УГ°^-г—
had written
6)	I saw the man whom I
rather often
last year
, ,, every day
some letters г—o — i < •
by 2 о clock
r- 1?e —. at the plant
had met	r
IV.	Put the verbs in brackets into Past Indefinite or Past Perfect.
My friend said he (to be) busy all the day. He
could not come to us before as he was packing1 his
things. He was leaving the next day and everything
had to be ready. When he (to finish) packing, he sud-
denly (to remember) that he (to forget) to put his
tooth-brush1 2 in. Then he (to unpack) the bag and (to
find) that he (to pack in) not his tooth-brush, but his
mother’s. He (to laugh) at his mistake and (to correct)
it. When everything (to be) ready, he suddenly (to see)
his belt, which was hanging on the back of the chair.
He (to forget) to pack it too. Now he (to become) afraid that
1 to pack — паковать, упаковывать, укладывать
2 tooth-brush — зубная щетка
170
he (to leave) something he needed. So he (to sit down)
and (to make) a list of things that he (to pack) for
the trip. He (to understand) that he (to leave) nothing
else.
B. READING
a)	The words which are new for you in the following text are given
in bold type. If you cannot understand them, look them up in the
vocabulary of the textbook.
b)	After you have found the meaning of the new words, read the
text without using either the vocabulary or the dictionary.
Questions
1)	What English artists do you know?
2)	What was Constable’s father?
3)	Did Constable study painting? When and where?
4)	What picture by Constable brought him fame? When
and where?
5)	What can you see in Constable’s pictures?
JOHN CONSTABLE
(1776—1837)
England gave the world a school of famous and interes-
ting artists to which belong such artists as William Hoggarth,
Joshua Reynolds ['reinoldz], Thomas Lawrence ['brans], Tho-
mas Gainsborough ['geinzbara], and William Turner. But per-
haps one of the greatest among English artists is John Cons-
table ['konstabl].
A miller’s son he finished elementary school and went to
work in his father’s mill. His strong wish to draw brought
him to the attention of the local gentry,1 one of whom
showed the young man’s work to some famous artists of the day.
In 1795 at nineteen Constable went to London, spent two
years studying, and returned to the mill. He continued to
draw in his free time. When he was 23, these drawings enabled
him to enter one of the Royal Academy schools.1 2 Within
1 local gentry ['loukal 'dsentn]—местное дворянство
2 Royal Academy school ['roial 'akaedami] — школа при Королев-
ской академии искусств
171
a few years his pictures were accepted for the Academy shows.
From this point onward Constable developed his own style of
painting but fame was slow to come. It was not before 1816
that Constable married and settled down.
In 1824, when he was about fifty, together with some
other English artists, Constable showed a number of landscapes
at the Paris Salon.1 Among these was his famous Hay
Wain,* for which the painter was awarded the gold medal.
But in his own country there were few people who under-
stood him and who wanted to buy landscapes. Constable was
elected to full membership of the Royal Academy only in
1829, and he felt that this honour had come too late in life
to have much meaning.
If you could have an attentive look at the Hay Wain, you
would see Constable’s deep love for the English country-side and
its beauties, for the common people of England. The picture
must impress you with the feeling it is so full of. This is
one of the reasons why Constable played an important part
in the development of the English and French schools of
painting.
Exercises (continued)
V.	Are the following sentences correct or not?
1)	England didn’t give the world any interesting artists.
2)	Perhaps one of the greatest among English artists is
John Constable.
3)	John Constable was the son of a miller and finished
a University.
4)	Constable studied at one of the Royal Academy
schools.
5)	Constable married when he was still quite young.
6)	Constable was famous for his portraits.
7)	In Constable’s pictures you can always see his deep
love for common people.
8)	Hay Wain impresses you with the feeling it is full
of. 1 2
1 Paris Salon ['paeris ’sael5:g] — Парижский Салон (ежегодная
выставка живописи и скульптуры)
2 Hay Wain [hei wem] — Телега для сена
172
VI.	With the help of the text translate the following into English.
1)	Его огромное желание научиться рисовать при-
влекло к нему внимание местного дворянства.
2)	Его пейзажи были выставлены в Парижском Салоне.
3)	Начиная с этого момента Констебль развивал свою
собственную манеру рисования, но слава не торо-
пилась прийти к нему.
4)	Он понимал, что эта честь пришла слишком поздно,
чтобы иметь какое-нибудь значение.
VII.	a) Ask your classmates questions based on the text.
b) Answer the following questions.
1)	What do you like better, landscapes or portraits?
2)	What English artists do you know?
3)	What foreign artists do you know?
4)	What is your favourite foreign artist?
5)	What pictures by this artists have you seen?
6)	What Russian artist do you know?
7)	Who is your favourite Russian artist?
8)	What picture by this artist do you like best of all?
9)	What landscape do you like best of all?
10)	What portrait do you like best of all?
11)	What modern Soviet artists do you know?
12)	Which artists have been awarded the Lenin Prize?
VIII.	a) The teacher brings some pictures by famous artists into the
classroom and asks his students to describe them; helps them to
prepare their answers by giving them a series of questions or
partial descriptions.
b) Prepare at home a description of a picture.
C. CONVERSATION
IX.	Ask your classmate:
where does he (she) like to go more, to the cinema or to the
theatre?
what cinema (theatre) does he (she) usually go to?
who is his (her) favourite actor (actress, film star)?
what was the film that he (she) liked best of all?
if it was a technicolour or a non-colour (black-and-white) film?
if it was a feature film1 or a documentary one?
if it was a one-part or a two-parts film?
if a newsreel1 2 was shown before the film?
to tell you something about the film.
if he (she) liked the film or not?
1 feature ['fi:tfa] film—художественный фильм
2 newsreel ['nju:zn:lj — кинохроника, журнал
173
X.	Complete the dialogue.
A.	Good evening.
B.	...
A.	Where are you going?
B.	I’m going to ...
A.	What is on today?
B.	...
A.	... ?
B.	Yes, it is a very interesting film (play). My friend
saw it and recommended that I should see it.
A.	... ?
B.	Not yet. I shall buy the tickets at the booking-
office before the show (play).
A.	... ?
B.	All right. Let us go together. I shall be only too
glad. What row1 do you usually sit in?
A.	...
B.	Isn’t it too far (near)?
A.	...
B.	Do you like to sit in the balcony?
A..........?
B.	Yes, I do. I like the balcony very much too. But
let us hurry if we don’t want to be late.
XI.	Make up a dialogue of your own about your visit to the cinema
(to the theatre).
XII.	Listen to a story “At the Theatre” given on the record; then re-
tell it in English.
couple [клр1] — парочка
D. READING TECHNICAL TEXTS
Укажите, где выделенные курсивом слова обозначают предметы, а
где качество предметов 2.
1)	The man asked for some sweet tea.
The girl was sitting with a sweet in her mouth.
2)	I have brought an orange for the child.
She was perhaps the most beautiful girl there in
that orange dress of hers.
1	row [rou] — ряд
2	В упражнении курсивом даны как знакомые, так и незнакомые
учащимся слова. Это сделано для того, чтобы учащиеся по месту
слова в предложении и другим признакам определили, какой частью
речи является данное слово — прилагательным или существительным.
174
3) Our country needs much steel to produce more and
more machines. This is a shop where steel goods
are sold.
4) He had to pay a fine for crossing the street in a
wrong place. What fine weather we are having this
week!				
XIII. Ниже даны на русский Verb		производные от знакомых вам слов. Переведите их язык. Noun	Adjective	Adverb		
to	criticise	criticism	critical	critically
to	ease	ease	easy	easily
to	warm	warmth	warm	warmly
to	widen	width	wide	widely
to	decide	decision	decisive	decisively
to	act	action	active	actively
XIV. Who can most quickly put			the following	words in alphabetical
order:
war, want, wan, ware, wasp, wash, wary,
warp, washer, watch, wardrobe
XV.	What is the Russian for the following international words:
carburetor ['kabjureto]
compressor [kam'preso]
cycle [saikl]
cylinder ['silmdo]
gas
jacket ['dgaekit]
operation [ppa'reifn]
phase [feiz]
problem ['ргэЫэт]
product ['prodakt]
XVI.	Say what is the Russian for the following English terms.
Internal Combustion Engine
1	'piston
2	connecting rod
3	'crankshaft
4	'cylinder
5	head of the cylinder
6	'sparking plug
7	'inlet valve [vaelv]
8	exhaust valve [ig'zo:st]
9	'inlet pipe
10	exhaust pipe
11	stroke of the piston
175
XVII.	With the help of the picture and Exercise XVI try to translate
the following text. Use the dictionary only if you cannot under-
stand the entire sentence.
INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE
The internal combustion engine, like a steam-engine,
has a piston, a connecting rod and a crankshaft. Its
cylinder contains in its head a sparking plug and the
inlet and exhaust valves. The carburetor is attached
to the inlet pipe.
Lubricating oil is carried in the base of the engine.
There is a water-jacket round the cylinder and its head
which keeps them at reasonable temperature.
The problem is to convert the power of the gas in
the inlet pipe into power which will be driving a car.
The gas flow through the engine from the carburetor
to the exhaust pipe is accomplished through the four-
stroke cycle of operations, so called because the piston
makes four movements — two down and two up before
all the work of the charge is completed.
The four stroke cycle consists of the following four
phases or operations, which succeed one another in the
order in which they are given:
1)	admission of the charge to the cylinder,
2)	compression of the charge,
3)	combustion of the charge which includes its
ignition and expansion,
4)	expulsion of the products of combustion.
XVIII.	What do you think about the following:
a)	An internal combustion engine and a jet engine1
both have four operations: 1) admission, 2) compres-
sion, 3) combustion and 4) expulsion. Which is the
main working phase of each engine?
b)	What kind of an engine is a gun?
c)	Why is there no sparking plug in a diesel motor?
1 jet engine—реактивный двигатель
176
Lesson Twenty
A. REPETITION
Present Participle and
Past Participle 1
A man who is working...
A dog that is running...
A door which is opening...
A desk used for writing...
The task that is fulfilled...
The letter that is sent...
Work that is done well...
A working man.
A running dog.
An opening door.
A writing desk.
The fulfilled task.
The sent letter.
Well-done work.
Exercises
I.	Translate the following sentences into Russian.
1)	Do you see that man writing a letter to his wife?
Do you see that letter written by my wife?
2)	This is a picture of a cow drawn by a famous artist.
This is my son drawing a picture of a cow.
3)	What was the price paid for this belt?
The man paying for this belt is my brother.
4)	I don’t like people underlining passages in books.
Learn the underlined words!
II.	Choose the correct Participle from among those given.
1)	I heard a girl ~~~~ a very beautiful song.
2)	Then there came a beautiful poem	by some
unknowing .
unknown
ox тт т i-i • -x drawing .	..
3)	How I like this picture ~~jrawn by your mother!
4)	I like tea hot.
boiled
1 See Lessons 5 and 6, Part One of this book.
177
5)	This гас*п£. horse belongs to
’ raced
tl i 4.4. receiving ,	,
6)	The letter------yesterday
received	J
our collective farm.
came from England.
III.	Insert the necessary verb form.
Example: Tom is writing a letter. The letter is written,
I)	I (am taking, am taken) your notebooks home.
2)	The building (was decorating, was decorated) for the
May Day holidays.
3)	The girls (were doing, were done) Exercise 8.
4)	The exercises (were doing, were done) by the stu-
dents at home.
5)	Kate (is always dressing, is always dressed) beauti-
fully.
6)	This clock (is winding, is wound) once a week.
IV.	Translate the following sentences into Russian. Pay attention to
the italicized words.
1)	The plan accepted at the last meeting was very
good.
The men accepted the plan gladly.
2)	The man shot at the enemy.
The man shot by the enemy was a hero.
3)	The girl married an old but rich man.
The girl married to an old but rich man was very
unhappy.
4)	The book lost by my sister was a very good one.
The book lost its interest for him.
5)	A man liked by everybody cannot be really good.
The man liked to drink his tea strong.
V.	Repeat the three forms of irregular verbs given on p. 228. Pay
special attention to the forms of the Participles of irregular verbs.
VI.	What is the English for the following:
1)	Мальчики бежали, толкая друг друга.
2)	Картина, нарисованная художником, была послана
на выставку.
3)	Книга, лежащая на столе, не моя.
4)	Сумка, оставленная неизвестной женщиной, все еще
здесь.
5)	Письмо, присланное назад, лежит на столе.
178
В. READING
Questions
1)	What did Isaac Newton ['nju:ton] do at the University
of Cambridge?
2)	Why did Newton have to return home?
3)	What did he discover while staying at home?
4)	Why did Newton’s calculations show that gravity
was not the cause of the motion of the Moon?
5)	What renewed Newton’s interest in gravitation?
NEWTON AND THE PROBLEM OF GRAVITATION
Newton’s father died before his son was born in 1642.
When Newton was fifteen, his uncle took him away
from school, planning to make a farmer of him. However,
finding that he made a poor farmer, 1 the uncle sent him
back to school and then to the University of Cambridge,
where later on Newton lectured on mathematics for more than
thirty years. Newton soon distinguished himself in mathema-
tics, having made some important contributions to that science
by the time he was twenty-one.
In 1665 the great plague broke out1 2 in England, and
Cambridge closed its doors.
Newton had to return home, and it was there in the fol-
lowing year that observing the fall of an apple from a tree,
he came to the conclusion that the force keeping the planets
in their orbits around the sun was perhaps the very same
force that had caused the apple to fall, namely, the force of
gravity. He wanted to know if gravity was the cause of the
motion of the Moon. However, his calculations showed that
it was not. Newton did not know that the reason for this
was that the then accepted figure for the distance from
the Earth to the Moon was wrong. He put the problem
aside.3
1 finding that he made a poor farmer — поняв, что фермер из
него получится плохой
2 the great plague [pleig] broke out — вспыхнула сильная эпи-
демия чумы
3 to put aside—отложить в сторону
179
Six years passed. In 1672 more accurate calculations were
made making it possible to find out the true size of the Earth.
From these it was possible to calculate the true distance to
the Moon. Newton’s interest in gravitation was renewed and
he started making a new set of calculations, spending all his
time for two years on the problem.
Exercises (continued)
VII. Translate the following sentences into Russian.
1)	In 1665 the'great plague broke out in England, and
Cambridge closed its doors.
2)	Newton lectured on mathematics at the University
of Cambridge for more that thirty years.
3)	The force keeping the planets in their orbits around
the Sun was the same force that had caused the
apple to fall.
4)	Newton did not know that the then accepted figure for
the distance from the Earth to the Moon was wrong
and he put the problem aside.
5)	Newton’s interest in gravitation was renewed and he
started making a new set of calculations, spending
all his time for two years on the problem.
VIII.	With the help of the text translate the following into English.
1)	Поняв, что из него получится хороший ученый,
его дядя послал его в университет.
180
2)	Он выделился своим знанием химии, сделав важный
вклад в эту науку.
3)	Мы пришли к выводу, что мы должны хорошо
знать английский язык.
4)	Однако его расчеты показали, что это было не так.
5)	Через несколько лет были произведены более точ-
ные расчеты.
IX.	Answer the following questions.
1)	What was Isaac Newton?
2)	What other English or American scientists do you
know?
3)	What great Russian scientists do you know?
4)	What great mathematicians do you know?
5)	What great physicists do you know?
6)	What great chemists do you know?
7)	Do you like to study mathematics, physics and
chemistry?
8)	Must you know mathematics, physics or chemistry
to work at your plant?
9)	Must you know foreign languages to know mathe-
matics, physics or chemistry very well? Which lan-
guages?
10)	Who is the best student in mathematics (physics,
chemistry) in your class?
X.	a) Tell the class about Newton’s childhood.
Tell the class about Newton’s work at the University of Cambridge.
Tell the class how Newton discovered the law of gravity.
b)	Tell us everything you know about Isaac Newton.
c)	Tell the class about some other great scientists. 1
C. CONVERSATION
XI.	Answer the following questions.
1)	Which are the four seasons?
2)	Which season do you like best?
3)	Why do you like this season?
4)	What can you do in winter (spring, summer,
autumn)?
5)	What winter sport do you go in for (do you know)?
1 If the group is strong, the teacher can ask each student to prepare
a short report on some scientist. If the group is weak, then all the stu-
dents of the group should prepare, under the guidance of the teacher,
a report on some famous Soviet scientist.
181
6)	What summer sport are you good in (do you go in for)?
7)	What is your favourite sport? (What sport are you
good in?)
8)	What do you like better, to gather flowers or to
gather mushrooms? 1
9)	Do you like to go on hikes1 2 (to picnics)?
10)	How do you like to spend your free time (in win-
ter, in summer, in spring, in autumn)?
XII.	With the help of the following tell the class about each of the
four seasons.
Spring. The sun shines brighter. The days become longer. It be-
comes warmer. Snow thaws.3 The trees are covered with
leaves. The trees and the grass become green. The river be-
comes free from ice. You can go out of town on hikes, to
gather flowers. People start working in the fields.
Summer. The sun is very hot. The days are the longest. It is
nice to swim in the river, to go to the wood. School breaks
up for the summer holidays. Many workers have their holi-
days in summer. They go to rest-homes, sanatoriums. They
have a good rest. Many young people go in for various
sports, touring. People like to spend their free time near a
river where they can swim,row, bask4 in the sun.
Autumn. The days become shorter. It is harvest time.5 People
are busy in the fields, in the gardens. They harvest, take in
the corn, vegetables 6, fruit. Some workers go to the collec-
tive farms td help the farmers.
Winter. The days are short. It is cold. The river is frozen. The
earth is covered with snow. You work at the plant and study
at school. It is a very busy time for night-school students.
On Sundays you can go skating (skiing).
XIII.	Ask your classmate:
if he (she) is a good sportsman (-woman);
what kind	of sport	he (she) is	fond of (goes in for);
how often	he (she)	goes to train;
if he (she)	goes in	for skating	or	skiing;
if he (she)	goes in	for rowing	or	swimming;
if he (she) is good at such games as volley-ball,
basket-ball, football, hockey, tennis;
if he (she) is good at running or jumping;
what his (her) best distance (height) is;
if he (she) likes to play chess; if he (she) is good at it.
XIV.	a) Ask your classmates questions based on the following pictures
1 mushrooms — грибы
2 hike — загородная прогулка
3 to thaw [Оэ:] — таять
4 to bask [bask]—греться на солнце
5 harvest time — время уборки урожая
® vegetables — овощи
182
In winter
In spring
In summer
In autumn
b) Tell the class about the pictures.
XV.	Tell the class:
a) about the season you (your friends) like best of all;
b) about the sport you (your friends) are fond of.
XVI.	Learn the following poem by heart. The poem is given on the
record.
• NO ENEMIES
By Charles Mackey
You have no enemies, you say?
Alas, my friend, the boast is poor.
He who has mingled in the fray
Of duty, that the brave endure,
Must have made foes. If you have none,
Small is the work that you have done.
You’ve hit no traitor on the hip,
You’ve dashed no cup from perjured lip,
You’ve never turned the wrong to right,
You’ve been a coward in the fight.
На странице 59 учебника английского языка для IX класса ве-
черних (сменных) школ даны два перевода стихотворения Роберта
Бернса, сделанных учащимися школы. Ниже дан подстрочный перевод
стихотворения Чарлза Маккея. Попробуйте сделать литературный пе-
ревод этого стихотворения.
Говоришь, у тебя нет врагов?
Увы, мой друг, хвальба бедна.
Тот, кто стоял за долг и честь,
Как и любой храбрец,
Должен нажить врагов. Если их нет,
Слишком мало ты сделал в жизни.
Ты ни разу не ударил предателя,
Не оттолкнул чашу от пьяных губ,
Не привел заблудшего к правде,
Ты был трусом в борьбе.
D. READING TECHNICAL TEXTS
XVII.	Which of the following sentences is a statement, a question or a
command. Put in the necessary punctuation marks.
1)	What a wonderful artist 2) Write the numbers
in figures 3) Could you observe the motion of the plan-
ets 4) What size are your shoes 5) His conclusions
were a contribution to science 6) What a lecture
7) The Earth is round
185
XVIII.	Определите подлежащее и сказуемое в следующих предложе-
ниях.
1)	How great is the force of gravity to keep everything
on the planet.
2)	Everything that has to do with this subject is quite
unknown to me.
3)	However, finding that he made a poor farmer, his
uncle sent him back to school.
4)	Very interesting indeed is that set of calculations.
5)	In 1672 more accurate calculations were made.
6)	Now it is possible to find out the true size of the Earth.
XIX.	a) He прибегая к словарю, укажите, какой частью речи явля-
ются следующие слова, и дайте их значение:
acceptance, artistic, distinguishable, drawing, earthly,
figural, gravitation, honourable, impressionism, impres-
sive, landscapist, lecturer
b) Укажите суффиксы (окончания) и префиксы (приставки),
в вышеуказанных словах.
XX.	а) Определите, на какой слог падает ударение в следующих
словах. Проверьте правильность своего предположения по сло-
варю.
b) What is the Russian for the following international words.
aluminium [aeljuminjam]
atomic structure [atamik
strAktfa]
college [kalidg]
detector [ditekta]
electromagnetic [ilektrou-
maegnetik]
ionization [aianaizeijn]
isotope [aisof/toup]
laboratory [ labaratari ]
magnetizing [maegmtaizip]
physicist [fizisist]
radiation [reidieijn]
result [riZAlt]
theory [Gian]
uranium [juareiniam]
XXI.	With the help of the dictionary
Then retell it in Russian.
read the following text.
ERNEST RUTHERFORD
(1871 —1937)
Rutherford ['rAdafad] was a British physicist,
winner of the Nobel prize1 in physics for 1908. His re-
searches in radiation and atomic structure were basic
1 winner of the Nobel Prize — лауреат Международной Нобелев-
ской премии
186
to the later 20 th-century development1 in nuclear phy-
sics. He was born in New Zealand in 1871 and received
his secondary training at Nelson college, then he gra-
duated in 1889 from the University of New Zealand.
By 1893 he had taken his M. A. degree1 2 with a double
first3 in mathematics and physics.
In 1895 Rutherford won a prize which took him to
Cambridge University. At the Cavendish laboratory his
ability was recognized at once. His earliest research
was a detector for electromagnetic waves, its essential
feature being a small magnetizing coil containing a
tiny bundle of magnetized iron wire. Rutherford’s
second piece af work4 5 dealt with the temporary con-
duction 6 in gases which results from ionization produ-
ced by X-rays.
In 1897 Rutherford worked upon the mobility of
ions6 and related topics, but especially upon the nega-
tive ions emitted when ultra-violet light fall upon a
clean metal surface. The discovery of Becquerel ['bekaril]
rays and radium had aroused his curiosity as to just
what kind of ions7 are emitted by radium. He left
Cambridge for Montreal [jnontn'o:!], later Rutherford
continued his work at Cambridge on the radiation from
radium and reported in 1899 that it was quite complex,
consisting first of all8 of easily absorbed rays — rays
which are stopped by a few centimetres of air. These
he called alpha rays. Besides these, he found uranium
giving a far more penetrating radiation,9 passing
through a sheet of aluminium several millimetres thick.
These he named beta rays and they proved to be high-
speed electrons.
Then Rutherford studied thorium emanation, which
led to the discovery of a new noble gas, an isotope
1 were basic to the later 20th-century development — явились
основой дальнейшего развития в XX веке
2 to take а М. A. degree—защитить кандидатскую диссертацию
3 with a double first—с отличием по двум дисциплинам
4 piece of work — зд. научная работа, произведение
5 temporary conduction—временная проводимость
6 mobility of ions — подвижность ионов
7 as to just what kind of ions—в отношении того, какие
именно ионы
8 first of all — прежде всего
9 a far more penetrating rediation — проникающая радиация
значительно большей интенсивности
187
of radon-thoron. Rutherford was one of the creators of
the modern theory of radio-activity. He began working
on the scattering of alpha rays1 and the nature of
a nucleus which could produce such scattering. His
nuclear theory is the greatest of all his contributions
to physics.
He died at Cambridge on October 19, 1937.
ХХП. What do you think about the following:
1) What is the difference in the nuclei1 2 of the isoto-
pes of chlorine:
17C135 and 17C137
2) Can we substitute X-rays used in metallurgy by
7-rays emitted by elements with artificial radio-acti-
vity?
Lesson Twenty-One
A. REPETITION
the ing-forms3
The Present Participle
The Gerund
The Verbal Noun
A laughing girl, (what girl?)
She came laughing, (how?)
I like (what?) playing chess.
The singing of the girl was
beautiful.
Note:
The Present Participle usually answers the questions how? or
what kind of?
The Gerund always answers the question what?
The Verbal Noun usually has an article before it and a prepo-
sition after it. It also answers the question what?
1 scattering of rays—рассеяние альфа лучей
2 nuclei (nucleus) — ядро (ядра) зд. ядро атома
3 For Present Participle see Lesson 5, Part One of this book.
188
Exercises
1.	Do according to the example and translate the phrases with the
Present Participle.
Example: (to work) A working man. The man stood at his
machine working hard.
(to draw) a — book; the artist sat — .
(to fly) a — bird; after the shot the bird was still —.
(to ride) a — horse; the man went to town — a horse.
(to move) — pictures; she always liked to be — from
one place to another.
II.	a) Read the following dialogue. Find 10 Gerunds in it and trans-
late them into Russian.
b) Put the Gerunds in three columns according to the way they
are translated into Russian: 1) as an Infinitive, 2) as a Verbal
Noun and 3) as a Subordinate Clause.1
“Hullo, Boris. Do you remember my giving you a
book about London?”
“I do. I remember it quite well. Why?”
“Have you started reading it?”
“I have begun reading it and I must say that I’m
enjoying it very much. Reading English books about
England is very interesting indeed.”
“I am so glad to hear that you enjoy reading it.
I like giving books to people who enjoy reading them.”
“But why did you ask me about it?”
“You see, I have promised Jenny to give it to her
as soon as you finish reading it.”
“Well, if you need it badly, I can stop reading it
and return it at once.”
“Oh, no, there is no need for that. Please go on
reading. I just wanted to know how soon you will ma-
nage to be through with it, so that I could tell Jenny
when she was going to get it.”
“I think three days more are going to be quite
enough for me.”
“All right. So I’ll tell her that she will get the
book on Sunday.”
“Do.”
“And don’t forget to return it in time then.”
“No, I shall not.”
“See you soon.”
1 subordinate clause [s9'bo:dinil 'kb:z]—придаточное предложение
189
III.	Copy the following exercise and underline the Present Participles
with one line, the Gerunds with two lines and the Verbal Nouns
with three lines.
1)	Do you like drawing? 2) The student’s drawing
is very good indeed. 3) Do you see that man sitting
over there by the river drawing a landscape? 4) I am
fond of coming and sitting here watching the sunset.
5) The singing of the birds suddenly reached our ears.
6) He was walking about the garden searching for the
lost button. 7) The scientists came to very sudden
conclusions when observing these phenomena [fi'nominaj.
IV.	Do according to the example.
I shall do it. = I am going to do it.
Example: “I shall draw your picture,” said the artist.
“I am going to draw your picture,” said the artist.
1)	I shall lecture on this subject next week.
2)	Popov will make all the necessary calculations.
3)	He wants to insure his motor-cycle.
4)	They want to paint the house green.
5)	They will get married next Sunday.
B.	READING
Questions
1)	How are the machines that can translate books and
articles from one language into another called?
2)	Are computers like machines of other kinds?
3)	What does the computer’s work depend on?
4)	Do the computers make really good translations?
5)	How fast can modern computers work?
ADVANCES IN MACHINE TRANSLATION
Some large computers1 are capable of translating books
and articles from one language into another.
Research in the field of machine translation is actively
conducted by a large number of research institutions in dif-
1 computer [kam'pjurta]—счетно-вычислительное устройство
190
ferent parts of the world. Com-
puters must be distinguished
from all other machines.
The ordinary machine is built
to do a certain thing. When it
is turned on, it does what it
was built to do. But the com-
puter is built to follow instruc-
tions. Therefore, what it does
at this or another time depends
on what its instructions tell it
prepared for the machine to car
to do. A set of instructions
у out some process is called
a programme.
So when we make a machine translate, it will not be
the machine but the programme which will “do” the trans-
lating. This is perhaps like the construction of a building.
The work of constructing the building is done by workmen,
but what they do is directed by the architect. The workmen
correspond to the computer and the architect to the pro-
gramme.
Though a machine that translates from one language into
another is sometimes called “a translating machine”, what it
really does is word-for-word substitution. That means, it finds
Russian words in a dictionary and prints out any equivalents
given by it. The results are sometimes difficult to understand,
sometimes not, but they need additional work: putting
into order the results of the machine translation.
With time when the computers will have better linguistic
information they will be able to translate up to 6,000 words
a minute, and the results of their translation will be easier
to put into order.
Exercises {continued)
V.	Find all the ing-forms in the text and say if they are the Present
Participles, Gerunds of Verbal Nouns.
VI.	Fill in the blanks with the following prepositions:
about, at, at, by, for, for, from, in, in, into,
of, of, on, on, to, with, with
191
1)	It doesnot depend — me, but — the engineer. 2) Can
you translate this article — Russian — English? 3) Re-
search— the field of machine translation is actively
conducted — a large number of research institutions —
different parts of the world. 4) Yesterday Mother bought
a wonderful set — tea cups. 5) The English expression
to make a poor student corresponds — the Russian ока-
заться плохим учеником. 6) What is the English equi-
valent — the Russian proverb Куй железо пока горячо.
7) Try to substitute figures — letters and solve it with
the help of algebra. 8) —time you are going to for-
get — it. 9) A set — instructions prepared — a computer
to carry out some process is called a programme.
10) Though you are poor — your English today, you
will be quite good — it tomorrow if you try hard.
VII.	With the help of the text translate the following into English.
1)	Поэтому все зависит от программы.
2)	Радиоприемник, должно быть, испорчен, потому
что, когда его включают, он не работает.
3)	Хотя эту машину часто называют машиной-пере-
водчиком, на самом деле она только осуществляет
замену английских слов русскими.
4)	Затем она печатает русские эквиваленты английских
слов.
VIII.	What does not correspond to the text in the following sentences.
Correct them.
1)	Computers are not capable of translating books and
articles from one language into another.
2)	Computers are like all other machines.
3)	What the computer does depend on the programme?
4) Computers can translate better than men.
5)	In the nearest future computers will be able to
translate up to 6,000 words a minute.
XI. Answer the following questions.
1)	What is the difference between a computer and other
machines?
2)	Why is the work of a computer like the construction
of a building?
3)	How do computers translate from one language into
another?
192
4)	Are there any computers at your plant (office, on
your collective farm)?
5)	Do they help the plant (office, collective farm) in
its work?
6)	Can you (your friend) operate a computer?
7)	Is the computer a useful invention?
C. CONVERSATION
X.	Read the following description of a school.
Our school is a beautiful modern four-storeyed build-
ing. There is a cloak-room and a canteen on the ground
floor. If we come to school straight from work, we
can eat something in the canteen before beginning our
studies.
On the first floor there are also a chemistry lab
(oratory) and a physics lab(oratory). We have a good
foreign languages study room where there are various pic-
tures and tables and two tape-recorders.
On the upper floor is the library, where we can get
not only textbooks and Russian books for reading, but
English books as well. Next to the library there is a
large assembly hall, where meetings and sittings are
held.
We don’t have a gymhall or workshops at our school,
because it is a night-school, but day-schools have large
gymhalls and several workshops — for metalwork and
for woodwork.
193
a four-storeyed building — четырехэтажное здание
a cloak-room [klouk] —гардероб
canteen [кэп ti:n] — столовая (в учреждении)
a table	— зд. таблица
a tape-recorder	— магнитофон
an assembly hall — актовый зал
a gymhall	— спортзал
a workshop	— мастерская
XI.	a) Answer the following questions about your school.
1)	Is your school in a good building?
2)	How many storeys has your school-building?
3)	Are there any sport grounds near your school-build-
ing?
4)	What is there on the ground floor?
5)	Do you have a good chemistry lab(oratory)? Where
is the chemistry lab(oratory) situated?
6)	Do you have a good physics lab?
7)	Do you have a foreign language study room?
8)	Is it a good one?
9)	Where is your foreign language study situated?
10)	What other studies (laboratories) are there at your
school?
11)	Is the school assembly hall large?
12)	Are there any English books in the school library?
b)	Tell your classmates about:
1)	your school building
2)	study rooms, laboratories and workshops at your school
3)	your classroom
c)	1) Ask your classmates questions on the day-school, where
they had studied before they came to your night-school.
2)	Tell your classmates about the day-school, where you had
studied before you came to study to this night-school.
XII.	Ask your classmate:
if he (she) likes to read books;
if he (she) reads much;
if he (she) reads technical literature or fiction;
if he (she) likes to read science fiction;
if he (she) reads books at home or at the library;
if he (she) tries sometimes to read English books;
what magazine he (she) usually reads;
what newspapers he (sne) usually reads;
if he (she) subscribes to any newspapers or magazines; to which ones
194
fiction	— художественная литература
science fiction	—научная фантастика
a magazine [jnaego'zEn] —журнал
to subscribe [sob'skraib] — подписываться
XIII.	Listen to the questions given on the record. Answer them, then
put counter-questions of your own.
Example: Do you take books in the library? Yes, I do. I take
books in the library. And what about you? Do you
take books in the library?
XIV.	Compose dialogues about going to the library and taking books
from the library, one of you being the librarian and the other
one the reader.
D. READING TECHNICAL TEXTS
XV.	Определите, о чем (ком) говорится в следующих предложениях,
а также, что об этом говорится.
1)	This pencil is red. 2) It was very cold last night.
3)	How wonderful the construction really is! 4) Who
could have thought that the translation would be so
195
difficult to do. 5) The book sent by my brother yester-
day was lost. 6) Research in the field of machine trans-
lation is actively conducted by a large number of re-
search institutes in different parts of the world.
XVI.	a) He прибегая к словарю, укажите, что обозначают следую-
щие слова: предмет, человека, понятие, действие, качество
предмета.
capability, carriage, computational, conductress, con-
structivism, correspondent, dependableness, director, in-
dependence, printing
b) Укажите суффиксы (окончания) и префиксы (приставки) в
вышеуказанных словах.
XVII.	Найдите по словарю, что обозначают следующие сокращения:
A. D.	С°	гл. p.h.	viz.	е. g.	lb.
В. С.	NW	Ls. d.	log.	i.e.	oz.
XVIII.	а) Определите, на какой слог падает ударение в следующих
словах. Проверьте правильность своего предположения по сло-
варю.
b) What is the Russian for the following international words:
actively
automatic
atomic energy
control
electronics
equivalent
method
operator
period
process
programme
transistor
XIX.	With the help of a dictionary translate the following text into
Russian.
THE ELECTRONIC COMPUTER
The development during the past years of fully auto-
matic high-speed computing machines — the so-called
“electronic brains” — is having a great effect upon com-
putational methods in scientific work. The speed at which
the calculations can be done has been greatly increased.
The machine has also made possible calculations which
could never be undertaken by even the most skilful of
human computers.
Recently new and much more highly perfected ma-
chines have been built in which transistors are used in
place of ordinary electronic valves. These machines are
much faster than the previous ones.
196
Lesson Twenty - Two
Read the following science fiction story. Use the dictionary only if you
cannot understand an entire sentence. Then retell the story in Russian in
as much detail as you can.
FRIDAY
after John Kippax
The little scout ship sent out by the great spaceship Oppenheimer
makes a forced landing on a small planet that seems to be uninhabited.
The two men on the ship have good reason to fear that their radio-sig-
nals are not reaching the parent ship.
PART I
Half lying in their seats, Bailey and Kromm watched the
dials as the scout ship descended the last few feet on to the
rocky red-brown plateau of Krodos Seven. They watched and
waited in fear, knowing that they could still be killed if the
ship did not land correctly.
There was a jolt, and four lights changed colour. Kromm
turned his head and smiled. “We made it.”1
Bailey did not smile. “Just.1 2 And when I get back to the
Oppie3, someone is going to pay for this. Dearly! It looks like
a nice world,” he added. “Earth fifty million years ago.” He
turned to where Kromm lay smoking his cigarette. “Come on,
Kurt. Get on the radio4 and let them know what happened
to us.”
This two-men ship was one of the four from the great
Oppenheimer now exploring the Krodos system.
Bailey waited impatiently. “Nothing yet. Why?”
Kromm said, “I don’t know.”
“Is your call sign going out?”5
“Listen.” Kromm pressed a small switch, and from it came
the recorded call sign. It was repeated over and over again.
“But is, it going out?”
1 We made it. — (зд.) Удалось (приземлились).
2 Just. — (зд.) Еле-еле (с грехом пополам).
3 Oppie — разг, сокращение от Oppenheimer.
4 Get on the radio — Сядь к радиопередатчику
5 Is your call sign going out? — Выходят ли твои позывные
в зфир?
197
Kromm sighed patiently. “All right, I’ll call them direct
with my own voice.” He took a microphone and lowered it to
his mouth. “X-2 calling Oppenheimer, X-2 calling Oppenheimer.
Five—three—seven, six—two—one, four—seven—eight. Krodos
Seven, stranded1 Krodos Seven.” He went through it again, and
then listened. Only the static1 2 in the loud speaker answered
him. His round face was serious. He did it again and waited.
Three hours later they knew that there was nothing wrong
with the radio. “No means of letting them know we’re here,”
Kromm said. “In a week we shall have to be out in that
green and pleasant valley below us, catching our own food.”
For some time Kromm had been looking through a thick
book; then his face changed, he lowered the book and looked
blankly at Bailey.
“What’s the matter?” asked Bailey.
“That’s the ionosphere rating,”3 said Kromm sadly.
“Well?”
“It’s very high; in fact, that’s why we can’t get through
to the Oppie. The ionosphere of this planet is so thick that
radio signals — from our radio set at any rate — can’t get
through.”
Bailey said, “Then we’re stranded.”
Their immediate surroundings on Krodos Seven were plea-
sant. A warm yellow sun shone down upon the brown rocks,
and at the bottom was a small lake with a broad, sandy
beach.
They walked along the beach to where the river ran into
the lake through a narrow channel. They wore light coveralls
and each had a pistol. Bailey did not talk much.
Kromm sat down on a brown rock and watched the water;
then he raised his eyes to where the ship stood, useless. “It’s
almost like home,” he said.
“Uh,” said Bailey. After a pause he added, “They’ll come
looking for us.”
“Sure they will; the question is, how soon? We might be
the last planet of the five they come down to.”
1 to be stranded — быть выброшенным на мель, (зд.) на необи-
таемую планету
2 static—радиопомехи (атмосферные)
3 ionosphere rating — данные по ионосфере
198
“Uh.”
“Still it could have been a lot worse; we could have been
stuck on the ice-world.”1
Then they walked along the beach. Bailey stopped by the
side of a second stream. “Look,” he said quietly, “and the
book said that there were no inhabitants here.” Shall we go
up, or would you sooner wait1 2 and see what animals come to
drink?”
“Let’s go up,” said Kromm.
They started climbing up the mountain, keeping close to
the rushing stream.
“It’s probably right that the planet is uninhabited,” Kromm
said, “Hullo, what’s this?”
This was a narrow ledge which ran along the face of the
mountain. It was invisible from below and formed a sort of
pathway along which a man could walk easily.
Bailey helped Kromm up, then he said, “Don’t move. Just
look at the ledge. Look at the scratches and marks on the
rock. Look at the marks, the way they go. Long scratch, and
then a shorter scratch about a yard in front and two feet to
the left of the first one. Then it’s repeated.” He walked noise-
1 we could have been stuck on the ice-world—мы могли бы
застрять где-нибудь в мире вечной мерзлоты
2 or would you sooner wait — или ты за то, чтобы подождать
199
lessly forward to where the ledge began to turn. Kromm
followed him.
Suddenly Bailey stopped and said in a low voice, “What-
ever sort of an animal it is, there’s its lair.”
The cave mouth was about eight feet by six. They stood
close, watching. They made no sound as they were moving
silently along the ledge to the entrance of the cave. They
could see the marks of tools on the side of the entrance; it
was dark. Kromm picked up a small stone and threw it into
the cave; they both had pistols ready. The stone made a
slight noise and then all was silent again.
Bailey switched on his torch; Kromm did the same, and
they went in.
They saw it at the same moment. A small table was on
the floor of the cave and there was also a bed. Their attention
was directed to the table, and its chair, because fallen over
the table was a human skeleton.
Coming close, they examined the remains.
“Who was he?” whispered Kromm, and he took what seemed
to be a book and read the faded words: “Log of the
Thunderer,1 January 2827.”
“What date?”
“Twenty-eight twenty-seven-nearly three hundred years ago.”
Kromm came closer. “Open it!”
Bailey opened the book very carefully, but it was of no
use. The paper under it was not paper any longer — it was
dust.
“Look, there’s writing on the cover.”
They took it to the entrance of the cave and Bailey read
the words that were still left: “... cannot live much longer.
Friday is of great help ... cargo lost to the ...”
“Three hundred years,” muttered Bailey. Then after a pause,
“Let’s get back, and see if we can get anything on the radio.
Tomorrow we must look for the other skeleton.”
“What other?”
“Friday’s.”
“Perhaps it was a dog. And if it — or he — died before the
man he would have buried it.”
1 Log of the Thunderer — вахтенный журнал Громовержца
200
PART II
They were at the entrance of the cave. Kromm was about to
switch on his torch, when he stopped and gripped Bailey’s hand.
“What’s the matter?”
“Something in there moved!”
Bailey sprang to one side of the entrance, and Kromm stood
at the other. Then a voice said one word. “Hullo!” It was a
quiet voice, flat and without emotion. Kromm looked across
at Bailey, his mouth open with surprise.
“Did you hear — ”
“Hullo,” said the voice clearer this time. Deep in the darkness
of the cave a figure moved. The light of their torches suddenly
showed a shining figure which looked like a man. “Hullo!”
Bailey stood in the entrance, keeping the light of his torch
steadily on the robot. “Come here,” he said, clearly. The ro-
bot came and stood at the entrance.
“I am a multiple aptitudes robot.1 Friday,” it said.
“Friday?”
“I have a name as people have a name.”
Bailey said, “Tell us how you got here.”
Friday said: “The Thunderer was one of the first of the
big interstellar ships1 2 used for cargo. We had a blow — out in
the engine and that threw us far off our course.”
Bailey said, “But all this was three hundred years ago!”
“Yes,” answered Friday. “Many years ago. A long time.”
“For three hundred years,” whispered Kromm, “this thing
has been walking about here, following the behaviour patterns
built into it by its makers.3 Three hundred years!”
“How did you last so long?” asked Bailey.
“Come,” answered the robot and led the way4 along the
ledge to where a much larger cave ran into the face of the
rock. The robot took a number of steps, and then stopped.
“See,” said Friday.
In the dim light they could see boxes of all sizes. Then
they saw dismembered robot carcasses.
1 multiple aptitudes robot—универсальный робот
3 interstellar ship—межзвездный корабль
8 following the behaviour patterns built into it by its makers —
выполняя программу поведения, заданную ему конструкторами
4 to lead the way — показывать дорогу
201
“This is how I carried on,” Friday explained. “The cargo
was mostly of multiple aptitude robots. I used them to con-
tinue, even after the Captain finished. But now, there are no
more spare parts. I shall soon finish. May I serve you?”
“Let’s look round,” said Kromm. He went deeper into the
cave, flashing his torch. Bailey came up and read on one of
the boxes: ‘Beam radio, ,A-7. Inf. Range’.1 They looked at each
other and knew that each was thinking the same thing.
“Friday, can you take these boxes, and carry them, say
four hundred metres?”
“I’m weak, but I shall try.”
Kromm looked at the robot. “I feel sorry for the old boy,”
he said.
“It’s only a machine,” Bailey reminded him.
It gave Kromm a strange feeling to see Friday walk with
difficulty towards the scout ship, carrying the boxes they need-
ed. He had had little to do with robots,1 2 and the sight of
the human automaton was strangely affecting.
By late afternoon he had the big old radio assembled. He
pressed a switch, and a small yellow bulb glowed. He sighed
with relief. Then he looked round. “Where did Friday go?”
The robot was nowhere to be seen.3
“Don’t know,” answered Bailey.
“He was growing weak,” said Kromm.
“It’s only a machine,” said Bailey.
“Yes,” answered Kromm thoughtfully, “it’s just that.” Then
he said into the microphone. “Scout ship two calling Oppen-
heimer. Kromm calling. Sranded on Krodos Seven, Krodos
Seven.” He said it several times, then he stopped and listened.
No answer. Kromm and Bailey looked at one another. “Well?”
asked Bailey. Kromm, “It’s early yet.” Then they sat and
smoked and tried not to think that there was no answer.
“Three hundred years,” muttered Kromm. “I can hardly
believe it!” The loud speaker crackled. “Hullo, Kromm ...
Hullo, Kromm, Oppenheimer calling Kromm. What happened?”
1 Beam radio, A-7. Inf. Range. — Установка лучевой радиосвязи.
Диапазон неограничен.
2 he had had little to do with robots — до этого он не сталки-
вался с роботами
8 The robot was nowhere to be stm.-Робота нигде не было видно.
202
Kromm explained.
“Be sending1 number three scout for you in twelve hours
Earth.”
Kromm sank back, sighing with relief.
“I feel happy,” he exclaimed, “I want to tell somebody.
I’ll find Friday, and tell him. Without him we might not have
been found at all.”
Bailey smiled. “Okey, we’ll do that.”
Once again they found the ledge, and walked along it. At
the entrance of the cave lay the robot.
Kromm bent down. “Friday!” he whispered. This time
Bailey did not remind him that it was only a machine. Kromm
stood up silently; he thought of the skeleton in the cave for a
moment, then he looked down at the robot. “The last link,”
he said, “gone.”
“I think we shall bury the dead man’s bones tomorrow?”
“I think so,” said Bailey.
“Do you think,” asked Kromm, “that it would be too silly
to do the same with Friday?”
Bailey looked at him thoughtfully “No,” he said, “perhaps
it wouldn’t.”
1 be sending = we shall be sending; Earth — (зд.) земное время
203
Exercises
I.	Answer the following questions.
1)	Who was the first man to go into space?
2)	When did Yuri Gagarin go into space?
3)	Who was the first woman to go into space?
4)	Who was the first man to walk out into space?
5)	What country were these brave space pilots citi-
zens of?
6)	What is the name of the scientist who designed the
first spaceship?
7)	What country was the first to photograph the Moon?
8)	What country was the first to reach the Moon?
9)	What country was the first to reach Venus?
10)	What are the latest achievements in spaceflights?
II.	Write a short text about Soviet cosmonauts (space pilots) and
spaceflights. (You may use questions in Exercise I as your plan.)
Приложение № 1
ТЕКСТЫ ГРАМПЛАСТИНОК
PART ONE
Lesson One
XV. Answer the following questions. (Contrast drill.)
1)	Are you playing or studying now?
2)	Do you have lessons in the morning or in the evening?
3)	Are you having an English lesson now?
4)	Do you speak English?
5)	Are you speaking English or Russian now?
6)	Do you always speak English at the English.lessons?
7)	Are you writing or speaking now?
8)	Is your friend standing or sitting?
9)	Where is he (she) sitting?
10)	Does he (she) always sit at this desk?
11)	Is the teacher sitting now?
12)	Does the teacher sit at the desk?
Lesson Two
VII. Finish the following sentences.
1)	I go neither to the plant nor to school —.
2)	School begins —.
3)	It often rains —.
4)	I shall meet you —.
5)	He has lunch —.
6)	We shall finish school —.
7)	We have school —.
8)	My mother was afraid to go out —.
Lesson Five
X. b) Look at the picture and answer the following questions.
1)	Is the girl a student of an institute or a student of a night-school?
2)	Is she a worker?
205
3)	What is the girl?
4)	Is she writing the letter home or to a friend?
5)	Whom is she writing the letter to?
6)	Is she writing about her success at work or in her studies?
7)	Is the letter about a film or a book?
8)	Is it about something that has happened in the girl’s life?
9)	What is it about?
LOUISIANA
The mountain’s so high,
And the valley’s so low,
Oh, Louisiana!
Refrain'.
Louisiana, my darling,
My jingling Susanna,
I’ll bound her over the ocean.
On the anchor she’s waiting,
And the sails they are set.
Oh, Louisiana!
Refrain.
The girls, that we’re leaving,
We’ll never forget.
Oh, Louisiana!
Refrain.
Oh, soon we’ll be rolling
Her over the bay.
Oh, Louisiana!
Refrain.
Good-bye to Sally,
And good-bye to Sue.
Oh, Louisiana!
Refrain.
You, that are listening,
Good-bye to you.
Oh, Louisiana!
Refrain.
Lesson Seven
XVI, b) Look at the picture and answer the following questions.
1)	Is the man a worker, an engineer, a doctor, a teacher or a stu-
dent?
2)	Where is he telephoning: home, to the hospital, to the plant, to his
friend, to the militia?
3)	Has something happened at the place of his work, at home, in the
street?
206
4)	Why is he so excited: did he win a prize, has he a child born to
him, did he see something in the street?
5)	Has anything happened with somebody? With whom?
6)	What is he saying?
7)	Where will he go now: home, to the hospital, to the plant, to his
friend?
Lesson Eight
IX. Listen to the record and then do the exercise given in the text-
book.
DIALOGUE ONE
“Excuse me. Will you, please, tell me the way to the Opera House?”
“With pleasure. Walk two blocks down this street, then turn left.
Walk three blocks more, and you’ll see the building.”
“Thank you very much.”
“Not at all.”
DIALOGUE TWO
“Excuse me. Will you, please, tell me the way to the Opera House.”
“With pleasure. Take bus No. 5 up to Kirov Street. Then change for
trolley-bus No. 2, and it will take you straight to the Opera House.”
“Thank you very much.”
“Not at all.”
Lesson Ten
XIII.	b) Look at the picture and answer the following questions.
1)	Is the man a worker, a student or a doctor?
2)	Is he late for school or for his work?
3)	Is there a dog running after him?
4)	Has he to meet anyone? Whom has he to meet?
5)	Did he come in time?
6)	Why had he to run?
XIV.	Listen to the following stories. Then retell them in English.
WHO FOUND AMERICA?
TEACHER: Here is a map. Who can show us America?
Alec goes to the map, looks it all over and finally finds America on it.
TEACHER: Now boys, tell me who found America?
BOYS: Alec.
FATHER AND SON
FATHER: You know, Bill, when Lincoln was your age he was a very
good pupil. In fact, he was the best pupil in his class.
BILL:	Yes, Father, but when he was your age he was president of
the United States.
207
Lesson Eleven
VIII. Listen to the following dialogue.
“Will you tell me the way to the Central Hotel?”
“With pleasure. Go two blocks up this street. Then turn to the right
and take tram No. 6. It will take you to Kirov Street.”
“Is that where the Hotel is?”
“Sorry, it isn’t. There you will change from tram No. 6 to bus No. 13
and it will take you to the Hotel.”
“Thank you very much.”
“Not at all.”
Lesson Twelve
VII. Listen to the following story. Try to understand it, then retell it in
short in English.
In the early thirties, in Berlin, Remarque, the author of “All Quiet
on the Western Front”, was talking to an American girl.
The American girl, speaking German, asked Remarque why he had ne-
ver visited the United States. His answer was that he knew only a few
sentences in English.
“What are the sentences?” asked the girl.
Remarque, speaking slowly in somewhat strange English said: “How
do you do? I love you. Forgive me. Forget me. Ham and eggs, please.”
“Why!” exclaimed the American girl, “With that vocabulary I could
tour my country from the Altantic Ocean to the Pacific Ocean.”
Lesson Fourteen
V. Listen to the following story. Try to understand it, then retell it in
English.
YOUNG HUSBAND (angrily): What! No dinner ready? This is too much!
I’m going to a restaurant.
YOUNG WIFE: Wait just five minutes.
YOUNG HUSBAND: Will it be ready then?
YOUNG WIFE: No, but then 1*11 go with you.
Lesson Fifteen
WE SHALL OVERCOME
We shall overcome (3)
Some day.
Refrain:
Deep in my heart
1 do believe
We shall overcome
Some day.
208
We’ll walk hand in hand (3)
Some day.
Refrain.
We shall live in peace (3)
Some day.
Refrain.
The whole wide world around (3)
Some day.
Refrain.
We are not afraid (3)
Hurray!
Refrain.
We shall overcome (3)
Some day.
Refrain.
Lesson Eighteen
VII. Listen to the following dialogues. Render the contents of each dia-
logue in short in English.
DIALOGUE ONE
SHOP-GIRL: What сап 1 do for you?
NINA: 1 want to see that black dress, please.
SHOP-GIRL: These dresses are very good. We’ve just got them.
NINA: I like this blue dress better. I shall take it.
SHOP-GIRL: Very good.
NINA: And now I want a hat to match my new coat. Show me that
hat.
SHOP-GIRL: Yes, that hat is fine.
NINA: I must have the hat too. How much does it come to?
SHOP-GIRL: Twenty-eight roubles in all.
DIALOGUE TWO
SHOP-GIRL; What сап I do for you?
ANNA: Show us those black shoes, please. Yes, the shoes are very
good for you, Nina. Now let me see some stockings.
NINA: I think 1 shall take these shoes. They fit me very well. Do
they look nice on my feet?
ANNA: Yes, they do. And 1 must buy a pair of stockings. How much
does it come to?
SHOP-GIRL: Twenty-two roubles and fifty-five kopeks.
NINA: Here you are.
SHOP-GIRL: And here are your shoes and stockings.
209
DIALOGUE THREE
MOTHER: I want to go and look for a nice suit for Father.
ANNA:	Do you know what kind of a suit Father wants?
MOTHER: Yes, I do. He wants a brown suit.
ANNA: What is his size?
MOTHER: 52. I see that there are many good suits in this shop.
ANNA: On Father’s day off we can come here and help him if he
wants our help.
MOTHER: Certainly. We cannot buy a suit without Father trying it
on first.
XV.	Listen to the following dialogue. Try to understand it, then render
the content of it in Russian.
NORA: Oh, Harry, I had such an exciting afternoon!
HARRY: Why, what happened?
NORA: I bought myself a lovely pair of shoes.
HARRY: Did you! Well, that was exciting.
NORA (tragically)-. Yes, but when I got home I found I hadn’t got
them.
HARRY: Oh, dear! How did you lose them?
NORA: I couldn’t think. The man in the shop wrapped them up and
I paid for them, but that was all I could remember.
HARRY: Did you go back and ask?
NORA: Yes, but they weren’t at that shop.
HARRY: And was that the only place you had been to?
NORA: Oh no, it wasn’t. I went to the bank, but the people there
didn’t know anything about it; then I went to the butcher’s
to see if I might have left the shoes there, but I hadn’t.
Yes, but I didn’t find the shoes anywhere. You can under-
stand that I was upset, can’t you?
HARRY: Of course I can. What a shame — poor Nora; look here,
I’ll—er — see if I can buy another pair for you.
NORA: Oh, but it’s all right, Harry. I got them.
HARRY: But I thought you said ...
NORA: Yes, but when I had been to all the shops, I remembered
that the last place 1 went was the Ritz Cafe, for tea. And
the parcel was there, under the table. Wasn’t I lucky?
HARRY: Luckier than you deserved!
Lesson Nineteen
XII. Listen to the following story. Then retell it.
AT THE THEATRE
During a play a man was all the time bothered by a young couple
next to him who kept on talking.
At last he said, “I’m sorry, but I can’t hear a word that is said.”
“I like that,” exclaimed the talkative young man. “It’s no business of
yours, sir, what I am telling my wife.”
210
Приложение № 2
СВОДНАЯ ТАБЛИЦА ОСНОВНЫХ РЕЧЕВЫХ ОБРАЗЦОВ,
ИМЕЮЩИХСЯ В УЧЕБНИКАХ V—XI КЛАССОВ ВЕЧЕРНИХ
(СМЕННЫХ) ШКОЛ
Речевой образец
1.	Речевые образцы, передающие состояние
или местонахождение лица или предмета.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Is this а ... ? Yes, it is. This is a ... . (No, it isn’t. This is
not a ... This is not a ... but a ...
What is this? This is a book.
Where is the book? It is on (in, under, above, ...) the bag.
What is there on the table? There is a book on the table.
There are two pencils on the table.
There is much (little) snow in the street.
There are many (few) new houses in the street.
Is this a book or a notebook? This is a book. (It is either
a book or a notebook. I can’t see what it is. It is nei-
ther a book nor a notebook.)
It is the first (second, third, fourth, ...) of September
today.
Is it hot (cold, warm, late, ...)? Yes, it is. It is hot (cold,
late, ...). (No, it isn’t. It is not hot (cold, late, ...).
This is a book. These are books.
Are these books? Yes, they are. These are books. (No, they
are not. These are not books. These are not books, but
notebooks.)
Are Popov and Sokolov (we, you, they) students? Yes, they
are. Popov and Sokolov (we, you, they) are students.
(No, they are not. Popov and Sokolov (we, you, they)
are not students (but pupils).
Are you a teacher? Yes, I am. I am a teacher. (No, I am
not. I am not a teacher.)
Was Sokolov at school yesterday? Yes, he was. He was at
school yesterday. (No, he wasn’t. He was not at school
yesterday.)
Were you (they) at school yesterday? Yes, I was. I was at
school yesterday. (No, we (they) were not. We (they)
were not at school yesterday.)
How old are you? I am eighteen (years old).
When (where) were you born? I was born in 1949 (in Kaluga).
The house is built.
The text is written by the teacher with chalk.1
1 Этот речевой образец передает страдательный залог (Passive
Voice).
211
Продолжение
№ п/п
Речевой образец
II.	Речевые образцы, передающие определение предмета
или действия.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
This is a book. The book is good. It is good.
Is the flag blue? Yes, it is. The flag is blue.
(No, it isn’t. The flag is not blue. It is red.)
A good book. A very good book. A very good English
textbook.
A smiling woman. A running boy.
a)	A closed door. A well-closed door.
b)	A blue-eyed girl.
The woman said smiling. The boy came running.
III.	Речевые образцы, передающие сравнение качества.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
Is the Oka longer than the Thames? Yes, it is. The Oka
is longer than the Thames. (No, it isn’t. The Oka is not
longer than the Thames.)
Which is the coldest time of the year? Winter is the coldest
time of the year.
This book is interesting.
My book is more (less) interesting.
His book is the most (the least) interesting.
This picture is good.
This picture is better (worse) than that one.
This picture is the best (the worst) of them all.
Which plant is larger, yours or mine? Your plant is larger
than mine. (Both are large. Neither of them is large.)
IV.	Речевые образцы, передающие принадлежность.
This is my (his, her, our, your, their) flat. I am at my desk.
He is at his desk.
This is the door of my room.
This is my brother’s book.
This is a book of mine (his, hers, ours, yours, theirs).
Have you the new English textbook? Yes, I have. I have the
new English textbook. (No, I haven’t. 1 have no textbook.)
What have you? I have a German textbook.
What lessons had you yesterday? Yesterday we had Russian
Literature, English and Mathematics.
V.	Речевые образцы, передающие время и счет.
How much is 5-|- (—) 4. Five plus (minus) four is nine (one).
How much is 2 x 6? Two times six is twelve.
How much is 10 : 2? Ten (divided) by two is five.
212
Продолжение
№ п/п	Речевой образец
37.	What time is it? It is four. It is five (minutes) past four. It is twenty-five (minutes) to five.
38.	When do you go to work? I go to work at seven o’clock.
VI. Речевые образцы, передающие приказания и предложения.	
39.	Stand up! Read! Go to the table! Put the book into the bag! Take the book out of the bag!
40.	Close the window! Don’t close the window!
41.	Start (go on) reading! Stop reading!
42.	Let us go to the cinema on Sunday. Let me help you. (May I help you?) VII. Речевые образцы, передающие действие. Настоящее время (Present Indefinite)
43.	
44.	I (we, you, they) go to school four days a week. Do I (we, you, they) go to school four days a week? Yes, I do. I (we, you, they) go to school four days a week. (No, I do not. I (we, you, they) don’t go to school four days a week.)
45.	Does Sokolov (Sokolova) study well? Yes, he (she) does. He (she) studies well. (No, he (she) does not. He (she) doesn’t study well (but his brother does).
46.	What do you do in the morning? I go to work in the morning. Where do you go in the evening? I go to school in the evening.
47.	Do you see (can you see) me (him, her, us, you, them)? Yes, I do. (Yes, I can.) I see (I can see) you (him, her, us, you, them). No, I don’t. (No, I cannot.) I don’t see (I cannot see) you (him, her, us, you, them).
48.	I like to work.
49.	Who sits at this table? Popov does. He always sits at this table.
50.	Does it often rain (snow) in autumn? Yes, it does. It often rains (snows) in autumn. (No, it does not. It doesn’t often rain (snow) in autumn.) Прошедшее время (Past Indefinite)
51.	Did you (he, she, they) live in Kaluga last year? Yes, I (he, she, they) did. I (he, she, they) lived in Kaluga before the war. (No, I (he, she, they) did not I (he, she, they) didn’t live in Kaluga last year.)
213
Продолжение
№ п/п	Речевой образец
52. 53.	When did you live in Kaluga? I lived in Kaluga last year. Who lived in Kaluga before the war? Makarov(a) did. He (she) was born in Kaluga.
54.	Did you take my book yesterday? Yes, I did, I took your book yesterday. (Нестандартные глаголы.) Будущее время (Future Indefinite)
55.	Will he (she, you, they) come to school tomorrow? Yes, he (she, you, they) will come to school tomorrow. (No, he (she, you, they) will not. He (she, you, they) won’t come to school tomorrow.)
56.	Will you come to school tomorrow? Yes, I (we) shall. I (we) shall come to school tomorrow. (No, I (we) shan’t. I (we) shall not come to school tomorrow.)
57.	If I have time, I shall come to school tomorrow.
VIII. Речевые образцы, передающие действие, происходящее
в определенный момент (Continuous).
58.	Is he (she) reading now? Yes, he (she) is. He (she) is read- ing a book now. (No, he (she) is not. He (she) isn’t reading a book now.)
59.	Are they reading now? (Yes, they are. They are reading now. (No, they are not. They aren’t reading now.)
60.	Are you sitting now? Yes, I am. I am sitting now. (No, I am not. I am not sitting now.)
61. 62.	Who is sitting now? The teacher is. She is sitting. Were they (we) reading, when the teacher came in? Yes, they (we) were. They (we) were reading when the teach- er came in.
63.	Was he (she) reading when the teacher came in? Yes, he (she) was. He (she) was reading when the teacher came in.
64.	What were you doing when the teacher came in? I was reading when the teacher came in.
IX. Речевые образцы, передающие завершенность действия.
65.	What have you done (3-я форма глагола)? I have written the word “yes” on the blackboard.
66.	Who has written the word “yes” on the blackboard? Popov has. He has written the word on the blackboard.
67.	He read [red] the story which he had copied from the book. (Предшествование одного действия другому в прошлом.)
214
Продолжение
Речевой образец
X. Речевые образцы, передающие возможность,
долженствование или намерение.
68.
69.
70.
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
76.
77.
78.
79.
Can you speak English? Yes, I can. I can speak English.
(No, I cannot. 1 can’t speak English.) (Физическая воз-
можность.)
1 can speak English.
I like to speak English.
May I go out? Yes, you may. You may go out. No, you
mustn’t. You must not go out. (Разрешение.)
Must I do it? Yes, you must. You must do it. No, you need
not. You need not do it. (Обязанность.)
What are you going to read next? I am going to read
“War and Peace” by Tolstoy next. (Собираться сделать
что-нибудь.)
I was going to do my homework when you came.
XI.	Речевые образцы, передающие косвенную речь.
Peter says: “John is a good worker.”
Peter says that John is a good worker.
Peter says: “I shave every morning.”
Peter says that he shaves every morning.
a)	He said: “Popov will come late today.”
He said that Popov would come late that day.
b)	He (she) said: “I shall go to the library today.”
He (she) said that he (she) would go to the library that
day.
I (we) said: “I (we) shall certainly come tonight.”
I (we) said that I (we) should certainly come that evening.
a)	He asked me: “Do you know English?”
He asked me if I knew English.
b)	He asked me: “Are you sleeping?”
He asked me if I was sleeping.
c)	He asked me: “Will you come?”
He asked me if I should come.
d)	He asked me: “Were you ill?”
He asked me if I had been ill.
I asked him: “Where do you do your homework?”
I asked him where he did his homework.
XII.	Прочие речевые образцы.
80.	Who made you write this letter? My father made me write it.
81.	a) I heard (saw) her sing (как она поет).
b) I heard (saw) her singing (как она пела).
215
Продолжение
№ п/п	Речевой образец
82.	I saw her dance. I want her to dance (чтобы она станцевала).
83.	How much time does it take (did it take) you to do this exercise? It takes (took) me one hour to do the exercise.
84.	It grows colder (warmer, late) (становится). It gets colder (warmer, late) (становится).
85.	I shall do it myself (сам). (you — yourself, he — himself, she — herself, we — our-
1		selves, you — yourselves, they — themselves)
Приложение № 3
СВОДНАЯ ГРАММАТИЧЕСКАЯ ТАБЛИЦА1
Имя существительное
1. Образование множественного числа имен существительных.
Общее правило: в английском языке существительные во множе-
ственном числе, как правило, принимают окончание -s (-es).
Например: desk — desks [s]; pen — pens [z]; dress — dresses [iz]
cry — cries; play — plays; wife — wives.
Исключения: a man — men
a woman ['wuman] — women ['wimm]
a child [tjaild] — children ['tjildran]
a foot — feet
a tooth — teeth
2. Притяжательный падеж имен существительных образуется при
помощи предлога of, например: The bank of the river. The streets of
the town. С именами существительными, обозначающими людей, чаще
употребляется окончание -’s, например: Му sister’s bag. Annie’s cat.
Артикль
1. Неопределенный артикль а (ап) употребляется с существи-
тельными, о которых говорится впервые, например: This is а реп. Не
is an engineer.
2. Определенный артикль the употребляется с существительными,
о которых уже говорилось ранее, например: This is a bag. The bag is
1 В настоящей таблице даны только те грамматические явления,
о которых говорится в учебниках для V—XI классов вечерних (смен-
ных) школ.
216
blue, а также с порядковыми числительными, например: the third text,
с прилагательными в превосходной степени, например: the most inte-
resting book I have ever read, и перед названиями рек, кораблей,
театров, газет, например: the Volga, the Vostok, I like to go to the
Pobeda; Yesterday I tried to read “The Worker”.
Имя прилагательное
1. Образование степеней сравнения.
Положительная степень	Сравнительная степень	Превосходная степень
long dirty hot	longer (than) dirtier (than) hotter (than)	the longest the dirtiest the hottest
beautiful	more beautiful (than)	the most beautiful
bad good many much little	worse [wa:s] (than) better (than) more (than) less (than)	the worst the best the most the least [li:st]
2. Количественные прилагательные: many, much, few, little.
Прилагательные many, few употребляются с существительными,
имеющими форму множественного числа, например: many books, few
desks.
Прилагательные much, little употребляются с существительными,
не имеющими формы множественного числа, например: much water,
little snow.
Местоимения
1. Личные местоимения.
Именительный падеж	1	he	she	it	we	you	they
Косвенный падеж	me	him	her	it	us	you	them
2. Притяжательные местоимения.
my	his	her	its	our	your	their
217
3. Возвратные местоимения.
myself	yourself	himself	herself	itself
ourselves	yourselves	themselves		
4.	Указательные местоимения: this (these), that (those). This is a
pen and that is a blackboard. Местоимение this (these) употребляется,
когда мы говорим о чем-то, находящемся в непосредственной бли-
зости; местоимение that (those) — когда мы говорим о чем-то, находя-
щемся в отдалении.
5.	Вопросительные местоимения: what, who, whom, whose, which.
6.	Неопределенные местоимения: some, any, no. Have you any
pens? I have some pens. I have no pens.
Таблица местоимений some, any, no, every
и сложных местоимений, в состав которых они входят.
		В утвердительных предложениях		В вопроси- тельных пред- ложениях	В отрицательных предложениях		В пред- ложе- ниях всех типов
		some	any	any	not... any	no	every
0 ве- щах	-thing	something что-то, что-ни- будь	anything всё что угодно	anything что-то, что-нибудь	not... any- thing ничего	no- thing ниче- го	every- thing всё
0 лю- дях	-body -one	somebody someone кто-то, кто- нибудь	anybody anyone всякий, любой	anybody anyone кто-нибудь, кто-либо	not... any- body not... any- one никто	nobo- dy no one none никто	every- body every- one все
0 мес- те	-where	some- where где-то, куда-то	anywhere где угодно, куда угодно	anywhere где-нибудь, куда-нибудь,	not... any- where нигде, никуда	no- where нигде, нику- да	every- where везде, всюду
Числительное
1.	Количественные числительные от 13 до 19 образуются при по-
мощи окончания -teen: thirteen, fourteen, fifteen, eighteen.
2.	Числительные, обозначающие десятки от 20 до 90, образуются
при помощи окончания -ty, например: twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, sixty,
eighty-seven, ninety-three.
218
3.	Порядковые числительные образуются при помощи окончания
-th, например: the sixth, the ninth, и перед ними ставится определен-
ный артикль.
Исключение: one — the first; two — the second; three — the third.
Глагол
1. Неопределенная форма глагола в английском языке имеет ча-
стицу to перед основой глагола: to go —идти, to read — читать.
2. Повелительное наклонение.
Утвердительная форма	Отрицательная форма
Go to the blackboard! Let us go to the theatre.	Don’t go to the blackboard! Let us not go to the theatre.
3. Таблица спряжения глагола to be.
Настоящее время	Прошедшее время	Будущее время
I	am He ] She } is It J We ] You } are They J	I He	was She It We You	were They	I	shall be He She	will be It We	shall be They } wil1 be
	Утвердительная форма	Вопросительная форма	Отрицательная форма
Настоящее	Не is a student.	Is he a student?	He is not a student.
Прошедшее	Не was a student.	Was he a student?	He was not a student.
Будущее	Не will be a stu- dent.	Will he be a stu- dent?	He will not be a student.
219
4. Таблица спряжения английского глагола (действительный залог).
Утвердительная, вопросительная и отрицательная формы.
В таблицу включены только те временные формы, которые даны
в учебниках для V — XI классов вечерней (сменной) школы.
	Present	Past	Future
INDEFINITE	He goes 1 to the cine- ma every Sunday. Does he go to the ci- nema every Sunday? He does not go to the cinema every Sun- day.	He went to the cine- ma yesterday. Did he go to the ci- nema yesterday? He did not go to the cinema yesterday.	He will go to the cinema tomor- row 2. Will he go to the cinema tomor- row? He will not go to the cinema tomor- row.
PERFECT	He has gone to the cinema. Has he gone to the cinema? He has not gone to the cinema.	He had gone to the cinema before we came. Had he gone to the cinema before we came? He had not gone to the cinema before we came.	
CONTINUOUS	He is going to the cinema now. Is he going to the cinema now? He is not going to the cinema now.	He was going to the cinema when 1 met him. Was he going to the cinema when I met him? He was not going to the cinema when I met him.	
1	К глаголам, оканчивающимся на s, z, х, ch, sh, прибавляется
окончание -es. У глаголов, оканчивающихся на у, предшествуемое
согласной, у меняется на i и прибавляется окончание -es: to try — he
tries, to cry — she cries. Ho: to play—he plays.
2	В обстоятельственных предложениях времени и условия упо-
требляется настоящее время для выражения действия в будущем,
например: When the bell rings, the lesson will be over. If he comes, I
shall go to the cinema together with him.
Стандартные (правильные) глаголы образуют вторую и третью
формы путем прибавления окончания -ed: to play — played, to try —
tried, to stop—stopped, to hope—hoped.
Нестандартные (неправильные) глаголы образуют вторую и третью
формы по-разному. См. список нестандартных глаголов на стр. 228.
220
5. The Passive Voice (страдательный залог).
	Present	Past	Future
INDEFINITE	The work is done by a turner. Is this work done by a turner? This work is not done by a turner.	The work was done by a turner. Was this work done by a turner? This work was not done by a turner.	The work will be done by a turner. Will this work be done by a tur- ner? This work will not be done by a tur- ner.
PERFECT	This work has been done by a turner. Has this work been done by a turner? This work has not been done by a turner.	This work had been done by a turner. Had this work been done by a turner? This work had not been done by a turner.	
Предлог by указывает, кем было совершено действие, а предлог
with — чем оно было совершено:
This exercise was written by my sister with her new pen.
6. Модальные глаголы may (might), can (could), must не имеют
формы инфинитива, сложных, составных глагольных форм, и после
них частица to не ставится:
I can do this exercise myself. May I go out? You must know all
the new words.
Can обозначает мочь, иметь физическую возможность. Отрица-
тельная форма cannot пишется слитно, например: I cannot understand
this text.
May обозначает мочь, иметь разрешение, например: May I take
this book home?
Обороты:
1.	Оборот there is, there are:
There is a large new school in this district.
There are three windows in our classroom.
2.	Безличные обороты типа it is cold:
Yesterday it was very cold and today it is hot.
3.	Оборот to be going to — собираться сделать что-нибудь. Часто
передает будущее время:
She is going to read it next week. We are going to do this to-
morrow.
4.	Обороты с глаголом to make (заставлять, вынудить, обязать)’.
She made me do this exercise for the second time.
221
The Complex Object (Сложное дополнение).
Сложное дополнение состоит из прямого дополнения (существи-
тельного или местоимения в. объектном падеже) и неопределенной
формы глагола или причастия настоящего времени.
Сложное дополнение переводится на русский язык придаточным
дополнительным предложением:
I want her to dance. Я хочу, чтобы она станцевала.
I saw her dancing. Я видел, как она танцевала.
В сложном дополнении употребляется неопределенная форма гла-
гола для выражения законченного действия и причастия настоящего
времени для передачи действия в процессе его совершения.
После глаголов to feel, to hear, to see и некоторых других
употребляется глагол без частицы to.
Причастие
1. Причастие настоящего времени (Present Participle) обра-
зуется путем прибавления окончания -ing к неопределенной форме
глагола (без частицы' to).
Причастие настоящего времени может употребляться как пр и л аг
гательное или наречие. Как прилагательное, оно может быть определе-
нием: a smiling woman, a running boy. Как наречие, причастие настоя-
щего времени употребляется как обстоятельство образа действия и соот-
ветствует русскому деепричастию: he spoke standing, she came crying.
2. Причастие прошедшего времени (Past Participle) образуется:
а) у правильных (стандартных) глаголов так же, как и Past Inde-
finite,— путем прибавления окончания -ed; б) у неправильных (нестан-
дартных) глаголов по-разному (см. третью колонку в таблице непра-
вильных (нестандартных) глаголов на стр. 228.)
Причастие прошедшего времени в предложении может быть опре-
делением: a written letter, a closed door или именной частью ска-
зуемого: the shop is closed.
Причастие прошедшего времени употребляется при образовании
Perfect и Passive: She has written a letter to her mother; This book was
written by a friend of mine.
The Gerund (Герундий)
Герундий — часть речи, которой нет в русском языке. Герундий
имеет свойства и существительного, и глагола. В предложении он
играет ту же роль, что и существительное:
Reading is useful. (Здесь герундий является подлежащим.)
I don't like reading such books.
I like his reading, (В этом и предыдущем предложениях герундий
является дополнением.)
After getting the letter, he went home. (Здесь герундий входит
в состав обстоятельства времени.)
После следующих глаголов нужно всегда употреблять герундий:
to finish, to go on, to be fond of, to keep, to stop, to be tired of.
После следующих глаголов можно употреблять и герундий, и не-
определенную форму глагола: to begin, to start, to remember,
222
Наречие
Наречия обычно образуются путем прибавления окончания -1у
к прилагательному, например: warm — warm/у; beautiful — beautiful/у.
Некоторые наречия образованы от других корней, чем прилага-
тельные; good —well.
Предлоги
to	at	from
Движение (куда?)	Местон ахождение (где?)	Движение (откуда?)
к предмету: Go to the black- board! к какому-нибудь ли- цу: Go to your uncle. в здание (связано с протекающим в нем процессом): Go to school! к месту, где осуще- ствляется деятель- тельность: Go to the plant.	у предмета: Не is at the black- board. у лица: He is at his uncle’s. в здании (процесс): He is at school. на месте, где осу- ществляется дея- тельность: Не is at the plant.	от предмета: Come from the blackboard! уход от лица: Не is coming from his uncle. уход из здания: Come home from school. уход от: Go straight to school from the plant.
after — за (после)
behind — за (позади)
before—до, до того как
(раньше)
in front of — перед
among — среди (многих)
between — между (двух)
with — среди, с
during — в течение (когда?)
for — в течение (как долго?)
I left the classroom after her.
There is a garden behind our school.
I never thought of it before you told me
about it.
There was a tall student sitting in front
of me and I could not see what was
on the blackboard.
Do you see Makarova standing there
among her friends?
There was a table between two windows.
I was with the people watching the foot-
ball match.
During the last 5 days it snowed very
often. (When?)
It snowed for 5 days without stopping.
(How long?)
223
in — через (о времени)
through — через (сквозь)
across — через (с одной сто-
роны на другую)
round (around) — вокруг
about—1) около
2) по, вокруг
3) о, об
with — с, со
without — без
until — до (какого-то вре-
мени или момента)
I shall be back in two days.
I was going through the park when I met
Sokolov.
I went across the street from one side
to another.
There are many fine woods around our
town.
It is about noon.
I was walking about the new town for
two hours.
Why didn’t you tell me about it?
I came to school with my friend.
I came to school without the textbook.
I was working in the garden until it
grew dark.
on Sunday, on week-days
in December, in winter, in the afternoon, in 1967
at 5 o’clock, at half past eight, at sunrise, at noon
Союзы
either ... or
You must either play or study. You cannot do both at the same
time.
neither ... nor
She can neither speak nor read English.
both ... and
They are both working and studying,
as ... as
Sokolov knows English as well as Popov.
Tom is as big as his brother.
I shall go to the library as soon as the bell goes.
unless (если... не)
1 shall go to her place unless it is very late.
Суффиксы (окончания) имен существительных1
-ness	dark-ness, quick-ness, clever-ness
-ment	achieve-ment, develop-ment, fulfil-ment
-(t)ion	correct-ion, organiza-tion, occupa-tion
-er (or)	work-er, teach-er, direct-or
-ity	real-ity, abil-ity
-ance (ence) import-ance, independ-ence
-hood	child-hood, mother-hood
-dom	free-dom
-ship	friend-ship
-ess	actor — actr-ess,	tiger — tigr-ess
1 Аффиксы (приставки и окончания), совпадающие с русскими,
такие, например, как -ist, -ism (commun-ist, commun-ism) и т. д., в дан-
ной таблице не даны.
224
Суффиксы имен прилагательных
—fill use-fulf саге-ful, beauti-ful
-less use-less, home-less, cloud-less
-ous fam(e)-ous, victor-i-ous
-able comfort-able, mov(e)-able
-al	nation-al, medic-al
-ant (ent) import-ant, independ-ent
-en	wood-еп, gold-en
-ish	green-ish, fool-ish
-y	sun-n-y, cloud-y
Префиксы (приставки) отрицания
un- un-successful, un-prepared, un-decided
in-	in-correct, in-translatable
im-	im-possible, im-movable
dis- dis-please, dis-place
Порядок слов в предложении
Вопроситель- ное слово	Вспомогатель- ный глагол	Подлежащее	Вспомогатель- ный глагол	Основной глагол	Косвенное дополнение	Прямое дополнение	Обет, места	Обет, времени
		I	shall	give	you	the book	at school	tomorrow
	Will	he		return		the book		tomorrow
When	will	he		return		the book?		
		Who	will	bring	me	the book?		
Косвенная речь	
Главное предложение	Придаточное предложение
Peter says,	“John is a good worker.”
Peter says	that John is a good worker.
Peter says,	“1 shave every day.”
Peter says	that he shaves every day.
Peter says,	“We are good workers.”
Peter says	that they are good workers.
225
ВИДЫ ВОПРОСОВ И ОТВЕТОВ
Вопросы					Ответы			
Вопросительное слово	Вспомога- тельный глагол и глагол- связка	Подлежа- щее	Смы- словой глагол	Второстепенные члены предложения	Краткий ответ	Полный ответ		
						Подлежа- щее	Сказуе- мое	Второстепенные члены предложения
Общие вопросы
	Did	you	1 go	| to Moscow last year?	| Yes, I did.	1 1	| went	| to Moscow last year.
	Do	you '	Альте go	рнативные вопросы to the cinema or to school? Специальные вощ	(или.,, или) эосы	I	go	to school.
A) Where Why When В) С) То whom With whom	did did did did will	you you you Who Who Who you you	go do go wrote speaks knows speak?	last summer? it? to Moscow? these words? English here? this girl?	I did. I do. He does.	I I I I I He I I	went did went wrote speak knows spoke shall go	to Moscow last summer. it because 1 liked it. to Moscow last summer. these words. English. this girl. to the teacher. there with my friend.
D) Whose		pen	is	on your desk?	Nick’s.	Nick’s pen	is	on my desk.
Согласование времен (The Sequence of Tenses)
Главное предложение	Придаточное предложение
I say, I said	“I get up at 6 every morning.” that I got up at 6 every morning.
I say, I said	“I got a good mark in English yesterday.” that I had got a good mark in English the previous day.
He says, He said	“/ am doing my homework.” that he was doing his homework.
She says, She said	“I have bought a very nice dress.” that she had bought a very nice dress.
They say, They said	“We shall go to a tourist camp next sum- mer. that they would go to a tourist camp next summer.
I (we) say, I (we) said	“I (we) shall come tomorrow.” that I (we) should come the next day.
Вопросы	
Главное предложение	Придаточное предложение
He asked me, He asked me	“Do you know English?” if I knew English.
He asked me, He asked me	“Are you reading?” if I was reading.
He asked me, He asked me	“Will you come tomorrow?” if I should come the next day.
He asked me, He asked me	“Were you ill?” if I had been ill.
I asked him, I asked him	“Where do you carry on your research work?” where he carried on his research work.
227
Приложение № 4
СПИСОК НАИБОЛЕЕ ЧАСТО ВСТРЕЧАЮЩИХСЯ
НЕСТАНДАРТНЫХ ГЛАГОЛОВ
Infinitive	Past Indefinite	Past Participle			
be [bi:]	was, were [woz, wo: became	been [bi:n] ]		быть
become [ЬГклт]		become		становиться
begin	began	begun		начинать
bend	bent	bent		гнуть
bite	bit	bitten		кусать
blow	blew [blu:]	blown [bloun]		дуть
break [breik]	broke	broken		ломать
bring	brought [bro:t] brought			приносить
build [bild]	built [bilt]	built		строить
burn [ba:n]	burnt [bo:n	t]	burnt		гореть, жечь
buy [bai]	bought [bo:	t]	bought		покупать
can	could [kud]	—			мочь (физич. воз- можность)
catch [kaetj]	caught [ko:	t]	caught	ko:t]	ловить
choose [tfu:z]	chose [tfou;	г]	chosen	'tjouzn]	выбирать
come [клт]	came	come		приходить
cut	cut	cut		резать, рубить
do [du:]	did	done [dAn]		делать
draw [dro:]	drew [dru:]	drawn [dro:n]		рисовать
drink	drank	drunk		пить
drive	drove	driven ['drivn]		гнать, водить ма- шину
eat [i:t]	ate [et]	eaten I'ktn]		есть, кушать
fall [fo:l]	fell	fallen		падать
fall ill	fell ill	fallen ill		заболевать
feed [fi:d]	fed [fed]	fed		кормить
feel [fi:l]	felt	felt		чувствовать
fight [fait]	fought [fo:t	|	fought		драться
find [faind]	found [faund] found			находить
fly	flew [flu:]	flown [floun]		летать, лететь забывать
forget [fo’get]	forgot	forgotten [fo’gotn]		
get	got	got		получать
go	went	gone [gon]		идти
grow Igrouj	grew [gru:]	grown [groun]		расти
have [haev]	had	had		иметь
hear [hio]	heard [ho:d]	heard			слышать
hit	hit	hit		ударять
hold	held	held		держать
keep [ki:p]	kept	kept		держать, сохра- нять
know [nou]	knew [nju:]	known [noun]		знать
lay	laid	laid		класть
lead [li:d]	led	led		вести, руководить
learn [lo:n]	learnt [lo:nt]	learnt			узнавать, изучать
228
leave [li:v] let lie [lai] lose [lu:z] make	left let lay [lei] lost made	left let lain [lein] lost made
may [mei]	might [mait]	
mean [mi:n]	meant [ment]	meant
meet [mi:t]	met	met
must	—	’ 
pay [pei]	paid [peid]	paid
put [put]	put	put
read [ri:d]	read [red]	read
retell	retold	retold
ride	rode	ridden ['ridn]
rise	rose	risen ['nzn]
run	ran	run
say [sei]	said [sed]	said
see [si:]	saw [so:]	seen [si:n]
sell	sold	sold
send	sent	sent
shake	shook [Juk]	shaken
shall	should [Jud]	
shave	shaved	shaven
shine	shone [Jon]	shone
shoot [Ju:t]	shot	shot
show [Jou]	showed	shown
sing	sang	sung
sink	sank	sunk
sit	sat	sat
sleep [sli:p]	slept	slept
smell	smelt	smelt
sow [sou]	sowed [soud]	sown [soun]
speak [spi:k]	spoke	spoken
spend	spent	spent
spread [spred]	spread [spred]	spread
stand	stood [stud]	stood
steal [sti:l]	stole	stolen
strike	struck	struck
swim	swam	swum
take	took [tuk]	taken
teach [ti:tj]	taught [to:t]	taught
tell	told	told
think	thought [6o:t]	thought
throw [6rou]	threw [0ru:]	thrown [6roun]
undergo	underwent	undergone
understand	understood	understood
	[4Ando'stud]	
покидать
позволять, давать
лежать
терять
делать, изготав-
ливать
мочь (иметь раз-
решение)
обозначать, подра-
зумевать
встречать
быть должным
платить
класть
читать
пересказывать
ехать верхом,
в машине
подниматься
бежать, бегать
говорить, сказать
видеть
продавать
посылать
трясти
вспом. гл. для
образ, буд. вр.
бриться
сиять
стрелять
показывать
петь
тонуть, погружать-
ся (в жидкость)
сидеть
спать
пахнуть, обонять
сеять
говорить
тратить
распространяться,
простираться
стоять
красть
ударить
плавать, плыть
брать
учить, преподавать
сказать (кому-то)
думать
бросать
подвергнуться
(чему-то)
понимать
229
wake	woke	waken
will	would [wud] —
win	won	won
wind [waind]
write [rait]
wound [waund]
wrote [rout]
wound
written ['ntn]
просыпаться
вспом. гл. для
образ, буд. вр.
выигрывать, по-
беждать
заводить
писать
Приложение № 5
ЧТЕНИЕ БУКВ И БУКВОСОЧЕТАНИЙ
Таблица чтения гласных букв
Буква	Закрытый слог	Открытый слог	Закрытый слог, оканчивающийся на Г	Открытый слог, в котором слово оканчивается на ге
a	se bag	[ei] make	[а] far, hard	[еэ] саге
e	[e] [pen]	[i-] these, he	[э:] her	[1Э] here
i	[i] big	[ai] like, I	[э:] third	[aia] fire
0	[Э] not	[ou] note, no	[э:] for	[э:] more
u	[A] bus	[ju:] lute	[э:] turn	[(])»] cure
Чтение некоторых буквосочетаний
al-	-согласная	э:	
ai		ei	
ay,	еУ,	ei	
a 4	-s-j-согласная	a	
au,	aw	э:	
ea		i:	
ea		e	
ее		i:	
ei,	ie	i:	
ew		u:	1
igh ild		ai	]
		arid]	
ind		aind]	
ing		bo	]
ink		[iqM	
— all, wall, talk
— rain, lain, again, afraid
— say, day, they
— class, ask
— autumn, because, saw
— read, meat
— ready, head, breakfast, heavy
— see, street, meet
— receive, field
— crew, drew, view
— high, fight
— child, wild
— mind, find
— singing, running
— think, link
230
oa old 00-	-k	ou] ould] u]
00-	-согласная	u:]
011,	ow	au]
OUS		as]
ow		ou]
ought, aught	[a:t]		
oy,	oi	[	Э1]
ck	I	k]
ch.	tch	[tf]	
gh	перед t не читается	
ng	[1	31
nk	[I	)k]
qu	[1	iw]
sh		]
sion		pn]
th		>] [6]
tion	, SSion	[J	an]
turc	5	[t	fa]
wa,	wha	[\	va]
wh	A	
wr	1	]
wor	5	va:]
kn	в начале слова [i	1]
— boat, coat, coast
— old, cold, told
— look, took
— school, moon
— out, about, how, now
— famous, serious, curious
— sow, window
— thought, brought
taught, caught
— boy, join
— black, clock
— teacher, chair, watch
— eight, night, light
— thing, morning
— thank, think
— quick, question
— she, sheep
— occasion, conclusion
— them, this, fifth
— translation, expression
— picture, culture
— want, wash, what
— which, where, when
— write, wrong
— worse, world
— know, knife
Буква с читается [s] перед e, i, у; в остальных случаях она чи-
тается [k]: pencil [s], car, close [к].
Буква g читается [ds] перед непроизносимыми буквами е, i, у; в
остальных случаях она читается [д]: George [ds], got [д].
Буква г не читается перед согласными или в конце слова: start,
саг.
Буква х читается [ks].
Буква у в ударном слоге читается [ai]: try, cry, 'typist, а в не-
ударном— [i]: 'happy, 'city.
КАК РАБОТАТЬ С ОБЩИМ АНГЛО-РУССКИМ СЛОВАРЕМ
Если учащимся встретится необходимость перевести какую-нибудь
статью не в учебнике, а в любой другой книге, газете или журнале,
то он будет вынужден использовать общий англо-русский словарь.
Как им пользоваться, чтобы при минимальной затрате времени
быстрее и правильнее отыскать нужное слово?
Для этого нужно твердо знать алфавит, так как в словарях все
слова расположены в алфавитном порядке, причем при расположении
слов учитывается не только первая, но и вторая, и третья, и чет-
вертая буква в слове.
Лучше всего начинать искать нужное слово по напечатанным на
крайних верхних углах листов словаря словам (или первым
трем буквам слов). В левом верхнем углу дается первое слово (или
три первые буквы слова) этой страницы, а в правом углу дается
последнее слово этой страницы.
Это позволит быстро отыскать разворот страниц, на которых
находится нужное слово.
Рядом со словом обычно дается его транскрипция, а затем идет
условный значок, который обозначает, какой частью речи является
это слово:
adj	adjective ['aedsiktiv]	прилагательное
adv	adverb ['aedva:b]	наречие
cJ	conjunction [kan'dsAgkJan]	союз
п	noun [naun]	имя существительное
num	numeral ['nju:maral]	числительное
pron	pronoun ['prounaun]	местоимение
prep	preposition [,prepa'zifan]	предлог
V	verb [va:b]	глагол
С помощью знаков фонетической транскрипции можно легко про-
читать любое незнакомое слово.
Необходимо учитывать, что в словаре слова даются в так назы-
ваемой основной (словарной) форме, то есть существительные даются
в единственном числе, глагол в неопределенной форме (инфинитиве),
прилагательное в положительной степени и т. д. Важно знать исход-
ную форму того слова, а затем уже искать его в словаре.
232
Предположим, вам встретились в тексте слова reading и hottest
и вам нужно найти их в словаре. Таких слов в словаре нет. Однако
если вы сумеете определить исходную форму этих слов, то без
труда найдете их в словаре. Отбросив окончание -ing, которое
является признаком причастия, вы найдете глагол read и опре-
делите его значение. Окончание -est является признаком превосход-
ной степени прилагательного. Отбросив его и букву t, которая удва-
ивается в закрытом слоге для сохранения краткости гласной, вы най-
дете прилагательное hot.
Аналогично надо работать и со всеми другими формами слов.
Большую помощь в определении основной формы глагола могут ока-
зать таблицы неправильных (нестандартных) глаголов.
Самую большую трудность представляет выбор правильного зна-
чения слова из всех, которые даны в словаре к этому слову. Слова
в английском языке также, как и в русском языке, многозначны. Кро-
ме того, есть в словарях и слова-омонимы (одинаковые по написанию,
но разные по значению). При выборе значения слова нужно опираться
на общий смысл переводимой статьи и того предложения, в котором
встретилось новое слово.
АНГЛО-РУССКИЙ СЛОВАРЬ
А
a [ei] 1-я буква англ, алфавита
а неопределенный артикль
♦ability [a'biliti] п возможность,
способность
able ['eibl]: to be able быть в
состоянии, мочь
abolish [a'bolij] v отменять (зд.
рабство), уничтожать
about [a'baut] prep о, об, про
♦abroad [эЬ'гэ:б] adv за границей,
вне дома, широко
absent ['aebsant]: to be absent
отсутствовать
♦absorb [ab'sozb] v поглощать,
впитывать
♦acceleration [aek,sela'reijan] n
ускорение
accept [ak'sept] v 1) принимать,
2) соглашаться, признавать
♦accomplish [a'komplif] v совер-
шать, достигать
according [a'kozdig] adv согласно
achievement [a'tji:vmant] n дости-
жение
across [a'kros] prep через
act n дело, поступок, акт
acting зд. театр, игра
♦action п действие
actor (actress) п актер (актри-
са)
add v прибавлять, присоединять,
складывать
♦admission [ad'mijan] п доступ,
вход, зд. тех. впуск (горючего
в цилиндр), поступление
adopt [a'dopt] v принимать (план,
программу), усыновлять
advance [ad'vans] п продвигать-
ся вперед, делать успехи
afraid [a'freid]: to be afraid бояться
after ['afta] prep после
afternoon (in the afternoon)
['afta'nu:n] n послеполуденное
время, во второй половине дня
again [a'gein] adv опять, снова,
еще раз
against [a'geinst] prep(adv) против
ago [a'gou] adv тому назад
agree [o'gri:] v соглашаться
agricultural [,®grI'kAltJural] adj
сельскохозяйственный
♦ahead [a'hed] adv впереди
air [ea] n воздух
in the open air на свежем воз-
духе
all [э:1] adj все, всё, весь, вся
all right [rait] хорошо, все в
порядке, ладно, согласен
allow [a'lau] v разрешать, позво-
лять
almost ['a:lmoust] adv почти, едва
already [od'redi] adv уже
♦altitude [raeltitju:d] n высота
always ['a:lwaz] adv всегда
am гл. ед. ч. наст вр. гл. to be
быть
among [а'тлд] prep среди, между
♦amount [a'maunt] п количество,
сумма, итог
♦ancient [’einjant] adj древний
and cj и, a
angry adj злой, сердитый
to be angry сердиться, злиться
animal ['animal] n животное
another [э'плбэ] adj другой
answer ['ansa] n ответ; v отве-
чать
any [’em] pron любой, какой-ни-
будь, сколько-нибудь
apple ['aepl] n яблоко
♦application [,aepli'keijan] n при-
менение, употребление, заявле-
ние
April ['eipnl] n апрель
234
are [a] v есть, находиться, мн. ч.
наст. вр. гл. to be быть
area [%апэ] п площадь
around [a'raund] prep вокруг
*arouse [a'rauz] v будить, возбу-
ждать (чувства, энергию)
^arrange [a'reinds] v приводить
в порядок, устраивать, улажи-
вать (спор)
^arrive [a'raiv] v прибывать
article ['cctikl] n статья, предмет
artificial [,ati'fifdl] adj искусст-
венный
artist pcctist] n художник
as far as до (города, села)
as well as так же, как
ask [ask] v спрашивать, просить
*aspect(s) ['aespekt] n вид, точкд
зрения, аспект
* astonished [o'stonijt] adj уди-
вленный
at prep у, за, на, в
^attach [a'taetj] v прикреплять,
присоединять, придавать(значе-
ние)
attention [a'tenjan] n внимание
August ['o:gast] n август
aunt [ant] n тетя
autumn ['o:tam] n осень
award [a'wozd] n награда; v на-
граждать, присуждать
away [a'wei] adv прочь
to go away уходить
to run away убегать
axe [aeks] n топор
В
b [bi:] 2-я буква алфавита
back adv обратно
to be back вернуться
to go back идти назад, возвра-
щаться
to come back прийти назад,
возвратиться
bad adv плохой, нехороший
bag n портфель, сумка
bakery ['beikan] n пекарня, бу-
лочная
balcony ['baelkani] n балкон
bank n 1) берег (реки)-, 2) банк
*bar n зд. брусок, пластина
*basic ['beisik] adj основной
*bask [bask] v греться (на солн-
це)
bath-room ['baOrum] n ванная
комната
*battle ['baetl] n битва
be (am, is, are, was, were) v
быть
to be back вернуться
to be on идти (в театр, кино)
A good play is on Идет хоро-
шая пьеса
to be born родиться
to be glad быть довольным
to be good at (in) быть искус-
ным, умелым в (чем-либо)
Не is good at tennis
to be over оканчиваться
beach [bi:tj] пляж, морской берег
beautiful ['bju:tiful] adj красивый,
прекрасный
because [bi'ko:z] cj потому что,
так как
become [ЬГклт] (became, be-
come) v становиться, делать-
ся
bed п кровать
before [bi'fэ:] ргр до, раньше, пе-
ред
beg v просить, умолять
begin (began, begun) v начинать,
начинаться
behaviour [bi'heivja] n поведение
behind [bfhaind] ргр за (позади);
adv сзади
believe [bi'li:v] v верить, думать,
полагать
bell n звонок, колокол
belong [bi'tog] v принадлежать
below [bi'lou] adv ниже, внизу;
prep ниже, под
belt n пояс
bend (bent, bent) v гнуть, сги-
бать, кланяться
best (the) adj лучший, превосход-
ная степень от good
235
do one’s best делать все воз-
можное
I shall do my best to help her
the best part ббльшая часть
better adj лучше, сравнительная
степень от good
between [bi'twi:n] prp между
(двумя)
bicycle ['baisikl] n велосипед
bird n птица
•birthplace ['ba:6pleis] n место
рождения, родина
black adj черный
blackboard ['blaekbozd] n классная
доска
*blankly adv 1) прямо, решитель-
но; 2) крайне
*blotting-paper n промокатель-
ная бумага, промокашка
blow (blew, blown) out v заду-
вать, тушить
blue [blu:] adj голубой, синий
board [bo:d] n доска, борт
on board на борту парохода
(самолета)
to go on board a ship (a plane)
ехать, приехать на пароходе
(самолете)
boat [bout] п лодка, судно
to go boating кататься на лодке
book п книга
*bore v бурить, сверлить; п бур,
сверло
born [Ьэ:п]: to be born родиться
1 was born in 1948 Я ро-
дился в 1948 году
both [Ьоиб] ргоп оба, обе
bother ['boSa] v беспокоиться, на-
доедать
bottom ['botam] n низ, дно
box n ящик, коробка
boy n мальчик
*brain [brein] n мозг
brave adj храбрый
bread [bred] n хлеб
breakfast ['brekfast] n завтрак
to have breakfast завтракать
*breathe [bri:3] v дышать
brick n кирпич
bridge [bridj] n мост
bring (brought, brought) [bra:t] v
приносить
•bring together сводить (вме-
сте), соединять
•broken сломанный
brother ['Ьгддэ] n брат
•brown [braun] adj коричневый
build (built, built) [bild; bill] v
строить
building n здание, строение
•burden ['ba:dn] n бремя, тяжесть,
груз
bus n автобус
business ['biznis] n дело, торговля
busy ['bizi] adj занятый
to be busy быть занятым
but cj но, a
butter ['bAta] n масло
button ['bAtn] n пуговица
buy (bought, bought) [bar, ba:t] v
покупать, купить
С
c [si:] 3-я буква алфавита
саке п пирожное, торт
calculation Lkaelkju'leijan] п рас-
чет, вычисление, калькуляция
call [ka:l] v звать, называть
camp п лагерь; v располагаться
лагерем
can (could) v мочь, быть в со-
стоянии, уметь
I can do it Я могу это сделать
We can write Мы умеем пи-
сать
canteen [kaen'tkn] п столовая, бу-
фет (в школе, на заводе, в учре-
ждении)
capable ['keipabl] adj способный
capital ['kaepitl] n 1) столица;
2) капитал
car n легковая автомашина
care [kea] n забота
to take care of заботиться
cargo ['kagou] n груз
carry ['кжп] v носить, возить
to carry away уносить
236
to carry on систематически
заниматься чем-нибудь, вести,
продолжать
to carry out выполнять
cat n кошка
*case [keis] n случай
catch (caught, caught) [kaetj; ko:t]
v ловить, хватать кого-нибудь,
поймать
caused [ka:zd]: to be caused быть
чем-то вызванным
cave n пещера
ceiling [rsi:lig] n потолок
♦celebrated adj известный, зна-
менитый
♦Centigrade ['sentigreid] n Цель-
сий
central heating [hi:tirj] n цен-
тральное отопление
centre ['senta] n центр
century ['sentfun] n век, столетие
certainly ['so:tnli] adv конечно,
непременно
chair [tjeo] n стул
chalk [tjo:k] n мел
change [tjemds] v менять,изменять
channel ['tfaenl]n пролив, канал
♦charge [tfads] n заряд, запал
chemistry ['kemistn] n химия
child (мн. ч. children) [tjaild;
'tjildron] n ребенок (дети)
♦childhood ['tjaildhud] n детство
Chinese ['tfai'ni:z] adj китайский;
n китаец
choose [tfu:z] (chose, chosen) v
выбирать
cinema ['sinimo] n кино
city n город (большой)
civil ['sivil] adj гражданский
classroom n классная комната
clean [kli:n] adj чистый; v чистить,
убирать
cleaner’s n химчистка
clear [klio] adj ясный
it is clear ясно
clerk [klak] n конторский слу-
жащий, клерк
climb [klaim] v подниматься, ла-
зить, набирать высоту
cloak-room f'kloukrum] п гарде-
роб, раздевальня
clock п часы (стенные, настоль-
ные, башенные, но не ручные)
at 6 o’clock в 6 часов
close [klouz] v закрывать
close [klous] adj близкий
clothes [klouSz] n одежда
cloud [klaud] n туча, облако
club n клуб
coal [koul] n уголь
coast [koust] n побережье
coat [kout] n пальто
coffee ['kofi] n кофе
♦coil n катушка, завиток
cold adj холодный
it is cold холодно
to catch cold простудиться
collective farm [ka'lektiv'fam]
колхоз
colour ['кл1а] n цвет
♦combustion [kom'bAstJan] n горе-
ние, сгорание
internal combustion engine
двигатель внутреннего сгорания
come (came, come) [клш; keim]
v приходить
common ['кэтэп] adj общий, про-
стой, обычный
communist adj коммунистический;
n коммунист
Communist Labour Team ['leiba
ti:m] бригада коммунистиче-
ского труда
compass ['клтрээ] n компас, цир-
куль
competition Lkompi'tijan] n со-
ревнование
♦complete [kam'pli:t] v закончить,
дополнить
♦complex ['kompleks] adj слож-
ный
♦compound ['kompaund] n смесь,
состав, соединение
♦compression [kom'profan] n сжа-
тие
comrade ['komrid] n товарищ
conclusion [kan'klmsan] n заклю-
чение
237
conduct ['kandakt] n поведение;
[kan'dAkt] v проводить (ток и
m. д.)
congress n съезд, конгресс
•connecting rod n шатун, тяга
*conquer ['kogka] v побеждать,
завоевывать
consist (of) [kan'sist] v состоять
constant ['kanstant] adj постоян-
ный
•contain [kan'tem] v содержать
continue [kan'tinju:] v продол-
жать
*contribution Lkantn'bju-.jan] n
содействие, вклад
convenient [kan'vi:njant] adj удоб-
ный
*convert [kan'va:t] v превращать
*cook n повар, повариха; v печь,
готовить еду
corn п хлеб, зерно, урожай
*согпег п угол
correct adj правильный; adv пра-
вильно; v исправлять
correspond [,kans'pand] v соот-
ветствовать
cotton ['kotn] п хлопок
cough [kaf] v кашлять
country ['kAntn] п страна
in the country (-side) в дерев-
не, в загородной местности
courage ['кдпбз] п мужество
course (of) [ka:s] adv конечно
cousin ['клгп] n двоюродный брат
или сестра
cover ['клуэ] v закрывать, покры-
вать; n крышка, обложка книги
cow [kau] п корова
•crankshaft ['kraegk'Jaft] n колен-
чатый вал
•create [kn'eit] v создавать
crew [kru:] n экипаж (корабля)
cross v пересекать
crowd [kraud] n толпа
cry [krai] (cried) «/кричать, рыдать
culture ['кл1Цэ] n культура
•curiosity [jkjuari'asiti] n любо-
пытство
•current ['kArant] n ток, течение
curtain n занавес
•cut v резать, нарезать
D
d [di:] 4-я буква алфавита
dance [dans] v танцевать; n та-
нец
danger ['deindja] n опасность
•dangle v покачиваться
dark adj темный
it is dark темно
daughter ['da:ta] n дочь
day n день
a day off выходной день
in the day-time днем
dead [ded] adj мертвый
•deal [di:l] v иметь дело (общее) с
dear [dia] adj дорогой
December [di'semba] n декабрь
decide [dfsaid] v решать, ре-
шить
decorate ['dekareit] v украшать
•dedicate ['dedikert] v посвящать
defence [di'fens] n защита, обо-
рона
degree [di'gri:] n степень, градус
department store универсальный
магазин
depend on v зависеть от
•depth n глубина
•derrick n буровая вышка
descend [di'send] v спускаться,
сходить
desk n парта, письменный стол
•destination [,desti'neijan] n на-
значение
•determine [di'ta:mm] v опреде-
лять
develop [di'velap] v развивать
development n развитие
dial ['daial] n циферблат, шкала,
диск; v набирать номер
dictionary ['dikfonn] п словарь
die v умирать, умереть
difference ['difrans] п разница
different ['difrant] adj различный,
разный
238
difficult ['difikolt] adj трудный
•dim (light) adj тусклый, неясный
(свет)
dining-room n столовая
dinner ['dins] n обед
to have dinner обедать
♦dip v окунать
♦direct adj прямой
direction [di'rekfan] n направле-
ние
discover [dis'kAva] о открывать
♦distance ['distans] n расстояние,
дистанция
♦distant ['distant] adj отдаленный
distinguish [dis'tirjgwiJ] v разли-
чать
district ['distrikt] n район
divide [di'vaid] v делить
do (did, done) v делать
to do one’s best стараться де-
лать все возможное, прила-
гать все усилия
to do one good быть полезным
to do without [wi3'aut] обхо-
диться без (чего-нибудь)
doctor n врач, доктор
dog n собака
♦dolphin ['dolfm] n дельфин
door [da:] n дверь
doubt [daut] v сомневаться
down ргр вниз
down the river вниз по реке
downstairs ['daun'steaz] adj вниз;
внизу, в нижнем этаже
♦drain [drein] off (the water) v
осушать (почву), n дренаж
draw [dra:] (drew, drawn) v ри-
совать
♦drawing n рисунок
dress n платье; v одеваться
drink (drank, drunk) v пить
drive (drove, driven) ['dnvn] v
водить (автомашину)
drive away изгонять, выгонять
drop v ронять, бросать; n капля
during ['djuarirj] adv во время,
в течение
dust п пыль
duty ['dju:ti] п долг
Е
е [i:] 5-я буква алфавита
each [i:tj] ргоп каждый
each other ['лЭэ] друг друга
early ['a:h] adv рано
earn [a:n] v зарабатывать
earth [э:0] n земной шар, земля,
почва
East [i:st] n восток
easy ['i:zi] adj легкий (нетруд-
ный)
eat (ate, eaten) [i:t; et; 'i:tn] v
есть, кушать
education [tedju'keifan] n образо-
вание, воспитание
♦egg n яйцо
eight [eit] num восемь
either ['ai3a]... or adv или, либо;
ргоп любой; adj тот или дру-
гой, каждый (из двух)
elder adj старший в семье
eldest (the) adj самый старший
в семье
elect [I'lekt] v выбирать, изби-
рать
♦electric power [I'lektrik'paua]
электрический ток, электроэнер-
гия
eleven [i'levn] пит одиннадцать
else [els] adj еще, кроме, иначе
♦emanation ^ema'neifan] n излу-
чение, эманация
♦emit [I'mit] v испускать (лучи,
частицы)
end n конец
enemy ['enimi] n враг, неприя-
тель
engineer [,end5i'nia] n инженер
England n Англия
English adj английский
enjoy [m'djoi] v получать удо-
вольствие, наслаждаться
We enjoyed the play Мы
посмотрели пьесу с удоволь-
ствием
enough [i'nAf] adj достаточный;
n достаточное количество; adv
достаточно
239
enter f'ents] v входить, поступать
(в институт и т. п.)
equal ['i:kwsl] adj равный
*equation [I'kweijsn] n уравнение
•equip [1'kwip] v снаряжать, эки-
пировать
•era ['тэга] n эра
•especially [is'pejali] adv особен-
но, специально
•essential [i'senjsl] adj основной
•establish [fstaeblij] v устанавли-
вать
•Europe ['jusrsp] n Европа
even ['i:vn] adv даже
evening ['i:vnig] n вечер
in the evening вечером
good evening добрый вечер
event [rvent] n событие
every ['evn] adj (pron) каждый,
всякий
example [ig'za-mpl] n пример, об-
разец
for example например
except [ik'sept] prp за исключе-
нием, исключая, кроме
excite [ik'sait] v возбуждать
exclaim [iks'kleim] v восклицать
excuse [iks'kjmz] v извинять, про-
щать
exercise ['eksssaiz] n упражнение
•exhaust [ig'zozst] pipe выхлоп-
ная труба
•existence [ig'zistsns] n существо-
вание
explore [iks'pb:] v исследовать,
изучать, разведывать
•expression [iks'prejsn] n выра-
жение
extraordinary [iks'trszdinan] ad]
чрезвычайный, экстраординар-
ный
F
f [ef] 6-я буква алфавита
face n лицо
factory n завод
fade v увядать, вянуть
fall (fell, fallen) v падать, упасть;
n падение
family ['faemili] n семья
famous ['feimas] adj знаменитый,
известный
far adj далекий; adv далеко
•Farenheit ['faenn'hait] n Фарен-
гейт
fast [fast] adj быстрый, скорый;
adv быстро, крепко, стойко
father ['faxfo] n отец
favourite ['feivant] adj любимый,
тот, кому (чему) отдают предпо-
чтение
fear [fis] n страх
•feature ['fi:tja] n характерная
черта
February ['februan] n февраль
feed (fed, fed) v кормить, пи-
таться) пасти(сь)
feel (felt, felt) v чувствовать,
ощущать
fellow ['felon] n парень
fellow-student n соученик
fertilizer (mineral) ['fsitilaizs] n
удобрение (минеральное)
few [fju:] adj немногий, незначи-
тельный; n малое число
a few несколько
field [fi:ld] n поле
fight (fought, fought) [fait; fo:t] v
сражаться, бороться, драться
figure ['figs] n цифра, фигура
•fill v заполнять, наполнять
find (found, found) [faind; faund]
v находить, найти
find out узнавать
fine adj прекрасный, красивый,
хороший; adv прекрасно
fine day хороший день
finish v кончать, заканчивать; п
конец, финиш
fire ['fais] п огонь
•fireplace п камин
first [fs:st] пит первый
fish п рыба; v ловить рыбу
•fission ['fijan] п атомный распад
fitter п слесарь
five пит пять
flat п квартира
•flavour ['fleiva] п вкус
240
*flow [Hou] v течь
flower ['flaua] n цветок
♦fluorescent [flua'resnt] lamp
лампа дневного света
fly (flew, flown) [flax, flu:, floun]
v летать, лететь; n муха
follow v следовать за
following следующий
fond: to be fond of нравить-
ся
food n пища, питание
for prp для, в течение
force [fo:s] n сила
forced вынужденный
foreign [’form] adj иностранный
forget (forgot, forgotten) v забы-
вать, забыть
form n класс
♦form v образовывать(ся), фор-
мироваться)
forward ['fazwad] adv вперед,
дальше
foundation [faun'deijon] n осно-
вание, фундамент
four [fa:] num четыре
♦fraction ['fraekjon] n дробь, часть,
доля
♦frame n рама
free [fri:] adj свободный; v осво-
бождать
freedom n свобода
French adj французский
fresh adj свежий
Friday ['fraidi] n пятница
friend [trend] n друг, приятель,
подруга
frightened ['fraitnd] adj испуган-
ный, напуганный
front [fглп1] n фронт
at the front на фронте
in front of впереди, перед
fruit [fru:t] n фрукт, фрукты
fulfil [ful'fil] v выполнять, испол-
нять
full (of) adj полный, наполнен-
ный
♦fundamental [jAndo'mentl] adj
основополагающий, фундамен-
тальный
G
g [dji:] 7-я буква алфавита
♦game n игра
garden n сад
gas cooker ['gaes'kuko] газовая
плита
gate n ворота, калитка
gather ['дзеЭэ] v собирать
♦general ['djenaral] adj общий
♦gently ['dsentli] adv осторожно,
тихо, спокойно, нежно
♦German ['dsarman] adj немецкий,
германский; n немец
get (got, got) v получать, доста-
вать
get ready ['redi] собираться,
быть готовым
get up вставать
How are you getting on? Как
вы поживаете? Как дела?
♦gills [gilz] п жабры
girl [дэ:1] п девочка, девушка
give (gave, given) |giv; 'givn] v
давать, отдавать
glad adj довольный
to be glad быть доволь-
ным
glow [glou] v накаляться докрасна,
рдеть
go (went, gone) v идти, пойти,
поехать
go boating кататься на лодке
go fishing ловить рыбу
go in for sports заниматься
спортом
go into business заниматься тор-
говлей (коммерцией)
go on продолжать
go out выйти, потухнуть
go to bed ложиться спать
gold n золото
good [gud] adj хороший
to be good at хорошо уметь
Ex: He is good at tennis. Он
хорошо играет в теннис.
good-bye [bai] int до свидания,
прощайте
goods п pl товары
241
govern ['gAvon] v управлять, ру-
ководить
government ['gAvnmont] n пра-
вительство
^graduate ['graedjueit] v оканчи-
вать вуз
grass [gras] n трава
gravity ['graeviti] n тяжесть
the force of gravity сила тя-
жести, тяготение
•grease [gri:s] n смазочное веще-
ство, смазка
great [greit] adj великий, боль-
шой
Greek [gri:k] adj греческий
green [gri:n] adj зеленый
greet [gri:t] v приветствовать
grip v хватать(ся)
grocery ['grousan] n бакалейный
магазин, гастроном
ground [graund] n земля, почва
grow (grew, grown) [grou; gru:;
groan] v расти
grow old стареть
grow up вырастать
•guide [gaid] n гид, экскурсовод;
v направлять, вести
gun п ружье, пистолет
Н
h [eitj] 8-я буква алфавита
hair [he о] п волосы
half [haf] п половина
hall [ho:l] п зал
hand п рука (кисть руки)
•hang (hung, hung) v вешать
happen [Ъаерэп] v случаться, про-
исходить
happy adj счастливый
harbour ['habo] n гавань
hard [had] adj трудный, тяжелый,
твердый; adv упорно, усердно,
тяжело
•hardly adv едва
harvest ['havist] n урожай; v со-
бирать урожай
hat n шляпа, шапка
hate v ненавидеть
have [haev], has (had, had) v
иметь
have breakfast (dinner) завтра-
кать (обедать)
have on носить
have to быть должным (сде-
лать что-то), следует
have a rest отдыхать
have a swim поплавать
he ргоп он
head [hed] п голова
headache ['hedeik] п головная
боль
hear (heard, heard) [hio; ho:d] v
слышать
heart [hat] n сердце
by heart наизусть
heavy ['hevi] adj тяжелый (no
весу)
•height [halt] n высота
help v помогать; n помощь
her [ho:] ргоп 1) ее (притяжа-
тельное местоимение)} 2) ее
(личное местоимение в косвен-
ном падеже)
here [hio] adv здесь
high [hai] adj высокий
•high-speed adj высокоскоростной
him ргоп его (личное местоиме-
ние в объектном падеже)
Ex: Give him this book.
his ргоп его (притяжательное
местоимение)
Ex: This is his book,
hit (hit, hit) v ударять(ся)
•hole n дыра, отверстие, нора
holiday ['hoiodi] n праздник, ка-
никулы, отпуск
home n дом (место постоянного
жительства)
at home дома
honour ['опа] п честь
hope v надеяться; п надежда
horse [ho:s] п лошадь
hot adj горячий, жаркий
it is hot жарко; горячо
hour ['аиэ] п час (время)
house [haus] п дом (строение)
how [hau] adv как
242
How much? Сколько?
How old? Сколько лет?
however [hau'evo] adv однако
hullo ['hA'Iou] int алло, здравст-
вуйте
*human ['hjir.man] adj человече-
ский, гуманный
hundred ['hAndrid] num сто
hurry ['Ьлп] v спешить, торо-
питься
in a hurry срочно, поспешно
husband ['hAzband] n муж
*hydrogen ['haidndsan] n водород
1
I [ai] 9-я буква алфавита
if cj если
ignition [ig'mfan] n зажигание
ill adj больной
to be ill быть больным, плохо
себя чувствовать
illuminate [rij u :mineit] ^освещать,
иллюминировать
immediately [i'mi:djatli] adv не-
медленно
important [im'paitant] adj важный
impossible [im'pasabl] adj невоз-
можный
impress [im'pres] v производить
впечатление
impression [im'prejan] n впечат-
ление
in prp в, на
in the open air на свежем воз-
духе
inch n дюйм
incline [in'klam] n иметь наклон
(наклонность, склонность)
increase [m'krirs] v увеличивать
independence [jndi'pendans] n
независимость
independent adj независимый
indicate ['mdikeit] v указывать
industrial [in'dAStnal] adj инду-
стриальный, промышленный
infinitely ['mfinitli] adv беско-
нечно
influence ['millions] n влияние
inlet adj впускной
instant ['instant] n мгновение, мо-
мент
at any instant в любой момент
instantly adv немедленно
instead (of) [m'sted] adv вместе
insure [in'fuo] v обеспечивать,
страховать
intellectual [jnti'lektjual] adj ум-
ственный, интеллектуальный
interesting ['intristirj] adj интерес-
ный
internal [in'taml] adj внутренний
internal combustion engine
двигатель внутреннего сгорания
interplanetary adj межпланетный
into prp в (отвечает на вопрос
«куда?»)
invent [in'vent] v изобретать
invisible [m'vizobl] adj невиди-
мый
iron ['aian] n железо
is v 3-е л. ед. ч. настоящ. вр.
глагола to be
island ['ailand] n остров
it pron 3-го л. ед. ч. употр. вме-
сто существ., обознач. неодуше-
вленные предметы
its pron притяжательное место-
имение от it
itself [it'self] pron возвратное ме-
стоимение «сам»
J
J [djei] 10-я буква алфавита
*jacket ['dsaekit] п капот, рубаш-
ка, жакет
January ['dsaenjuari] п январь
join [dsain] v соединять, объеди-
нять
*joke п шутка
*jolt п толчок, тряска, удар
July [dsu:'lai] п июль
June [dsu:n] п июнь
*junior ['djumja] adj младший
just [djASt] adj справедливый;
adv как только, только что,
точно, именно
243
к
k [kei] 11-я буква алфавита
keep (kept, kept) v держать, со-
хранять, хранить
kill v убивать, резать (скот)
kind of сорт, разновидность
What kind of ...? Что за... ?
*king п король
kiss v целовать; п поцелуй
kitchen п кухня
knock [пэк] v стучать; п стук
know (knew, known) [nou, nju:,
noun]v знать
*knowledge ['nolids] n знание
L
1 [el] 12-я буква алфавита
lack v испытывать недостаток; n
недостаток, нехватка
*lair [кэ] п логово
lake п озеро
land п земля, суша
landscape ['laendskeip] п ланд-
шафт
language ['laerjgwids] п язык
large [lads] adj большой
last [last] adj последний, прош-
лый
last year в прошлом году
at last наконец
last v длиться, продолжаться
late adj поздний, покойный; adv
поздно
it is late поздно
to be late опаздывать, опоз-
дать
*latter ['laeto] adj последний
laugh [laf] v смеяться
law [1э:] n закон
^lawyer ['13:jo] n адвокат
*layer ['1ею] n слой, пласт
learn [1э:п] v учить, учиться из-
учать, узнать
least [li:st] adj превосходная сте-
пень от little
leave [li:v] (left, left) v остав-
лять, покидать, уезжать; n отпуск
lecture ['lektfa] v читать лекции;
n лекция
*ledge [ledj] n выступ, уступ,
край
leg n нога
length [1ег)6] n длина
less adj сравнительная степень
от little
lesson [’lesn] n урок
let (let, let) v разрешать
let us 1) давайте, 2) разрешите
нам
letter ['leta] n письмо, буква
*level ['levl] n уровень
library ['laibran] n библиотека
lie (lay, lain) [lai; lein] v лежать
life n жизнь
*lift v поднимать; n подъемник,
лифт
light [lait] n свет, лампа, свеча;
adj светлый, легкий
like v нравиться, любить
Ex: I like this hat.
to be like быть похожим
to look like быть похожим
*limb [lim] n конечность, колено
(в машине)
*line [lain] n линия, строка
*link n звено
*liquid ['hkwid] n жидкость
listen (to) v слушать
little adj маленький; adv мало
live [liv] v жить
long adj длинный
long ago давно
look (at) v смотреть (на)
look like быть похожим
*look through [Оги:] просматри-
вать
lose (lost, lost) [lu:z; lost] v те-
рять
lot (of) много
loud [laud] adj громкий
*loud speaker громкоговоритель
love [Iav] v любить; n любовь
*loving adj любящий
low [lou] adj низкий
*lubricate ['luibnkeit] v смазы-
вать
244
lunch [1лпЦ] n второй завтрак
*lung n легкое
M
m [em] 13-я буква алфавита
machine [marfi:n] n машина
magazine [jnaega'zim] n журнал
(периодический)
main [mein] adj главный, основ-
ной
maize [meiz] n кукуруза
make (made, made) v 1) делать
(вещь), 2) заставлять что-либо
делать
Ex: She made me come here.
♦mammal ['maemal] n млекопи-
тающее
man (мн. ч. men) n человек, муж-
чина
manage ['maenids] v справляться,
управлять, заведывать
many ['mem] adj многие; adv
много
map n географическая карта
March [matj] n март
market ['makit] n базар, рынок
marry ['таен] v жениться, выхо-
дить замуж
matter ['maeta] n дело
What is the matter? В чем дело?
May [mei] n май
may (might) [mei; mait] v мочь,
иметь разрешение (модальный
глагол)
me ргоп меня, мне
mean (meant, meant) [mi:n; ment]
v иметь в виду, иметь намере-
ние; значить
means [mi:nz] п pl средства
measurement ['mesamant] п изме-
рение, мера (чего-то)
meat [mi:t] п мясо
medicine ['medsin] п лекарство,
медицина
meet [mi:t] (met, met) v встре-
чаться)
meeting n собрание, встреча, ми-
тинг
member ['memba] n член обще-
ства (партии)
milk n молоко
mill n мельница
million ['miljan] num миллион
minus ['mamas] n минус
minute ['minit] n минута
*missing ['misiij] adj пропущен-
ный, опущенный, отсутствую-
щий
♦mix v смешивать
modern ['madan] adj современный
♦Monday ['niAndi] n понедельник
money ('тлш] n деньги
month [тлпб] n месяц
monument ['manjumant] n памят-
ник
moon [mu:n] n луна
more [ma:] adj сравнительная
степень от many, much
morning ['ma:mg] n утро
in the morning утром
good morning доброе утро
most [moust] adj превосходная
степень от many, much
mother ['тлдэ] n мать
motion ['moujan] n движение
mountain ['mauntin] n гора
mouth [mau6] n рот, устье реки
move [mu:v] v двигаться
much adj много; adv много
♦multiple ['mAltipl] n кратное чи-
сло
multiply ['mAltiplai] v умножать,
умножить
♦multistory ['mAltfstairi] adj мно-
гоэтажный
must v быть должным (обязан-
ным) сделать что-нибудь
♦mutter ['mAta] v бормотать
my ргоп мой
mystery ['mistan] n тайна
N
n [enJ 14-я буква алфавита
name n имя, фамилия
narrow ['naerou] adj узкий
♦natural ['naetjral] adj естественный
245
navigate Lnaevi'geit] v плыть, ле-
теть (no определенным ориен-
тирам)
near [шэ] prp около; adv недале-
ко; adj близкий
♦necessary ['nesisan] adj необхо-
димый
need [ni:d] v нуждаться; n нужда
needle [rni:dl] n иголка
♦negative ['negativ] pdj отрица-
тельный
neither... nor ['na$a] adv ни
то... ни другое
never ['neva] adv никогда
new [nju:] adj новый
newspaper ['nju:speipa] n газета
next adj следующий
night [nait] n ночь
tonight сегодня вечером
night-school вечерняя школа
nine num девять
no adv нет; adj никакой
♦noble adj благородный
north [na:6] n север
not отрицательная частица
«не>
noten записка, примечание
notebook п тетрадь
nothing ['oaOhj] ргоп ничего
notice ['noutis] n замечать
November [nou'vemba] n ноябрь
now [nau] adv сейчас, теперь
♦nuclear ['nju:kha] adj ядерный
^nucleus pnjtr.klias] (pl nuclei) n
ядро (зд. атома)
О
о [ou] 15-я буква алфавита
♦object ['abd^ikt] п цель, задача;
дополнение (грам.)
observe [ab'za:v] v наблюдать
♦occasion [a'keisan] n случай,
оказия
occupy ['akjupai] v занимать, ок-
купировать
ocean ['oujan] n океан
o’clock [a'kbk] n час (время)
It is 9 o’clock девять часов
October [ak'touba] n октябрь
of [av] prp предлог, образующий
притяжательный падеж суще-
ствительных
Ex: The book of my brother
книга моего брата
of course [ka:s] adv конечно
often [bfn] adv часто
♦oil [ail] n нефть, растительное
(любое жидкое) масло
old [ould] adj старый
to be old иметь много лет, быть
старым
on prp на, в, по
one [wah] пит один; ргоп упо-
требляется во избежание по-
вторения одного и того же су-
ществительного в одном и том
же предложении
only ['ounh] adv только
open ['oupan] adj открытый; v от-
крывать
opera ['арагэ] п опера
Opera House оперный театр
♦operate [bpareit] v управлять,
приводить в действие, действо-
вать
♦operation [,apa'reijan] п дейст-
вие, управление, операция
♦opinion [a'pmjan] п мнение
or cj или
order [b:da] п порядок
ordinary ['a:dman] adj обыч-
ный
ore [а:] n руда
organize [b:ganaiz] v устраивать,
организовывать
original, in the [an'dsmal] adj
в подлиннике, в оригинале
other ['лба] ргоп, adj другой
our ['aua] ргоп наш
out of [aut] prp из
out of work без работы
over ['ouva] prp над
to be over кончаться, заканчи-
ваться
*oxygen [bksidsan] n кислород
246
р
р [pi:] 16-я буква алфавита
*page [peidj] п страница
paint [peint] п краска; v красить
*рап п кастрюля
paper ['peipa] п бумага, газета,
документ
part п часть
pass [pa:s] v проходить
passage ['paesidj] n 1) отрывок
(текста), 2) коридор, проход
past ргр после; adv мимо; adj
прошлый, минувший
patient ['peijantj п больной, па-
циент; adj терпеливый
^pattern ['paetan] п образец
pay (paid, paid) v платить
to pay attention обращать
внимание
peace [pi:s] n мир
*peak [pi:k] n пик, вершина
(горы)
pen n ручка, перо
pencil ['pensi] n карандаш
people l'pi:pl] n люди, народ
*perfected [pa:'fektid] улучшенный
^perforated ['pa:fareitid] перфори-
рованный, пробитый
perhaps [pa'haeps] adv может быть
person ['pa:sn] n личность, особа;
лицо (грам.)
photograph ['fout3,gra :f] n фото-
графия; v фотографировать
pick up подбирать
picture ['piktja] n картина
piece [pi:s] n кусок, часть
pilot ['pailat] n летчик, пилот
*pinch n щепотка; v щипать
*pipe n труба, трубка
*piston ['piston] n зд. шатун
place n место
to my place ко мне домой
*plain adj простой, обычный; n
равнина
plane n самолет
plant [pla:nt] n завод
plant [pla:nt] v сажать (растения)
plate n тарелка
play [plei] v играть; n игра, пьеса
please [pli:z] adv пожалуйста
pleasure ['pleja] n удовольствие
plenty (of) n много, масса
*plug n штепсель; зд. запальная
свеча
*poach [poutj] v варить яйцо
без скорлупы
pocket ['pakit] п карман
poetry ['pouitri] п поэзия, стихо-
творение
point п точка, пункт; v указывать
poor [puo] adj бедный
*portion ['pa:Jan] п часть, доля,
порция
^positive ['pazativ] adj положи-
тельный
^possible ['pasabl] adj возмож-
ный
*post-office ['poustpfis] n почто-
вая контора
potato [pa'teitou] n картофель
*pour [pa:] v наливать
power ['paua] n сила, мощь, эл.
ток
precise [pn'sais] adj точный
prepare [рп'реэ] v приготавли-
вать
*present ['preznt] n подарок; adj
присутствующий
*press v надавливать; n пресс
^pressure ['preja] n давление
^prevent [pn'vent] v предупре-
ждать, мешать кому-то сделать
что-то
previous ['pri;vjas] adj преды-
дущий
price [prais] n цена
print v печатать
prison ['pnzn] n тюрьма
prize n награда, приз
produce [pra'dju:s] v производить
progress n успех
to make progress делать успехи
promise ['pramis] v обещать
properly ['prapali] adv как сле-
дует
prove [pru:v] v доказывать
proved to be зд. оказались
247
’proverb ['provab] n пословица
public ['рлЬЙк] n народ, публика;
adj общественный
pull [pul] v тянуть, тащить
*pull down a house снести дом
pupil ['pjtupl] n ученик, ученица
push [puj] v толкать, толкнуть
push out вытолкнуть
put (put, put) v класть, положить
put on надевать
Q
q [kju:] 17-я буква алфавита
’quadratic [kwa'draetik] adj квад-
ратное (уравнение)
quality ['kwaliti] n качество
quarter ['kwa:ta] n четверть
(чего-то)
question ['kwestjan] n вопрос
quick [kwik] adj быстрый
quiet ['kwaiat] adj тихий, спокой-
ный
quite [kwait] adv совершенно,
вполне
R
г [а:] 18-я буква алфавита
race [reis] n состязание (в ско-
рости) гонки; v состязаться
(в скорости)
radio ['reidiou] п радио
radio set радиоприемник
rain [rein] п дождь
It rains идет дождь
raise [reiz] v поднимать
rather (I’d) ['га:ба] (Я бы) скорее,
лучше, охотнее
’ray [rei] n луч
reach [ri:tf] v достигать
read (read, read) [ri:d;red] v
читать
real [rial] adj настоящий, реаль-
ный
’reason ['ri:zn] п причина, разум
reasonable ['ri:znabl] adj разумный
receive [ri'si:v] v получать
’recently ['ri:sntli] adv недавно
’record ['reka:d] n грампластин-
ка, запись
red adj красный
’reflect [n'flekt] v отражать
refuse [ri'fju:z] v отказываться
’related связанный с, имеющий
общее
relation [n'leijan] n отношение,
родственник
’release [ri'li:z] v освобождать,
отпускать
relief [rfli:f] n облегчение, по-
мощь
’remain [n'mein] v оставаться,
пребывать
remark [ri'ma:k] n замечание
remember [ri'memba] v помнить,
запомнить
remind [n'maind] v напомнить,
напоминать
’remove [ri'mu:v] v переезжать,
передвигать, увозить
’require [n'kwaia] v зд. нуждать-
ся в
research [rirsa:tf] n исследование
rest v отдыхать; n отдых; (the)
остальные
to have a rest отдыхать
rest-home n дом отдыха
result [п'глК] n результат
return [n'ta:n] v возвращать(ся)
rich adj богатый
to be rich in изобиловать чем-
либо
ride (rode, ridden) v ехать вер-
хом; ехать (в машине и т. д.);
п прогулка, езда
right [rait] adj правая (сторона),
правый; (верный)} п право
to be right быть правым
you are right вы правы
ripe adj спелый
rise (rose, risen) n подниматься
river ['riva] n река
up the river вверх по тече-
нию
down the river вниз по тече-
нию
river bank берег реки
road [roud] n дорога
rock n скала
248
room [ru:m] n комната
rotate [rou'teit] v вращаться
round [raund] adv вокруг; prp
кругом; adj круглый
row v грести; n ряд
*rub v тереть(ся)
*rubber ['глЬэ] n резина, ре-
зинка
run (ran, run) v бежать, бегать
rush v бросаться, нестись
Russian ['гл|эп] adj русский; n
русский
S
s [es] 19-я буква алфавита
sail [seil] v отплывать, плыть (на
лодке, судне); п парус
*salt [salt] п соль
same (the) ргоп тот же самый,
такой же
*sand п песок
satisfaction [,saetis'faekjan] п удов-
летворение
Saturday п суббота
*save v спасать
say (said, said) [sei; sed] v гово-
рить, сказать.
school [sku:l] n школа
to school (at school) в школу
(в школе)
night-school п вечерняя школа
science ['saians] п наука
*scientist п ученый
scout [skaut] п разведчик
scratch п царапина
*screen [skri:n] п экран
*screw [skrti:] п винт
sea [si:] п море
search [so:tj] v искать
seashore п побережье, морской
берег
second ['sekand] пит второй; п
секунда
see (saw, seen) [si:, so:, si:n] v
видеть
seed [si:d] n семя
seem v казаться
sell (sold, sold) v продавать
send (sent, sent) v посылать
sentence ['sentons] n предложение
September [sop'tembo] n сентябрь
serve [so:v] v служить
set v ставить, класть, заходить;
n набор, комплект
setting sun заходящее солнце
settle v поселяться, обосновы-
ваться), усаживать(ся), прихо-
дить к выводу (решению)
settlement п поселение
seven пит семь
several ['sevral] adj несколько
shake (shook, shaken) v трясти
shave (shaved, shaven) v бриться
she ргоп она
sheep [Ji:p] n овца, овцы
sheet [Ji:t] n лист (бумаги)
shift n смена
shine (shone, shone) [Jon] v сиять,
блестеть, светить
ship n корабль
^shipwrecked ['Jiprekt] потерпев-
ший кораблекрушение
shoe [Ju:] n ботинок, обувь
shoot (shot, shot) v стрелять
shop n магазин
to go shopping ходить за по-
купками (no магазинам)
shore n берег (морской)
short adj короткий
shout [Jaut] v кричать, шуметь
*shove v толкать, выталкивать
to shove aside оттолкнуть
show (showed, shown) v показы-
вать; n сеанс
sick adj больной
side n сторона
sigh [sai] v вздыхать
*sight [salt] n зрение, вид, взгляд
sign [sain] v подписывать, ставить
знак; п знак
silence ['sailans] п тишина, мол-
чание
silly adj глупый
simple adj простой
sing (sang, sung) v петь
sister n сестра
sit (sat, sat) v сидеть
sit down садиться, сесть
249
situate v располагать
to be situated быть располо-
женным, находиться
six пит шесть
size п размер
skate v кататься на коньках; п
конек
ski [ski:] v ходить на лыжах; п
х лыжа
^skilful adj искусный, умелый,
опытный
sky п небо
slave п раб
sleep (slep, slept) v спать; n
сон
*slide v скользить
^slight [slait] adj незначительный,
легкий, слабый
slow adj медленный
small [smo:l] adj маленький, не-
большой
smell [smel] (smelt, smelt) v
пахнуть; n запах
smile v улыбаться; n улыбка
smoke v курить; n дым
smooth [smu:0] adj ровный, глад-
кий
snow [snou] n снег
It snows идет снег
so adv итак, так
^social ['soujal] adj обществен-
ный, социальный
society [sa'saiati] n общество
socjc n носок
sofa ['soufa] n диван, софа
*soldier ['souldsa] n солдат, боец
^solution [syiu:Jan] n решение,
раствор
some [sAm] pron некоторые, кое-
кто; adj некоторый, некий, ка-
кой-нибудь
sometimes ['SAmtaimz] adv иногда
son [sao] n сын
soon [sum] adv вскоре
sorry, ['son]: to be sorry сожа-
леть (о ком- или чем-либо)
I am sorry извините, простите
^source ['so:s] n источник (инфор-
мации)
south [sau6] n юг
Soviet Union ['souviet 'ju:npn] n
Советский Союз
sow [sou] (sowed, sown) v сеять
space [speis] n пространство,
космос
space pilot космонавт
spaceship n космический ко-
рабль
spare [spE9] adj запасной, лишний
*spark [spa:k] n искра
sparking-plug n запальная свеча
speak [spi:k] (spoke, spoken) v
говорить, разговаривать
specimen ['spesimin] n образец,
образчик
*speech [spi:tj] n речь, спич
*speed [spi:d] n скорость, быстро-
та
spend (spent, spent) v тратить,
проводить
*spoon [spu:n] n ложка
sportsman (pl sportsmen) n
спортсмен, физкультурник
spot n пятно; v замечать
^spread [spred] v распространять-
ся), простираться
spring n 1) весна, 2) пружина; v
прыгать
square [skwea] n 1) площадь,
2) квадрат; adj квадратный
stage [steidj] n сцена; v ставить
на сцене (пьесу)
stand (stood, stood) v стоять
stand up вставать
start [stat] v начинать
stay [stei] v оставаться
steady ['stedi] adj устойчивый,
равномерный, непоколебимый
steal [sti:l] (stole, stolen) v красть
*steam [sti:m] n nap
*steel [sti:l] n сталь
still adv все еще, также
stand still стоять смирно, тихо
stocking ['stokig] n чулок
stone n камень
stop v останавливаться, остано-
виться; n остановка
storey ['stozri] n этаж
250
stormy ['sta:mi] adj бурный
story ['st3:ri] n рассказ
strange [streinds] adj странный
stream [stri:m] n ручей
street [stri:t] n улица
strict adj строгий
^strike v ударять, (за)бастовать;
n забастовка
^striker n молоточек (зд. в эл.
звонке)
string п веревка
strong adj сильный
struggle ['strAgl] п борьба
study ['stAdi] v учить, изучать,
заниматься; п кабинет
substitute ['SAbstitju:t] v заменять,
замещать; п заменитель
subtract [sab'traekt] v отнимать,
вычитать
succeed [sak'si:d] v 1) преуспевать,
достигать цели, 2) следовать за
чем-либо
success [sak'ses] п успех
such ргоп такой
suddenly ['sAdnh] adv неожи-
данно
suffer ['sAfa] v страдать
sugar ['Juga] n сахар
suit [sju:t] n костюм; v подходить
summer n лето
sun n солнце
Sunday ['SAndi] n воскресенье
*supply [sa'plai] v тех: снабжать,
подавать, подводить, питать
suppose [sa'pouz] v предпола-
гать
sure [Jua]: to be sure быть уве-
ренным в чем-либо
for sure наверняка
surface [rsa:-fis] n поверхность
surprise [sa'praiz] v удивлять-
(ся)
surrounding [sa'raundig] окруже-
ние
swim (swam, swum) v плавать,
плыть
to have a swim поплавать
^switch on включать
^switch off выключать
T
t [ti:] 20-я буква алфавита
table ['teibl] n 1) стол, 2) таблица
*tail [teil] n хвост
take (took, taken) v брать, взять
take off снимать
take part принимать участие
take place происходить, иметь
место
take a tram (bus ...) сесть на
трамвай (автобус и т. д.)
it takes time занимает (столь-
ко времени), берет, нужно
talk [ta:k] v говорить с, разгова-
ривать
tall [ta:l] adj высокий
task [ta:sk] n задание
tea [ti:] n чай
teach (taught, taught) ta:t]
v учить
teacher n учитель
team [ti:m] n команда, бригада
Communist Labour Team бри-
гада коммунистического труда
telephone ['tehfoun] n телефон;
v звонить по телефону
tell (told, told) v сказать кому-
либо
temperature ['tempritfa] n темпе-
ратура
to take one’s temperature из-
мерять температуру
ten num десять
terrible ['terabl] adj ужасный
*test n испытание, контрольная
работа; v испытывать
text [tekst] n текст
textbook n учебник
than cj чем
thank [Oaerjk] v благодарить
thank you спасибо, благодарю
вас
the определенный артикль
theatre [r0iata] n театр
their [без] ргоп их (притяжа-
тельное местоимение в 3-м л.
мн. ч.)
Ex: their book их книга
251
them ргоп их, им (личное мест.
they в косвенном падеже)
Ex: I see them; give them;
speak about them.
then ado тогда, затем, потом
therefore ['deafo:] поэтому
these [3i:z] ргоп эти (мн. ч. от
this)
they [Sei] ргоп они
thick adj толстый, густой, частый
thing п вещь
think (thought, thought) [0o:t] о
думать
third [Go:d] num третий
this ргоп этот
those [3ouz] ргоп те
though [3ou] ado все-таки, однако
же; cj хотя
thousand ['Gauzond] num тысяча
three [Ori:] num три
through [6ru:] prp через, сквозь
throw (threw, thrown) [6rou] о
бросать
^Thursday ['Oa:zdi] n четверг
ticket n билет
time n время
in time вовремя
it is time (to) пора
What time is it? Который час?
*tiny ['taini] adj очень малень-
кий
tired: to be tired устать
tissue ['tisju:] n биол. ткань
to [tu; to] prp к, в, на, до
today ado сегодня
together [to'geSo] adv вместе
tomorrow [to'morou] ado завтра
tonight [ta'nait] ado сегодня ве-
чером
too [tu:] ado 1) также, 2) слиш-
ком
tool [tu:l] n инструмент (ручной)
topic ['tDpik] n тема
*torch n ручной фонарик, факел
touch [tAtjj о дотрагиваться
town [taun] n город (небольшой)
*trace n след
trade n профессия, специаль-
ность
train [trein] о тренироваться; n
поезд
translate [traens'leit] о переводить
^transmitter [traenz'mito] n пере-
датчик
^transport n средства сообщения,
транспорт
travel ['traevl] о путешествовать
*treat [tri:tj о обрабатывать
tree [tri:] n дерево
trip n прогулка, путешествие (не
очень долгое)
*true [tru:] adj правдивый, пра-
вильный
try (tried) о стараться, пытаться
*tube п трубка; тюбик
*Tuesday ['tju:zdi] п вторник
turn [torn] о поворачивать(ся), пре-
вращаться); п поворот
*turn on включать
*turn off выключать
turner п токарь
twelve [twelv] пит двенадцать
two [tu:] num два
U
u [ju:] 21-я буква алфавита
*ultra-violet ['Altro'vaiolit] adj
ультрафиолетовый
uncle ['Agkl] n дядя
under ['Ando] prp под
^underline о подчеркивать
understand (understood, under-
stood) о понимать
^undertake (undertook, under-
taken) о предпринимать
*undertow n 3d. подводное течение
uniform ['ju:nifo:m] n форма
uninhabited [,Anin'haebitid] необи-
таемый
union ['ju:njon] n союз
unit ['ju:nitj n единица (чего-то)
unless cj пока
until prp до
up the river вверх по реке
upstairs ['Ap'steoz] ado вверх no
лестнице, наверх, наверху
*uranium [juo'remjom] n уран
us ргоп нас, нам, о нас, нами
252
use [ju:z] v употреблять; [ju:s] n
польза, использование
useful adj полезный
useless adj бесполезный
V
v [vi:] 22-я буква алфавита
valley ['vaeli] n долина
♦valuable ['vaeljuabl] adj ценный
♦valve [vaelv] n клапан, лампа
(в радиоприемнике)
various ['veanas] adj различный,
разнообразный
vegetable ['vedsitabl] n овощи
vegetable garden огород
♦velocity [vi'lositi] n скорость
very ['ven] adv очень
the very тот самый, именно
этот
very well очень хорошо
victory ['viktan] n победа
♦view [vju:] n вид
♦vinegar ['vinigct] n уксус
*visit v посещать
voice [vois] n голос
♦volume ['voljum] n 1) объем,
2) том
W
w [’dAblju:] 23-я буква алфавита
wait (for) [weit] v ждать, ожи-
дать
wake v будить
walk [wo:k] v гулять, идти пеш-
ком
wall [wo:l] n стена
want [wont] v хотеть, желать,
нуждаться; n нужда
war [wo:] n война
warm [wo:m] adj теплый
it is warm тепло
warn [wo:n] v предупреждать
was [woz] v был (прош. вр. от
глагола to bej
wash [wof] v мыть(ся), стирать
watch [wotj] n наручные часы;
v наблюдать
water ['wo:ta] n вода; v поливать
water-melon n арбуз
♦wave n волна
way [wei] n путь, способ
to be in one’s way быть на
дороге, мешать кому-либо
on the way to по дороге (пу-
ти) в
we ргоп мы
weak [wi:k] adj слабый
weapon ['wepan] n оружие
weather ['weSa] n погода
♦Wednesday ['wenzdi] n среда
week [wi:k] n неделя
♦weight [weit] n вес
well adv хорошо
as well as так же, как и
west п запад
♦wet adj мокрый, сырой
what [wot] ргоп что, какой
What is on? Что идет (в кино,
театре)?
when adv когда
whenever adv когда бы ни
where [wea] adv где, куда
which [witj] ргоп какой, который
♦while adv время, промежуток
времени, пока, в то время как
whisper ['wispa] v шептать(ся);
п шепот
white adj белый
who [hu:] ргоп кто
whole [houl] adj целый, весь
whom [hu:m] ргоп кому
whose [hu:z] ргоп чей
why [wai] adv почему
wide adj широкий
wife n жена
♦will n зд. воля
win (won, won) v выигрывать,
побеждать
wind [wind] n ветер
wind (wound, wound) [waind;
waund] v заводить
window ['windou] n окно
♦wing n крыло
winter ['wmta] n зима
♦wire ['waia] n проволока
wish v мечтать, желать; n мечта,
желание
with [wiS] prp c, co
253
without [wi'Saut] prp без
woman (pl women) ['wumon;
'wimin] n женщина
wonder ['wAndo] v удивляться;
n чудо, диво
wood [wud] n лес
wooden adj деревянный
word [word] n слово
work [work] v работать; n работа
work out разрабатывать
worker n рабочий
workshop n мастерская
world [world] n мир (вселенная)
worse (worst) [wars; worst] adj
(сравнит, и превосх. степ, от
bad)
write (wrote, written) v писать
wrong [год] adj неправильный
X
x [eks] 24-я буква алфавита
у [wai] 25-я буква алфавита
YCL ['wai'sir'el] ВЛКСМ
year [jio] п год
last year в прошлом году
to be ... years old иметь воз-
раст
Ex: Не is 20 years old. Ему
20 лет.
*yellow ['jelou] adj желтый
yes [jes] adv да
yesterday ['jestodi] adv вчера
you [jur] pron вы, ты
young []лд] adj молодой
your [jor] pron ваш, твой
yourself [Jor'self] pron сам (и)
Z
z ['zed] 26-я буква алфавита
zero ['ziorou] num ноль
РУССКО-АНГЛИЙСКИЙ СЛОВАРЬ
А
а, и and
а, но but [bAt]
август August ['oigast]
автобус bus [bAs]
автомобиль (легковой) car [ка]
акт, действие act
алло (здравствуйте) hullo [hA'lou]
английский English
по-английски, на английском
языке in English
апрель April ['eipral]
арбуз water-melon ['wo:ta,mel9n]
Б
бабушка grandmother ['дгаеп,тлЭэ]
базар market ['makit]
бакалейный магазин grocery
['grousan]
бедный poor [риэ]
бежать, бегать to run (ran, run)
без without [wi'3aut]
без работы out of work ['aut
av 'wa:k]
белый white [wait]
берег bank мор, shore
беспокоить(ся) to bother ['ЬэЗа]
библиотека library ['laibrari]
билет ticket ['tikit]
биология biology [bai'oladsi]
благодарить to thank
спасибо thank you
близкий close [klous], near [шэ]
богатый rich
болеть to be ill; заболеть to fall ill
большой big, large [lads]
бороться, сражаться to fight
(fought, fought) [fait; fo:t]
борт, доска board [bo:d]
на борту парохода (самолета)
on board a ship (plane), aboard
борьба struggle ['strAgl]
ботинок, башмак, обувь shoe
[Ju:]
бояться to be afraid of [a'freid]
брат brother ['ЬглЗэ]
брать, взять to take (took, taken)
бригада коммунистического тру-
да Communist Labour Team
['komjunist 'leiba 'ti:m]
брить(ся) to shave (shaved, sha-
ven)
бросать to throw (threw, thrown)
[6rou:; Oru:; 6roun]
будить to wake (woke, woken)
булочная bakery ['beikari]
бумага paper
был (-а, -и) was, were [woz, wa:]
быстро quickly ['kwikli]
быстрый quick [kwik], fast [fast]
быть, находиться to be (am, is,
are)
быть занятым to be busy ['bizi]
быть в состоянии, уметь
(мочь) can (could) [kud]
быть готовым, собираться,
готовиться to get ready ['redij
быть довольным to be glad
быть без работы to be out of
work ['aut av' wa:k]
В
важный important [im'pa:tant]
вам, вас you [ju:]
ванная bath-room ['baOrum]
вверх up [лр]
вдруг suddenly ['sAdnh]
в, на in
в прошлом году last year ['last
'jta]
великий, большой great [qreit]
велосипед bicycle ['baisikl]
веревка string
255
верить to believe [bi'li:v]
вернуть(ся) to return [n'ta:n]
вернуться, возвращаться to come
back ['клш 'baek], to be back
вес weight [weit]
весна spring
вести (какую-нибудь работу) to
carry on ['kaen]
вечер evening ['r.vnirj]
вечерняя школа night-school
['nait 'sku:l]
вечером in the evening
взволнованный excited [ik'saitid]
взять, брать to take (took, taken)
вид kind of
видеть to see (saw, seen) [si:, so:,
si:n]
вклад contribution [,kontn'bju:Jan]
включать to include [in'klju:d]
влияние influence ['influons]
вместе together [ta'geSa]
вместо instead of [in'sted av]
вниз down [daun]
внизу below [bi'lou], downstairs
['daun'steaz]
внимание attention [a'tenjan]
во время, в течение during
['djuang]
вода water ['wo:ta]
возвращаться to return [n'ta:n]
воздух (на свежем воздухе) in
the open air [еэ]
возить, носить carry ['kaen]
война war [wo:]
вокруг, кругом around [a'raund]
волосы hair [hea]
воля will
вопрос question ['kwestjon]
ворота, калитка gate
восемь eight [eit]
восклицать to exclaim [iks'kleim]
воскресенье Sunday ['SAndi]
восток east [i:st]
вот here you are
вперед forward [lo:wod]
впереди in front of
впечатление (производить) to
impress [im'pres]
враг enemy ['enimi]
врач, доктор doctor
вращать(ся) to rotate [ra'teit]
время time
всё, все all [э:1]
всегда always ['3:lwaz]
вселенная, мир world [wa:ld]
вставать to stand up (stood, stood)
вставать (просыпаться) to get up
(got, got)
вставать (подниматься) to rise
(rose, risen) ['rizn]
встречать to meet (met, met)
вторник Tuesday ['tju:zdi]
второй second ['sekand]
входить, поступать (в учебное
заведение) to enter
вчера yesterday ['jestadi]
вы, ты you [ju:]
выбирать (кого-то) to elect
[1'lekt]
выбирать (между чем-то) to
choose (chose, chosen) [tju:z
вывод conclusion [kan'klu:san
вызывать (что-то) to cause [ka:z]
выигрывать, побеждать to win
(won, won)
выполнять to fulfil [ful'fil]
высокий high [hai], tall [to:l]
высоко high [hai]
выходить, выйти, потухать to
go out (went, gone) [gan]
выходной день day off
Г
гавань harbour ['herba]
гардероб 1) (раздевалка) cloak-
room ['kloukrum]; 2) (шкаф)
wardrobe ['wa:droub]
география geography [dsi'agrafi]
главный main [mein]
гладкий smooth [smu:6]
глупый silly ['sili]
голова head [hed]
гора mountain ['mauntm]
город city ['siti], town [taun]
готовить to prepare [pri'pea]
градус degree [di'gri:]
грести to row [rou]
256
гриб mushroom ['mAfrum]
громкий loud [laud]
громко loudly ['laudli]
Д
да yes [jes]
давайте let us
давать, дать to give (gave, giv-
en) [giv, geiv, 'givn]
даже even ['i:vn]
далеко far [fa]
два two [tu:]
двенадцать twelve [twelv]
дверь door [do:]
двигаться to move [mu:v]
движение motion ['moujan]
двоюродный брат (сестра) cousin
['kAZn]
девочка, девушка girl [ga:l]
девять nine
дедушка grandfather
декабрь December [di'semba]
делать to do (did, done) [du:,
did, dAn]
делать покупки to go shopping
делать все возможное to do
one’s best
дело business ['biznis]
день day [dei]
деньги money ['шлш]
дерево tree [tri:]
держать to keep (kept, kept)
десять ten
дети children ['tjildran]
детство childhood ['tjaildhud]
деятельность activity [sek'tiviti]
диван sofa ['soufa]
длина length [lerjO]
длиться to last [last]
доктор doctor
должен (ы, a) to have (has) to do
smth.
домой (идти домой) to go home
дом отдыха rest-home
дорога way [wei], road [roud]
дорогой (-ая, -ue) dear [dia]
до свидания good-bye ['gud'bai]
доска board [ba:d]
доставать, добиваться to get
(got, got)
достаточно enough [i'nAf]
достижение achievement
[a'tji:vmant]
дотрагиваться to touch [tAtJ]
дочь daughter ['da:ta]
драться, сражаться to fight
(fought, fought) [fait, fa:t]
ДРуг, подруга friend [trend]
другой another, the other
думать to think (thought, thought)
[6a:t]
дым, курить smoke, to smoke
дядя uncle [’Agkl]
E
его (притяжательное местоиме-
ние) his
его (личное местоимение в кос-
венном падеже) him
его (для неодушевленных пред-
метов) it
единица (чего-то) unit ['ju:nit]
ее, ей her [ha:]
если if
если ... не unless [An'les]
ехать, ездить, идти to go (went,
gone) [дэп]
ехать верхом (или в машине)
to ride (rode, ridden) (in)
еще yet, more
Ж
ждать to wait [weit] (for)
жена wife
жениться, выходить замуж to
marry
женщина woman (women)
['wuman, 'wimm]
животное animal ['aenimal]
жизнь life
жить to live [liv]
журнал magazine Lmaega'zr.n]
3
за at, for, behind, after
забастовка strike
забота care
257
зависеть to depend
завод plant [plant], factory
['faektari]
заводить to wind (wound, wound)
[waind; waund]
завтра tomorrow [to'morou]
завтрак breakfast ['brekfost]
второй завтрак lunch [UntJ]
завтракать to have breakfast
загородная местность the coun-
try ['kAntn] (in the country)
задание task [task]
за исключением except [ik'sept]
заключение conclusion
[kan'klju-.jan]
закон law [la:]
закрыть, закрывать to close
[klouz]
зал hall [ha:l]
заменять substitute ['sAbstitju:t]
замечать to notice ['noutis]
занавески curtains ['kartnz]
занимать (территорию, город и
т. д.) to occupy ['akjupai
заниматься to study ['stAdi
заниматься спортом to go in
for sports
занятый busy ['bizi]
запад west
запах smell
зарабатывать to earn [o:n]
заставлять кого-либо сделать
что-либо to make (made, made)
smb. do smth.
затем then [den]
защита, оборона defence [di'fens]
звать, называть to call [ko:l]
звонок bell
здание building ['bildig]
здесь here [hia]
зеленый green [gri:n]
земля earth [a:6
зерно corn [кэ:п]
зима winter ['wmta]
знак sign [sain]
знаменитый famous ['feimas]
знать to know (knew, known)
[nou, nju:, noun]
золото gold
И
и, a and
игла needle [rni:dl]
игра, пьеса play [plei]
игра game (football is a game)
играть to play
игрок player
идти to go (went, gone [gon])
идти (о пьесе, кинофильме)
to be on
идет снег it snows [snouz]
идти назад, возвращаться to
go back, to return
идти пешком, гулять to walk
[wo:k]
из out of
из, от from
избирать to elect, to choose
(chose, chosen)
извините I am sorry ['sori]
изгонять, выгонять to drive
away
изменять to change [tjemdj]
измерение measurement ['mejo-
mant]
изобиловать to be rich in
изобретать to invent
или or
или ... или either ... or ['aiSa ... '□:]
иметь to have [haev] (had, had)
иметь в виду to mean (meant,
meant) [mi:n; ment]
имя name
индустриальный industrial
[in'dAStrial]
инженер engineer bendsi'nia]
иногда sometimes ['sAmtaimzj
иностранный foreign ['form
институт institute ['institju:t
инструмент (ручной) tool [tu:l]
интеллектуальный intellectual
[jnti'lektjual]
искать to search (sought, sought)
[sa:tj; so:t]
искупаться to have a swim
искусственный artificial [,atrfijal]
исправить to correct [ko'rekt]
испуганный (напуганный) frigh-
tened ['fraitnd]
258
исследование research [n'sa:tj]
истинный true [tru:]
итак so
их their [&еэ]
июнь June [dsu:n]
июль July [dsui'lai]
К
каждый eagh [i:tj], every ['evri]
казаться to seem [si:m]
как how [hau]
Как дела? How are you getting
on?
какой, что what [wot]
какой-нибудь (любой) any ['em]
как раз just [djAst]
камень stone
карандаш pencil ['pensl]
карман pocket ['pakit]
карта (географическая) map
картина picture ['piktja]
картофель potato [pa'teitou]
кататься на коньках to skate
ходить на лыжах to ski [ski:]
кататься на лодке to go boat-
ing [’boutiQ]
качество quality ['kwoliti]
квартира flat
кино cinema ['sinima]
кипеть, кипятить to boil
кирпич brick
класс (коллектив учащихся)
class [klas]
класс (комната) classroom
классная доска blackboard ['blaek-
ba:d]
класть to put (put, put) [put]
клуб club [kkb]
книга book [buk]
ковер carpet ['kapit]
когда when
колхоз collective farm [ka'lektiv
fam]
колхозник collective farmer ['fama]
команда, бригада team [ti:m]
коммунистический communist
['kamj unist]
комната room [ru:m]
компас compass
комсомол Y.C.L. ['wai'sifel] Young
Communist League
ко мне домой to my place
конец end; finish
конечно of course [ka:s]
конечный last [last]
кончать to finish
кончаться to be over [’ouva]
урок окончен the lesson is over
корабль, пароход ship
коридор passage ['paesidj], corridor
кормить to feed [fi:d] (fed, fed)
коробка box
космос space [speis]
костюм suit [sju:t]
который, какой which [witJ]
кофе coffee ['kafi]
кошка cat
красивый beautiful ['bju:tiful]
краска, цвет colour ['кл1э]
красный red
красть to steal [sti:l] (stole, stolen)
кричать, рыдать to cry (cried),
to shout [faut]
кровать bed
кругом, вокруг round [raund]
кто who [hu:]
куда, где where [wea]
кукуруза maize [meiz]
культура culture ['kAltJa]
купить, покупать to buy (bought,
bought) [bai; ba:t]
курить to smoke
кусок piece [pi:s]
кухня kitchen ['kitjin]
Л
лагерь camp
лежать to lie (lay, lain) [lai, lei,
lein]
лекарство medicine ['medsm]
лекция lecture ['lektja]
лес wood [wud], forest ['forist]
летать, лететь to fly (flew, flown)
[flai, flu:, floun]
лето summer ['SAma]
259
летчик pilot ['pailat]
лицо, человек person [rpa:sn]
лицо face
лодка boat [bout]
ложиться спать to go to bed
лошадь horse [ho:s]
луна moon [mu:n]
лучше better (than)
лучший, наилучший the best
любимый (автор) favourite ['fei-
vont]
любить, нравиться to like, to be
fond of
любовь love [Iav
любящий loving ['Iaviq]
люди people [rpi:pl]
M
магазин, мастерская shop
магнитофон tape-recorder
маленький little ['litl]
мало little (употребляется с су-
ществительными, не имеющими
формы множественного числа)
мало, немного few [fju:] (упот-
ребляется с существительными,
имеющими форму множест-
венного числа)
мальчик, юноша boy [boi]
март March
масло butter ['bAto]
мастерская workshop
мать mother ['шлЭэ]
машина machine [mo'Ji:n]
медленный slow
между between [bi'twi:n]
мел chalk [tjo:k]
мельница mill
меня, мне (личное местоимение
в косвенном падеже) те
место place [pleis]
месяц month [тлпб]
механик, монтер, слесарь fitter
[W]
мечта(ть) dream [dri:m], to dream
мешать кому-нибудь to be in
somebody’s way
миллион million ['miljan]
миля mile
минус minus ['mamas]
минута minute ['minit]
мир, вселенная world [wa:ld]
мир, покой peace [pi:s]
много, масса plenty of
много much [niAtJ] (употребля-
ется с существительными, не
имеющими формы множеств,
числа)
много many ['meni] (употребля-
ется с существительными,
имеющими форму множествен-
ного числа)
мой, моя, мои, мое my [mai]
МОЛОДОЙ young [jAfj]
молоко milk
море sea [si:]
мост bridge [bridj]
мочь (иметь разрешение) may
(might) [mei, mait]
Можно войти? May I come in?
мочь (уметь, иметь физическую
возможность) can (could) [kud]
Не can speak English.
муж husband ['hAzband]
мужество, храбрость courage
['kAnds]
мужчина, человек (люди) man
(men)
музей museum [mju:'ziam]
музыка music ['mju:zik]
мчаться to rush
мы we
мыть, мыться, стирать to wash
[W3f]
мясо meat [mil]
H
на, в, no, о on
наблюдать to observe [ab'za:v]
награда a prize
надевать, одевать, одеваться
to put on, to dress
надеяться to hope
назад, обратно back
наизусть by heart [hat]
напомнить to remind [n'mamd]
260
направление direction [di'rekfan]
нас, нам, о нас, нами us
на свежем воздухе in the open
air [еэ]
на своем месте at (your) place
настоящий real [rial]
наука science ['saions]
научная фантастика science fiction
находить to find (found, found)
[faind, faund]
находиться to be situated ['sitjuei-
tid]
начинать(ся) to begin (began, be-
gun), to start
наш (притяжательное место-
имение) our ['аиэ]
не not
небо sky [skai]
неверный, неправильный
wrong [гэд]
невозможно, невозможный im-
possible [im'posibl]
недалеко, около near [nm], not far
неделя week [wi:k]
недостаток, нехватка чего-ни-
будь lack of something
независимость independence [m-
di'pendans]
независимый independent
немецкий German ['dsazman]
немного, мало few [fju:] (упот-
ребляется с существительными,
имеющими форму множест-
венного числа)
ненавидеть to hate
неподвижно still
несколько a few, several
несколько, некоторые some[sAm]
нет по
ни то, ни другое neither ... пог
['naida ... 'пэ:]
низкий low
никогда never
нить string; thread
ничего nothing ['haOiq]
но, a but
новый new [nju:]
нога leg
ступня foot (pl feet)
носить, возить to carry ['kaen]
носить (одежду) to have ... on
носок sock
ночь night [nait]
ночью at night
ноябрь November [nou'vemba]
нравиться to like; to be fond of
нуждаться to need
О
о, об about [a'baut]
оба both [bou0]
обед dinner „
обещать to promise ['promis]
облако, туча cloud [klaud]
обнаружить, найти to find (found,
found) [faind; faund]
оборона, защита defence [di'fens]
образец specimen ['spesimm]
образование education [,edju:’kei-
fan]
обратно, назад back
общество society [sa'saiati]
общий general ['dsenaral], common
['кэтэп]
обычный ordinary, common
обязанность duty ['dju:ti]
овощи vegetables ['vedsitablz]
овца sheep [ji:p]
одежда clothes [klouSz]
один one [wah]
одиннадцать eleven [flevn]
однако however [hau'eva]
озеро lake
океан ocean ['oufan]
оккупировать to occupy
окно window
около, недалеко near [mo]
октябрь October
омывать to wash [woj]
он he
она she
они they [Sei]
опаздывать to be late
опасность danger ['deindja]
опера opera ['эрэгэ]
оперный театр Opera House
опять, снова again [э’деш/э'деп]
261
организовывать, устраивать
to organize ['oigonaiz]
оружие weapon ['wepan], arms
[ctmz]
освобождать to free
осень autumn ['aztam]
оставаться to stay [stei]
оставлять, покидать, уезжать
to leave [li:v] (left, left)
остановить(ся) to stop
остановка stop
остров island ['ailand]
от, из from
отвага, храбрость courage
['kAnds]
отвечать to answer ['ansa]
отдых rest
отдыхать to have a rest
отец father ['fctSa]
отказывать(ся) to refuse [n'fju:z]
открывать to open (the door)
открытый open ['oupan]
открыть, найти to discover
[dis'kAva] to discover America
отличиться to distinguish
[dis'tiggwij]
отменять to abolish [a'balif]
отношение relation [ri'leijan]
отпуск holidays, leave
отрывок passage ['paesidj]
отсутствовать to be absent
['aebsant]
отсылать to send (sent, sent)
охотиться to hunt
очень very
очень хорошо very well
П
падать, упасть to fall (fell, fal-
len) [fa:l, fel, 'fazlan]
пальто coat [kout]
памятник monument ['manjumant]
парта desk
пейзаж landscape ['laendskeip]
первый first [fa:st]
переводить to translate
перед, до, раньше before [bi'fa:]
перед (домом, школой и т. п.)
in front of [frAnt]
пересекать to cross
петь to sing (sang, sung)
печатать to print
пирожное cake
писать to write (wrote, written)
[rait, rout, 'ntn]
письмо letter ['leta]
пить to drink (drank, drunk)
пища, питание food [fu:d]
плавать to swim (swam, swum)
плакать, кричать to cry (cried)
платить to pay (paid, paid)
обращать внимание to pay at-
tention [a'tenjan]
платье dress
плохой bad
площадь square [skwea]
плыть to swim (swam, swum)
плыть (на корабле) to sail
по, вдоль along [a'lag]
победа victory ['viktan]
побеждать to win (won, won)
поверхность surface ['sa:fis]
поворачивать to turn [ta:n]
погода weather ['we9a]
под under ['Anda]
подарок present ['preznt]
подлинник original [a'ridsanl]
поднимать, воздвигать, выра-
щивать to raise [reiz]
подниматься, восставать to rise
(rose, risen ['rizn])
подписывать(ся) to sign [sain]
подставлять, заменять to substi-
tute ['sAbstitju:t]
подчеркивать to underline
['Andalain]
позади behind [bi'hamd]
поздно it is late
поймать, ловить to catch (caught,
caught) [kaetf; ka:t]
показывать to show [fou]
покидать to leave [li:v] (left, left)
покрывать to cover ['kAva]
поле field [fi:ld]
полный, наполненный full [ful]
of
262
половина half [haf]
получать to receive [rfsizv], to
get (got, got)
получать удовольствие to
enjoy [m'dsoi]
Я посмотрел эту пьесу с
удовольствием I enjoyed the
play.
получать, доставать to get (got,
got)
польза, использование use [ju:s
помнить to remember [n'memba
помогать to help
понимать to understand (under-
stood, understood)
Понятно. Ясно. It is clear [klia].
попробовать to try (tried)
Пора. It is time.
портфель, мешок, сумка bag
порядок order ['o:da]
поселение settlement ['setlmant]
после after ['a:fta]
послеполуденное время after-
noon ['afto,nu:n]
поступать (куда-то) to enter
['enta]
посылать to send (sent, sent)
потолок ceiling ['si:lig]
потому что because [brko:z]
потухать, выходить to go out
походить на кого-либо to look
like
почему why [wai]
почти almost [ro:lmoust]
поэтому therefore [’ЭеэДэ:]
пояс belt
прав, быть правым to be right
[rait]
правильный correct [ka'rekt]
Правильно. It is correct.
правительство government
['gAvnment]
править (страной), управлять
to govern ['gAvan]
праздник holiday ['holidi]
предложение (ерам.) sentence
предполагать to suppose [sa'pouz]
предпочитаемый favourite
['feivant]
представитель representative
[repn'zentativ]
представлять represent [repn'zent]
предупреждать to warn [wo:n]
предыдущий previous ['priivias]
прекрасный, красивый fine,
beautiful ['bju:tiful]
преподавать, учить to teach
(taught, taught) [ti:tj, to:t]
приветствовать to greet
пример example [ig'zampl]
принадлежать to belong [bi'lag]
принимать to accept [ak'sept]
принимать (план) to adopt [a'dopt]
приносить to bring (brought,
brought [bro:t])
присоединяться to join [dsoin]
присуждать (премию) to award
[a'wozd]
приходить, входить to come in
['клш'т]
причина reason ['ri:zan]
программа programme ['prougram]
прогулка trip
продавать to sell (sold, sold)
продолжать, продолжить to go
on (went, gone), to continue
[kan'tinju:]
происходить to happen ['haepan]
происходить, иметь место to
take (took, taken) place
промышленный industrial [in'dAS-
tnal]
просить to ask, to beg
простой, обыкновенный simple,
common
против against [a'geinst/a'genst]
прочь away [a'wei]
профессия trade
прошлый, последний last [last]
в прошлом году last year
пружина spring
птица bird [ba:d]
пуговица button ['bAtn]
путешествие trip, travel, journey
№э:ш]
путешествовать to travel ['traevl]
путь way
пушка gun
263
пытаться to try
пятница Friday [Iraidi]
пятно spot
пять five
P
раб slave
работа, работать work [wa:k], to
work
рабочий worker ['wa:ka]
радио radio ['reidiou]
радиоприемник radio set
радоваться to be glad
развитие development [di'velap-
mant]
развитой developed [di'velapt]
разговаривать to speak [spi:k]
(spoke, spoken)
различный different ['difrant]
размер size
разрешать to allow [a'lau]
разумный reasonable ['ri:znabl]
район district
рано early ['a:li]
раньше, до, перед before [bi'fa:]
располагаться to settle
рассказ story
расти to grow (grew, grown)
расчёты calculations
[,kaelkju'leijanz]
ребёнок, дети child,children [tjaild;
'tjildran]
результат result [ri'zAlt]
река river
вверх по реке up the river
вниз по реке down the river
решать to decide [di'said]
решение decision [di'sijan]
рисовать to draw (drew, drawn)
[dro:; drju:; dram], to paint [pemt]
ровный smooth [smu:G]
родиться to be born
ронять to drop
рот mouth [mauG]
руда ore [a:]
ружье gun
рука hand
русский Russian ['гл$ап]
ручка, перо pen
рядовой common
С
сад garden ['gadn]
садиться, сесть (в трамвай,
в троллейбус и т. д.) ’to take
(took, taken) a tram, etc.
садиться, сесть to sit (sat, sat)
down [daun]
сажать (растения) to plant [plant]
самолет plane
сахар sugar ['Juga]
свежий fresh
свет, лампа light [lait]
светить to shine (shone, shone)
[fan]
светлый light [lait]
свобода freedom ['frfcdam]
свободный free [fri:]
себя itself
север North [na:G]
сегодня today
сегодня вечером tonight [ta'nait]
сельскохозяйственный agricul-
tural ['aegn'kAltjural]
семь seven
семья family ['faemili]
семя seed
сентябрь September
сердитый angry ['aeggn]
сердце heart [hat]
сестра sister
сесть to sit down (sat, sat)
сеять to sow (sowed, sown) [sou;
soud; soun]
сидеть to sit (sat, sat)
сила force, power ['paua]
сильный strong
сильный, мощный powerful
['pauaful]
сказать, рассказать (кому-то)
to tell (told, told)
скала rock
сквозь through [Gru:]
сколько how much
сколько лет (какой возраст)
how old ...
264
скорее (я бы) I’d rather [Гга5э]
скоро soon [sum]
скорый, быстрый fast [fast]
слабый weak [wirk]
слава fame
следовать follow ['falou]
следующий following, next
слесарь, механик, монтер fitter
слишком, чересчур too [tur]
слово word [ward]
служить to serve [sarv]
случаться to happen ['haepan]
слушать to listen ['lisn]
слышать to hear (heard, heard)
[hia; hard]
смена (на работе) shift (on the
shift)
смеяться to laugh [laf]
смотреть to look (at)
снег snow [snou]
Идет снег. It snows,
снимать to take (took, taken) off
co, c with [wiS]
собака dog
собирать to gather [rgae5a]
собираться, быть готовым to get
(got, g°t) ready ['redi]
собрание meeting
событие event [fvent]
совершенно quite [kwait]
Советский Союз the Soviet Union
['souviet 'jurnjan]
современный modern ['madan]
соглашаться to agree
сожалеть (о ком-либо) to be sorry
['sari] for somebody
Извините. I am sorry.
солнце sun
сомневаться to doubt [daut]
сон sleep, dream [dri:m]
соответствовать to correspond
соревнование competition
[Jompi'tifan]
сорт kind (of)
состоять to consist of
быть в состоянии to be able
['eibl]
состязание на скорость race [reis]
спальня bedroom
спасибо thank you ['6aegk jur]
спать to sleep (slept, slept) [slirp]
спелый ripe
спешить, торопиться to hurry
[Ълп]
спорт sport
спортсмен sportsman
спрашивать to ask [ask]
сражаться, бороться to fight
(fought, fought) [fait; fart]
среда Wednesday ['wenzdi]
среди among [э'тлд]
средства means [mirnz]
становиться to become (became,
become)
стараться (прилагать все усилия)
to do one’s best
старший (в семье) elder
статья article ['atikl]
стена wall [warl]
стирать, мыть, мыться to wash
[woj]
сто hundred ['hAndrid]
стол table ['teibl]
столетие century ['sentfuri]
столица capital ['kaepitl]
столовая dining-room ['dainigrum]
сторона side
стоять смирно to stand still
страдать to suffer ['sAfa]
страна country ['kAntri]
в сельской, загородной мест-
ности in the country
странный strange [stremdj], odd
страховать to insure [m'fua]
стрелять to shoot [furt] (shot, shot)
строгий strict
строение, здание building ['bildig]
строить to build [bild] (built, built)
стул chair [tjea]
стучать to knock [nak]
суббота Saturday ['saetadi]
сцена stage [steidj]
счастливый happy
съезд congress ['kaggres]
таблица table
тайна mystery ['mistan]
265
так же, как и ... as well as
также, тоже too [tu:]
так же, то же the same
такой such [sAtJ] (а)
танцевать to dance [dans]
тарелка plate
тащить to pull [pul]
твой, ваш, your [ja:]
те those [Souz]
театр theatre ['Grata]
текст text
телефон telephone
тело body
темный dark
Темно. It is dark.
температура temperature
['tempntja]
теперь now [nau]
теплый warm [wa:m]
Тепло. It is warm.
терять to lose [lu:z] (lost, lost)
тетрадь notebook
тетя aunt [ant]
тихо quietly ['kwaiatli], still
тишина silence ['sailans]
товарищ comrade ['kamnd]
товары goods [gudz]
тогда then [Зап]
токарь turner
толкать to push [puj]
вытолкнуть to push out
толстый thick [Gik]
только only
ТОЛЬКО ЧТО just [djASt]
тому назад ago [a'gou]
десять лет тому назад
10 years ago
топор axe [aeks]
торопиться to hurry, to rush
тот же, такой же the same
тот самый the very
точка point
точно (именно) just [djAst]
точный precise [pn'sarz]
трава grass [gras]
трамвай tram
тратить to spend (spent, spent)
третий third [Ga:d]
три three [Ori:]
266
трудный difficult ['difikolt], hard
[had]
трясти to shake (shook, shaken)
туча cloud [klaud]
ты, вы you [ju:]
тысяча thousand ['Gauzand]
тюрьма prison ['prizn]
тяжелый, трудный, твердый,
hard [had]
Тяжело. It is hard.
тяжелый (no весу) heavy ['hevi]
тянуть to pull [pul]
У
убегать to run (ran, run) away
убивать to kill
убирать, чистить to clean [kli:n]
уверенный sure [fua]
уголь coal [koul]
удаваться to manage ['maenids]
ударять to strike (struck, struck),
to hit (hit, hit)
удивлять(ся) to be surprised
[sa'praizd]
удивлять(ся) (быть пораженным)
to wonder ['wAnda]
удобный comfortable, convenient
[kan'vimjant]
удобрение fertilizer
удовлетворение satisfaction [,saetis-
'faekjan]
удовольствие pleasure ['pleso]
ужасный terrible
уже already [al'redi]
у, на, за, в at
узкий narrow ['naerou]
узнавать to learn [lam] (learnt,
learnt)
украшать, декорировать to de-
corate ['dekareit]
улица street
улыбаться to smile
уметь, мочь, быть в состоянии
can (could [kud])
умирать to die [dai]
универмаг department store
уничтожать (отменять) to abo-
lish [a'balij]
уносить, относить течением to
carry away
употреблять, использовать to
use [ju:z]
управлять to govern ['gAvan]
упражнение exercise ['eksasaiz]
урожай harvest ['havist]
урок lesson
успех success [sak'ses]
делать успехи to make pro-
gress
устраивать, организовывать to
organize
утро morning
утром in the morning
уходить to go (went, gone)
away
учебник textbook
ученик, ученица pupil [rp]u:pl],
student [stju:dant]
учитель teacher ['ti:tfa]
учить, преподавать to teach
(taught, taught) [ti:tj; to:t]
уютный cosy ['kouzi
Ф
фабрика, завод plant [plant], fac-
tory ['faektari]
февраль February ['februan]
физический physical ['fizikol]
фильм film
флаг flag
форма uniform ['ju:mb:m]
французский French
фронт; перед front [frAnt]
на фронте at the front
фрукты fruit [fru:t]
футбол football
X
химия chemistry ['kemistri]
хлеб bread [bred]
хлеб (зерно) corn [ko:n]
хлопок cotton
ходить за покупками to go shop-
ping
холодный cold
Холодно. It is cold.
хороший good [gud]
хорошо good, well, all right
['oil'rait]
хорошо уметь делать что-ни-
будь to be good at something
хотеть to want [wont], to wish
хотеть сказать, подразуме-
вать to mean (meant, meant)
[mi:n; ment]
храбро bravely
храбрость, отвага courage
['kAridj]
храбрый brave
хризантема chrysanthemum
[кгГзжпбэтэт]
художественная литература fic-
tion ['fikjan]
художественный фильм a fea-
ture ['fi:tfa] film
художник artist
Ц
цвет colour [гкл1э]
цветок flower ['flauo]
целовать(ся) to kiss
цена price [prais]
центр centre ['sente
цифра figure ['figa
4
чай tea [ti:]
час hour ['auo]
Пять часов. It is five o'clock.
часто often ['ofn]
часть part [po:t[
часы (стенные, настольные, ба-
шенные) clock
часы наручные watch [wotf]
человек, мужчина man
чем than [Saen]
больше чем more than
через (речку) across the river
сквозь through [Oru:]
черный black
честь honour ['эпэ]
четверг Thursday ['0a:zdi]
четыре four [fo:]
267
число figure [Ъдэ], number
['пдтЬэ]
число (кратное) the multiple
['lIlAltipl] Of
чистить^ убирать to clean [kli:n]
чистка (химическая) cleaner’s
['kli:naz]
чистый clean [kli:n]
читать to read (read, read) [ri:d;
red]
член (партии, коллектива) mem-
ber ['memba]
чрезвычайный extraordinary
[iks'tro:dnn]
что, какой what [wot]
чувствовать, ощущать to [fi:l]
feel (felt, felt)
чувствовать себя плохо to be
sick
больной sick
чулок stocking
Ш
шесть six
широкий wide
шкаф для посуды cupboard
['kAbdd]
шкаф для одежды wardrobe
['wo:droub]
шкаф для книг bookcase ['bukkeis]
школа school [sku:l]
в школе at school
шляпа hat
Э
экипаж (корабля) crew [kru:]
экскурсия excursion [iks'ka:Jan]
этаж floor ffb:]
эти these [di:z]
этнограф ethnographer
этот (эта, это) this [3is]
Ю
юг South [sau6]
Я
я I [ai]
яблоко apple ['sepl]
язык language ['laeggwidj]
январь January ['djaenjuan]
ясный clear [klia]
Ясно, понятно. It is clear.
ящик box [boks]
CONTENTS
Предисловие............................................... 3
PART ONE
LESSON 1. Repetition: Tenses.............................. 7
Text: Back at School.........................  16
Oral Speech: My Holidays.................... 18
LESSON 2. Repetition: Passive Voice. Prepositions........ 19
Text: A Visit to Stratford.................. 25
Oral Speech: Our Town (Our Collective
Farm)........................................ 27
LESSON	3.	Repetition: Affixes........................ 29
Text: The Compass........................... 36
Oral Speech: My Day. My Friend’s Day.... 37
LESSON	4.	Test Paper................................. 39
LESSON	5.	Present Participle......................... 43
Text: The University Boat-Race by K-J- Swann 47
Oral Speech: Sports......................... 50
Text for Translation: Social Life and Sports
at Oxford............................... 53
LESSON	6.	Past Participle............................ 54
Text: How George Got Up too Early in the
Morning. From “Three Men in a Boat” by
Jerome K. Jerome........................ 55
Oral Speech: Asking the Way. Weather. ... 60
Text for Translation: Oil................... 63
Song: Louisiana............................. 63
LESSON	7.	Complex Object............................. 63
Text: A Day’s Wait by Ernest Hemingway . . 68
Oral Speech: A Visit	to the	Doctor.......... 73
Text for Translation: Human Energy.......... 77
LESSON	8.	Text: What We Know	about	the	Moon Now . . 78
Oral Speech: Asking the Way from One Part
of the Town to Another. The Moon. Space-
Flights .................................   79
Text for Translation: New Data on the Moon 84
LESSON	9.	Test Paper................................. 84
LESSON	10.	Sequence of	Tenses......................... 87
Text: Abraham	Lincoln......................  94
Text for Translation: On Lincoln’s Gettysburg
Address................................. 99
269
LESSON 11. Text: Potanina — the First Russian Woman-Tra-
veller.................................................102
Oral Speech: City Transport....................104
Text for Translation: The Conquest of Chomo-
lungma ...................................107
LESSON 12.	Indirect Speech — Questions....................109
Text: Water-Melon Moon after Borden Deal 111
Oral Speech: My Flat. My Room..................117
Text for Translation: The Dolphin..............119
LESSON 13.	Text: The Pastoral after N. Shute..............120
Text for Translation: On the Discovery of
X-Rays....................................122
LESSON 14.	Test Paper.....................................123
PART TWO
LESSON 15. A. Repetition: Present Indefinite and Present
Continuous.............................................126
B.	Text: The “Mayflower”.................. 129
C.	Conversation: My Family.	My	Friend....	132
Song: We shall Overcome	134
D.	Reading Technical Texts:	Measurement.	.	.	135
LESSON 16. A. Repetition: Present Perfect and Past In-
definite ..............................................137
B.	Text: The Mystery of the Biological Clocks
after Andrew Hamilton	141
C.	Conversation: The Soviet Union. Great
Britain. The USA...............................144
Poem: I Love Rain by Rosemary Garland 146
Reading Technical Texts: Main Mathematical
Terms.....................................148
LESSON 17.	Repetition: Complex Object................149
Text: Reminiscenes of Marx after Paul Lafar-
gue ......................................152
Conversation: My Working Day. My Day. My
Trade.....................................153
Reading Technical Texts: The Electric	Bell.	•	157
LESSON 18.	Repetition: Indirect Speech...............158
Text: That’s where Mama Came In............. . 160
Conversation: Shopping. My Town. My	Flat.	.	163
Reading Technical Texts: The Radio Altimeter	168
LESSON 19.	Repetition: Past Indefinite and Past Perfect	169
Text: John Constable......................171
Conversation: A Visit to the Cinema (Theatre) 173
Reading Technical Texts: Internal Combustion
Engine................................... 175
LESSON 20. Repetition: Present Participle and Past Parti-
ciple ..............................................   177
270
Text: Newton and the Problem of Gravitation 179
Conversation: The Seasons. Sports........181
Poem: No Enemies by Charles Mackey .... 185
Reading Technical Texts: Ernest Rutherford 186
LESSON 21. Repetition: the ing-forms.................188
Text: Advances in Machine Translation.... 190
Conversation: Our School. At the Library 193
Reading Technical Texts: The Electronic Com-
puter ...............................196
LESSON 22.	Friday after John Kippax............ 197
Oral Speech: Our Cosmonauts..............204
Приложение № 1. Тексты граммофонных пластинок. . . 205
Приложение № 2. Таблица речевых образцов.............211
Приложение № 3. Сводная грамматическая таблица... 216
Приложение № 4. Список нестандартных глаголов, встре-
чающихся в учебнике..............................228
Приложение № 5. Чтение букв	и буквосочетаний.........230
Как работать с общим англо-русским	словарем........232
Англо-русский словарь ...............................234
Русско-английский словарь............................255
Алексйндр Александрович Слободчиков
УЧЕБНИК АНГЛИЙСКОГО ЯЗЫКА
ДЛЯ X—XI КЛАССОВ
ВЕЧЕРНЕЙ (СМЕННОЙ) ШКОЛЫ
Редактор Ф. Чжен. Редактор карт М. Подольская
Рисунки художников В. Гинукова, О. Шухвостова,
В. Юдина. Художественный редактор И. Волкова.
Технический редактор М. Козловская. Корректор
К. Лосева.
Сдано в набор 23/1 1967 г. Подписано к печати
28/IV 1967 г. 84Х108’/з2» типографская № 2. Печ. л.
14,28 (8,5). Уч.-изд. л. 16,17. Тираж 260 тыс. экз.
Издательство «Просвещение» Комитета по печати
при Совете Министров РСФСР. Москва, 3-й проезд
Марьиной рощи, 41.
Ордена Трудового Красного Знамени Ленинград-
ская типография № 1 «Печатный Двор» имени
А. М. Горького Главполиграфпрома Комитета по
печати при Совете Министров СССР, г. Ленинград,
Гатчинская ул., 26.
Заказ № 794.
Цена без переплета 32 к., переплет 8 к.